Since alternative energies still need huge subsidies to be viable in developing countries, the practice of fracking (kind of universal panacea that will solve the energy problems of humanity), environmental concerns and the inertia of oil assets will not allow large companies to abandon their current equipment and infrastructure, it follows that the world economy will continue to gravitate towards oil dependence in the next decade.

According to the International Energy Agency (IEA), oil production in Russia reached its historic high (11.41 million barrels per day) in 1988 when it was still part of the Soviet Union, but after the decline caused by the economic crisis of 2008, production has been growing to reach 10.59 million barrels per day (bpd) in 2013 with a 20-year expiry date.

Russia and China have sealed a stratospheric oil contract that becomes one of the largest in the history of the energy industry by which the Russian company Rosneft, (the country’s largest oil company), will supply the Asian giant for 25 years with $270 billion. 

This, together with the mega gas contract signed by Russia’s Gazprom and China’s CNPC, which will supply 38,000 cubic meters of natural gas to the Asian country for an amount of approximately $400 billion and with a duration of 30 years through the pipeline Sila Sibiri (The Siberian Force), would lay the economic foundations of the Euro-Asian Union that began its work on January 1, 2015 as an economic and military alternative to the US project of creating a Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP for its acronym in English).

Regarding Venezuela, according to a report by OPEC, crude oil production in the first quarter of 2024 would have risen to almost 900,000 bpd (4.28% increase over 2023) and exports increased by 7.4% to reach 27.6 million barrels. Venezuela has reportedly signed an agreement whereby the Chinese state-owned petro-chemical company Sinopec will invest $14 billion to achieve a daily production of oil in 200,000 barrels per day of crude oil in the Orinoco Oil Strip, (considered the most abundant oil field in the world) and the national hydrocarbon company PDVSA would be in negotiations with Russian Rosneft, Italian Eni and Spanish Repsol to obtain the necessary credits to carry out new projects of crude oil and gas, with which Russia and China would already be “strategic partners of Venezuela”.

In the case of Iraq, the western oil companies’ commitment to a transition towards renewable energy sources would be, being exploited by Chinese and Russian state oil companies such as Lukoil and PetroChina, to acquire a larger portion of oil-related assets in Iraq. Thus, according to the Iraqi Oil Ministry, Inpex (Japan’s main oil company, a key ally of the US) was to sell its 40% stake in Block 10 at the Eridu field, one of the biggest oil discoveries of recent decades and which was taken over by Russian oil company Lukoil.

Likewise, US energy giant ExxonMobil has formally abandoned the West Qurna 1 oil field in southern Iraq, handing over its operations to PetroChina, that it retains a majority stake in one of the world’s largest oil fields. Thus, the West Qurna field would have reserves estimated at over 20 billion barrels and represents about 15 per cent of total Iraqi production estimated at over 4 million barrels per day, what would be a triumph of Chinese foreign policy in its strategy to increase its energy sources as well as a severe setback for the US geopolitical interests.

Iran, with the third largest proven reserves of oil and gas in the world after Saudi Arabia and Iraq, is the destination for 80% of Iranian exports of approximately 3 million barrels per day (3% of world production).

Iranian oil is cheap and of good quality so, according to a report by the Reuters agency of October 2023, China would have saved about 10,000 million dollars in the first nine months of 2023 through record purchases of oil from Iran, Russia and Venezuela, all of which are sold at a discounted price.

However, Iraq and Libya would be immersed in destructive internal processes as a result of the balkanization implemented by the US following its doctrine of ordered chaos, Russia and China would thus be the only powers capable of facilitating the export of petroleum products from Libya, Iraq and Iran.

Consequently, the birth of a new energy holding co-piloted by Russia and China, which would include Venezuela, Malaysia, Angola, Uganda and Mozambique as energy partners and that they would use the petroyuan in commercial transactions and then use them as a source of reserve accumulation and thus gain pre-eminence over the dollar in international financial operations, within the Putin and Xi offensive to end the role of the dollar as a global monetary standard.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Germán Gorraiz López is a political analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Twitter via Asia Times

This year’s Forum on China-Africa Cooperation (FOCAC) Summit was held in Beijing where decisions were made to strengthen already existing ties into a strategic partnership between the two geopolitical entities.

The People’s Republic of China has maintained close relations with African states since the 1950s as the struggle for national independence rose to world prominence.

FOCAC was convened under the theme of “Joining Hands to Advance Modernization and Build a High-Level China-Africa Community with a Shared Future.” Holding the Summit under this theme distinguishes FOCAC from other imperialist-dominated gatherings where calls for the expansion of NATO and its aggressive policies across the globe are common themes.

Today in the third decade of the 21st century, the People’s Republic of China (PRC) views Africa as a source for economic cooperation and joint development. Over the last five decades, China has been instrumental in providing assistance for infrastructural projects including the continental headquarters of the African Union (AU) in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia; the construction of railway lines in several areas of East Africa; solidarity efforts within the United Nations and other international agencies; along with myriads of important initiatives amid fostering multipolarity and greater unity within the Global South.

China-Africa Cooperation Mutually Beneficial to All

Between September 4-6, African heads-of-state, foreign ministers, journalists and members of civil society engaged with their Chinese counterparts in following through on existing programs while creating new ones. A host of bilateral meetings involving Chinese President Xi Jinping and African leaders resulted in pledges of more than $US50 billion in investments.

Chinese President Xi Jinping and his wife, Peng Liyuan, pose for a photo with foreign dignitaries before a welcome banquet for the guests attending the 2024 Summit of the Forum on China-Africa Cooperation, on September 4, 2024, in Beijing. Photo: Xinhua

FOCAC was formed in 2000 and since this time period economic and development cooperation between the AU member-states and China has resulted in concrete advancements for hundreds of millions within each geo-political region. Africa is in desperate need of alternative trading and infrastructural partners who view the continent from a shared perspective of reconstructing a post-colonial society.

Whereas China is seeking partners in its forward-looking strategic planning centered on the building of the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), many African states are also seeking to expand their reach related to trade and investment on more favorable terms. At present the reemergence of an African debt crisis impacting Kenya, Nigeria, Zambia, Egypt and other states, has fueled the search for development partners from China, Russia and particularly among others within the Global South.

It is quite obvious that the strategic orientation within Africa should be centered around the lifting of living standards coupled with an increasingly independent foreign policy. These goals of greater cooperation and enhanced development have challenged the hegemony of imperialism.

The gap in wealth and living standards which emerged from the historical advent of enslavement and colonization can only be corrected by waging a struggle against imperialism to ensure the empowerment of the majority of people within a society. The massive dislocation of geo-political regions within Africa, Asia and Latin America represents the abysmal failure of capitalism on a global scale.

On the official FOCAC website one report clearly defines the objectives of the Summit:

“Having successfully lifted 800 million people out of poverty, China has acquired firsthand knowledge of the transformative impact of poverty alleviation on a country’s development and long-term stability. This experience has also strengthened China’s belief that eradicating poverty is not only a domestic priority but also a global imperative…. China’s victory in poverty reduction resonates particularly in Africa, where many nations view China’s efforts as a source of inspiration in their own quests to eradicate poverty and promote sustainable development.

One example of China’s commitment to helping African countries tackle poverty is the transfer of Juncao technology, often referred to as the Chinese hybrid grass technology. Originally developed in China, this innovative technology uses a type of hybrid grass to cultivate edible and medicinal mushrooms, while also serving as animal feed and a natural method for controlling soil erosion.” 

Despite its vast deposits of natural resources, the profits generated by the multinational corporations are not adequately shared with the workers, farmers and youth of the AU member-states. Consequently, this paradigm has seriously hampered economic development on the African continent.

Anti-imperialism and Socialism Provides Alternatives to Western Hegemony

China through its socialist system has maintained control of the commanding heights of the national economy. Its policy of redirecting surpluses into planned projects outlined by the Communist Party and its leadership, has placed China in a position of potentially exceeding the size and capacity of the U.S. economy. Over the last few decades, the U.S. as forerunner of the world capitalist system has become dependent upon goods manufactured in China. In sectors such as environmental technology and electric vehicles, China has surpassed the manufacturing output of the U.S.

Therefore, in this national election year in the U.S., the question of the economic, political and military status of the PRC is often raised by both of the ruling class dominated parties. Democrats and Republicans fear China due to the fact that it provides a different social system which has proven its ability to grow exponentially.

The imperialist militarism of the U.S. drains trillions of dollars from the national treasury. Adventures in recent decades such as the occupations of Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria along with the bombing of Yemen and the destruction of Libya precipitated a sharp rise in terrorist activity in Africa and West Asia. The escalation in warfare and the subsequent dislocation domestically and internationally is a direct by-product of imperialism.

Since the launching of a NATO proxy war against the Russian Federation, even more of the tax dollars of working people are being stolen by the defense industry. Instead of rebuilding the industrial base of the U.S. and reconstructing the educational, housing and service sectors of the economy, Washington and Wall Street are enriching the ruling class as the overall social conditions of the masses are worsening.

Not being burdened with an imperialist foreign policy, China is able to invest its time and resources into building institutions which contribute to the lessening of poverty. Such a program of action against impoverishment will liberate billions more from the clutches of imperialist domination and exploitation.

As emphasized by the FOCAC website:

“Since the FOCAC was set up, Chinese companies have helped African countries build or upgrade more than 10,000 km of railways, nearly 100,000 km of highways, roughly 1,000 bridges, almost 100 ports and 66,000 km of power transmission and distribution lines, all of which have created arteries of connectivity across the continent…. According to a report released by Chinese authorities last week, China has remained Africa’s largest trading partner for 15 consecutive years, and the proportion of China-Africa trade in Africa’s total foreign trade has steadily increased. Infrastructure projects spearheaded by China-Africa cooperation are spread across the continent, which have helped improve connectivity and socio-economic conditions on the continent, and propelled African industrialization, modernization and integration.” 

The sense of collaboration and shared respect among peoples have guided the success of the implementation of these plans advanced by FOCAC. On a much broader scale, Beijing has been a proponent of the Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa (BRICS) Plus Summit which at its previous gathering in the Republic of South Africa expanded its membership to include Egypt, Ethiopia and other states in West Asia.

Reports indicate that the upcoming BRICS Summit will enjoy the participation of the Islamic Republic of Iran. These developments point to the rising tide of a reconfigured world system where unipolarity is on the decline.

In his keynote address to the FOCAC Summit on September 5, President Xi Jinping hailed the progress made by the China-Africa alliance emphasizing that the next phase in relations would achieve even greater heights:

“Thanks to nearly 70 years of tireless efforts from both sides, the China-Africa relationship is now at its best in history. With its future growth in mind, I propose that bilateral relations between China and all African countries having diplomatic ties with China be elevated to the level of strategic relations, and that the overall characterization of China-Africa relations be elevated to an all-weather China-Africa community with a shared future for the new era…. The Communist Party of China held in July the successful Third Plenary Session of its 20th Central Committee, laying out systematic plans for further deepening reform comprehensively to advance Chinese modernization. This will profoundly further transform China. It will also provide new opportunities and new driving forces for African countries and for our joint pursuit of modernization.” 

These comments by Xi envision a profound transformation of the world economy aimed at improving access to science and technology. FOCAC can serve as a model for the forming of alliances among developing states which actively improve the stability and qualitative growth of these geopolitical regions.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Abayomi Azikiwe is the editor of the Pan-African News Wire. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image is from Global Times

A cessation of hostilities is impossible so long as Ukraine continues occupying part of Kursk.

Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orban told the press during his trip to Italy that “communication is number one, followed by a ceasefire, and only after that can we start talks about a peace agreement” between Russia and Ukraine. He also added that the EU is against all three steps since it’s counterproductively pursuing a pro-war policy in that conflict. Here are three briefings about Orban’s peace trip over the summer for those who might have forgotten about it since then:

He’s therefore sincere with his ceasefire proposal, but it won’t amount to anything for now. A cessation of hostilities is completely out of the question for Russia so long as Ukraine continues occupying part of Kursk. Other “goodwill gestures” are still possible as is now known after Lavrov revealed that Russia was on the brink of reviving the grain deal this spring, but only because those are envisaged as costless means to the end of politically resolving this conflict. Here are three briefings on these calculations:

Considering this, the only chance for a ceasefire is if Ukraine agrees to the “goodwill gesture” of withdrawing from Kursk, though that’s unlikely after Zelensky confirmed prior speculation that his forces plan to indefinitely hold it. No progress on Orban’s proposal is therefore expected until Russia first pushes the Ukrainians out of Kursk, but there’s no telling how long that’ll take. Here are three briefings on this dimension of the conflict, which is now in its second month:

Russia’s capture of Pokrovsk could compel Ukraine to withdraw from Kursk so as to prevent the collapse of the front lines, but there’s no guarantee that it won’t turn that city into the next Artyomovsk (Bakhmut), Avdeevka, or Mariupol, which could lead to it holding Kursk for a little longer. This sequence of events could revive interest in a ceasefire, but it might not unfold, or one side might still refuse to silence the guns even if it does. For that reason, nobody should expect a ceasefire anytime soon.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image is from MTI/Prime Minister’s Press Office/Zoltán Fischer

The period in the world’s history from the end of the Napoleonic Wars (1815) to the beginning of the Great War (1914) is usually labeled as the “golden age” of the European imperialistic expansion and the making of the greater national states and overseas colonial empires in Africa and Asia.

Nevertheless, in 1815 huge territories of the world still have been unknown to Europeans, and millions of people in Africa and Asia were living their lives not influenced by European civilization.

Europeans even were not very familiar with China, one of the oldest, richest, and biggest civilizations globally.

However, only a century later, European explorers, colonists, missionaries, merchants, bankers, adventurists, soldiers, and administrators, penetrated almost all corners of the globe.

As a matter of fact, the people of Asia and especially Africa mainly were unable to resist colonists and to repulse the superior European technology, especially of armed forces. In Africa, for instance, on the eve of the Great War, there were only two territories free of European colonization: Liberia on the western African seacoast and Abyssinia in East Africa.   

As a historical-political phenomenon, imperialism is understood as domination or control by one state or a group of people over others.

The new phase of imperialism started in the first half of the 19th century when occupational-colonial authorities were imposed by (West) European industrial states in their competition for the colonial partition of Asia and especially Africa. At least from the Marxist viewpoint (V. I. Lenin), imperialism was an economic necessity of the industrialized capitalist economies that had the aim to offset the declining tendency of the rate of profit by exporting capital investments. The others did not understand imperialism as necessary in economic terms as it was, for instance, the case with J. A. Schumpeter who defined this phenomenon as the non-rational tendency of the state to expend as much as its power and territory. From the psychological point of view, imperialism was rooted in the minds of rulers and ruling aristocracy for the grabbing of land to become richer and politically influential. Alternative views of imperialistic policies stress the outgrowth of popular nationalism or a method to underwrite the welfare state in order to pacify the working class, personal adventurism, civilizing mission, or finally as a consequence of international rivalry for political power and prestige. Nevertheless, the 19th-century neo-imperialism had clearly a Eurocentric focus (like the previous one too).  

Actually, the process of making new imperialistic colonial empires, especially by the West European countries regarding Africa and South-East Asia including the Pacific aquatorium, occupied the time spent from 1871 to 1914.

As a matter of comparison, Africa was only under minimal (sea coast) West European colonial penetration in the years 1815−1870 as the immense portion of the continent was even not discovered by the European explorers.

The German unification in 1871 gave a new impetus to the colonization of Africa and Asia followed by the Italian desire (unified in 1861/1866) to take a part of the African colonial cake. In other words, up to 1871, the European possessions in Africa and Asia were mainly confined to trading posts and military strategic stations with the exceptions of the British possessions in (British) India, Australia, New Zealand, and Cape Colony in South Africa followed by those of Russia in Siberia, Portuguese in littoral Angola and Mozambique and of France in littoral Algeria, Senegal, and Indo-China. 

Image: Human skulls and bones in Havana Harbor, 1898. An estimated 225,000 Cubans died in Spanish concentration camps. (From the Public Domain)

undefined

On one hand, the competition for colonial possessions by the Great European Powers played a very significant influence on international relations and global politics from the 16th to the 18th centuries but on the other hand at least up to the mid-19th century overseas empire building, in fact, lost its previous attraction. It is important to stress that several economic philosophers, like Adam Smith and those around the Manchester School, criticized the overseas empire buildings based on mercantilist justification as, for instance, in practice, British successful trade business with the USA or South America did not depend on political control and colonial politics as they were not necessary for commercial success. Furthermore, in 1852, Benjamin Disraeli (later twice British PM) thought that colonies had been millstones around the British neck. However, no one great European power after the Napoleonic Wars wanted to abandon any of their colonial possessions. Moreover, the First French Empire ceased to exist as the majority of the French pre-Napoleonic colonies became transferred to others, especially Brits. At the same time, both Spain and Portugal lost their American possessions due to the wars of independence as a consequence of their weakness at home. In other words, Spanish and Portuguese colonies in the Western hemisphere became formally independent which meant not recognizing anymore the colonial rule by Madrid and Lisbon (only Cuba remained under Spanish rule till 1898). In 1867 Russia sold to the USA its North American territory of Alaska. 

However, in the 1830s, France, who had lost up to 1815 most of her first colonial empire started to gradually build up a new one firstly by the occupation of the littoral of Algeria (the rest of Algeria was occupied in the 1840s) followed by expanding her colony of Senegal in the 1850s, taking several Pacific islands and annexing Saigon in 1859. The French Indo-China was finally formed in 1893, French West Africa in 1876−1898, French Congo in 1875−1892 (part of French Equatorial Africa), Madagascar in 1895−1896, and Morocco in 1912. French Guiana was the only French colony in South America. 

However, at the same time, Great Britain as well as one by one acquired new colonies and up to 1914 became the greatest Western colonial empire and the biggest one in the world’s history having territorial acquisitions from Canada to New Zealand – 35 mil. sq. km. compared to the Mongol Empire (20 mil. sq. km.) and the Roman Empire (13 mil. sq. km).

Having lost their political and colonial dominance in America since 1783 (the American Revolution and the War of Independence, 1776−1783), the British turned their colonial intentions to Asia and Africa. 

After the Napoleonic Wars and the defeat of imperial France, the United Kingdom (Great Britain and Ireland) retained Cape Colony (the Cape of Good Hope) and the maritime provinces of Ceylon from the Netherlands (Holland), Malta from the Knights of St. John, Seychelles and Mauritius from France (while France retained neighboring Réunion), and some West Indian islands from France and Spain.

The UK in the 1830s, as feared a French influence in the region, extended its claim to sovereignty over Australia and in the 1840s over New Zealand. Indian subcontinent and the lands around were the most significant British colonial possessions.

By 1858, the frontiers of British India had been formed, and it lasted until the proclamation of India’s independence in 1947. The other British overseas colonies in Asia acquired in the 19th century include Singapore (1819), Malaca (1824), Hong Kong (1842), Natal (1843), Labuan (1846), Lower Burma (1852), Lagos (1861), and Sarawak (1888). All of them were, in fact, strategic points on the sea routes important for British trade, especially regarding the route to British India which was the most valuable British colonial possession. Such colonial policy of the British policymakers was grounded in the British attitude that their national prosperity depended primarily on trade within the global framework. 

undefined

Areas of the world that were part of the British Empire with current British Overseas Territories underlined in red. Mandates and protected states are shown in a lighter shade. (Licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0)

There were two methods that London used to safeguard British maritime trade lines: either by influence or by direct political/military intervention/occupation. In fact, the Brits transformed up to WWI the whole area of the Indian Ocean into the British Indian Ocean Empire controlling all the trade routes of the Indian Ocean from South Africa to Hong Kong and from Aden to West Australia.  

Global history from 1871 to 1914 experienced European neo-imperialistic competition in Asia and Africa for grabbing land, natural resources, markets, and outlets to invest financial capital. Consequently, a huge portion of the globe passed under European control. However, many of the possible areas for colonization were already pre-empted. Furthermore, the 1823 Monroe Doctrine of “Americas to Americans” discouraged further (West) European military-political involvement within the framework of the Western hemisphere (from Canada to Patagonia including the islands from the Caribbean to North Brazil) that meant latecomers (Italy and Germany) had to build up their colonial empires in Africa, the Pacific, or China. The list was, however, entered with old imperialists like Great Britain, France, and Portugal, while the USA became one of the latest latecomers by taking Spanish colonies (Cuba, Philippines) or the Hawaiian Islands as a consequence of the 1898 Spanish-American War. A newly great Pacific power became Japan taking Formosa (Taiwan) in 1895 and Korea in 1910 but penetrating into the Chinese mainland as well. At the same time, the southern portion of Central Europe (Mittel Europa) together with the Balkans, experienced the creation of the Austro-Hungarian Empire. Therefore, Austria-Hungary and Russia were the only European empires which did not have any overseas colonies.  

Almost among all the old great trading countries, the Netherlands remained content with its very prosperous and existing colonial empire in the East Indies (Indonesia). France, after the unification of Germany in 1871 up to the beginning of the Great War in 1914, built up its overseas colonial empire by growing around 6,5 million sq. km. heaving nearly 47 million inhabitants. The French new colonial empire, created after the Napoleonic Wars, was chiefly in North and West Africa and Indo-China, where Laos and Tongking were added to Cambodia and Cochin China. France, as well as occupied Madagascar and several Pacific islands. 

Among all colonial latecomers, united Germany was the most successful in building up the overseas colonial empire (followed by the USA, Japan, Belgium, and Italy). Germany acquired an empire of 1,6 million sq. km. of territory with around 14 million colonial inhabitants in German Southwest Africa (1884), Togoland (1884), the Cameroons (1884), German East Africa (1886), and the Pacific islands (1882−1899). Italy took Eritrea (1889), Italian Somaliland (1893), and Libya (1912), but was abortive to take Abyssinia (The First Italo-Ethiopian War in 1895−1896). Italian colonies existed only in Africa. The Belgian king Leopold II (1865−1909) received international recognition for his own private colony named Congo Free State in 1885 (2,600,000 sq. km.) that in 1908 became Belgian Congo where Belgian occupation authorities committed terrible atrocities connected with the forced labor and brutal administration during the barbaric exploitation of the natural resources.

The old colonial power of Portugal extended her African colonial possessions in Angola and Portuguese East Africa (Mozambique), but did not succeed in including the land between them due to the British colonial penetration from South Africa which separated these two Portuguese possessions.

Great Britain, together with France, made the greatest territorial acquisitions in Africa controlling Lower and Upper Nigeria (1884), British East Africa (Kenya, 1886), South Rhodesia (1890), North Rhodesia (1891), Egypt (1882), and Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (1898). In the Pacific, Great Britain took Fiji (1874), parts of Borneo (Brunei, 1881 and Sarawak, 1888), Papua New Guinea (1906), and some islands. The British Empire added 88 million people and in 1914 exercised authority over a 1/5 of the global mass land and a ¼ of its inhabitants.  

While the African continent was almost completely colonized and partitioned, China succeeded in avoiding classical colonization and partition nevertheless being under strong Western political, economic, and financial influence and even control. Russia joined the other (West) European great powers in competing for influence in Asia.

The Russian land empire in Central Asia and Siberia enormously grew since the 1860s.

Russian Empire | History, Facts, Flag, Expansion, & Map | Britannica

It is estimated that over 7 million Russian citizens emigrated from the European parts of Russia across the Ural Mt. to Asiatic Russian possessions in the 19th century and up to WWI.

China experienced during the last quarter of the 19th century up to 1914 the policy of “soft imperialism” practiced by the Western colonial powers in the form of the “battle of the concessions” (similar to the Ottoman Empire as well) when the leading neo-imperialistic countries fought for commercial advantage followed by financial and railway concessions.

Chinese Revolution | Historical Atlas of Asia Pacific (6 ...

There was a proposal to divide the territory of China into three influential zones: northern (including Outer Mongolia) under Russian influence, central as neutral (buffer zone), and southern (including Tibet) under British influence. The same was done but realized into practice in 1907 concerning the territory of Persia. However, China as a state was stronger by having more centralized political-administrative power compared to the African case, and, therefore, Chinese central authorities succeeded in keeping the Western direct colonial influence at the seacoast, at least up to the Great War.

At the turn of the 20th century, undoubtedly the UK formed the largest empire ever seen. In the early 1890s in Great Britain, an idea of “imperial preference” was born rooted in a geopolitical vision of enduring a British overseas colonial empire. In other words, it was proposed that the UK and its colonial possessions should create a single autarkic economy imposing tariffs against the rest of the world while extending preferential rates to one another. This “imperial preference” system was partially applied to the self-governing dominions following the Ottawa Conference of 1932. However, the system gradually declined after WWII for the reason that changing trade patterns reduced the significance of intra-Commonwealth commerce and due to the British membership to the EFTA. 

Nonetheless, after the Great War, regardless of the very fact that the overseas empire of the UK grew in size and number of inhabitants due to the addition of the pre-war African and Pacific colonies of the German Second Empire, the imperialistic land-grabbing was in principle no longer acceptable politics in the international relations as the global politics was at least supposed to be conducted within the security framework build-up by the League of Nations (which member was not the USA – a country that initiated that idea). 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Dr. Vladislav B. Sotirović is a former university professor in Vilnius, Lithuania. He is a Research Fellow at the Center for Geostrategic Studies. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image: A 1670 illustration of African slaves working in 17th-century colonial Virginia in British America (From the Public Domain)

Selected Articles: The Second 1st Presidential Debate

September 11th, 2024 by Global Research News

The Second 1st Presidential Debate

By Dr. Jack Rasmus, September 11, 2024

Nearly all public polls in the USA today, and since the beginning of 2024, show that the number #1 issue for American voters is the condition of the economy. But listening to the debate this evening one would have heard little discussion about it—and even less about solutions—from either candidate.

The Continuing Lies and Crimes of 9/11, 9.11 X Twenty-Three = Speechlessness

By Prof. Anthony J. Hall and Emanuel Pastreich, September 11, 2024

As I see it, the 9/11 skeptics have won the argument many times over. They have repeatedly proven that beyond a shadow of a doubt, the official narrative of September 11, 2001, is not supported by the existing evidence in the public domain. 

UN Conference for the Future – 22 and 23 September 2024. Complete, Borderless Digital Control

By Peter Koenig, September 11, 2024

No waiting for the end of the UN Agenda 2030. The goals have conveniently been advanced. You – and me – will be confronted with cash elimination, already started in many European countries and to some extent in the US; and even in some “developing countries” like India, without people’s consent.

The Bin Ladens and the Bushes: On 9/11 George Herbert Walker Bush Meets Osama’s Brother Shafiq bin Laden

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, September 11, 2024

Lest we forget, one day before the 9/11 attacks, as well as on the morning of 9/11, the dad of the sitting President of the United States of America, George Herbert Walker Bush was meeting none other than Shafiq bin Laden, the brother of the alleged terror mastermind Osama bin Laden.

Chile, September 11, 1973: The Horrors of ‘the First 9/11’ Are Routinely Overlooked

By Shane Quinn, September 11, 2024

On September 11, 1973, Salvador Allende’s democratic government in Chile was ousted by United States-backed forces in one of the Cold War’s defining moments. Allende himself was killed during the coup while his presidential palace, La Moneda, was extensively bombed. Many thousands of Chileans were either murdered, “disappeared”, imprisoned, and coerced to emigrate or enter exile. Allende’s widow and family were forced to go into hiding in Mexico for many years.

What Austin told Zelensky at the Ramstein Ukraine Defense Contact Group Meeting, and Why He Didn’t Like It?

By Drago Bosnic, September 10, 2024

During the event, Austin stated that “the meeting would address Ukraine’s most urgent needs”, namely the Kiev regime’s dwindling air defense capabilities and long-range strike platforms. Apart from Austin and Volodymyr Zelensky, the meeting was attended by the latter’s Defense Minister Rustem Umerov, as well as the US Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, USAF General Charles Q. Brown.

World War III Is On But the Empire Has Already Lost: Spiritual Transformation Is the Only Way to Prevent Extinction

By Richard C. Cook, September 10, 2024

It is essential to emphasize that even though the creation of Israel in 1947-1948 was claimed to be a reaction to the WWII “Holocaust,” the decision to implant a Jewish national state in Palestine was made long before.

Instability in Somalia Endangers the Entire Horn of Africa

September 11th, 2024 by Abayomi Azikiwe

Somalia has warned governments in the Horn of Africa and corporations seeking to conduct business in the region that Mogadishu will not tolerate any contracts which do not recognize it as a unified state.

Although for decades two breakaway areas within Somalia–Somaliland and Puntland–have operated as independent states while largely ignoring the authority of the successive central administrations since 1991, every attempt at forming a unified government in the capital has excluded the recognition of these two enclaves as sovereign entities.

In recent months there has been a diplomatic row between Ethiopia and Somalia over the signing of a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) between President Muse Bihi Abdi of Somaliland and the government of Prime Minister Abiy Ahmed in Addis Ababa. Ethiopia being a landlocked country has historically since the 19th century sought to have access to the Red Sea.

Somalian President Hassan Sheikh Mohamud signed a new bill into law in January nullifying the MOU between Somaliland and Ethiopia which would provide access to Addis Ababa of a section of the port of Berbera on the Red Sea. This MOU, which the Somalian government has strongly objected to, was signed in exchange for Ethiopian recognition of Somaliland as an independent state.

This is the first time that another state has accepted Somaliland as a separate government and territory not under the rule of Mogadishu. These developments between Ethiopia and Somalia have created an increasingly tense atmosphere in the larger Horn of Africa region.

These two states have a history of conflicts over territorial boundaries which were set during the onset of colonial rule in Somalia and the efforts to marginalize Ethiopia as an independent state. However, the breakaway of Somaliland and Puntland from Somalia proper further complicated any attempts aimed at the normalization of relations.

In late 2006 and early 2007, Ethiopia under the previous government led by the Tigray People’s Liberation Front (TPLF) and the Ethiopian People’s Revolutionary Democratic Front (EPRDF), sent troops into Somalia at the aegis of the United States to prevent the consolidation of the political bases of the then Union of Islamic Courts. Soon the Kenyan Defense Forces (KDF) and the Ugandan People’s Defense Forces (UPDF) intervened in Somalia. Eventually these East African military forces were joined together as the African Union Mission in Somalia (AMISOM).

Funding and training for this multinational mission in Somalia was adopted as a United Nations project with the stated aim of defeating the Islamist rebels who remained in opposition against the transitional federal government backed by Washington and the UN. Since 2007, the AU-UN presence in Somalia has not resulted in the establishment of a unified and secure state.

Since 2007, the mission has gone from peacekeeping to transitional and now stabilization. However, as the titles of the AU-UN presence has shifted, new difficulties are arising which frustrate the objectives of peace and unity in Somalia. The divisions and ongoing clashes with al-Shabaab cannot be fully addressed as long as the internal fragmentation inside the country provides opportunities for imperialism to exploit the lack of a cohesive political framework within the administrative state.

Economic Implications of Divisions Within Somalia

What is Somalia willing and capable of doing in response to these initiatives involving Somaliland? With the government still being dependent on the AU and UN which are relying on material and monetary assistance from Washington and the European Union (EU), in practical terms the options of the government in Mogadishu will remain limited.

Ethiopia has played an integral role in the various AU-UN missions in Somalia making it extremely difficult for Mogadishu to lose this military support. Even with the recent pledge from the Egyptian government of President Abdel Fattah el-Sisi to Somalia to provide military assistance, the enactment of such policies would necessitate the recruitment and deployment of additional Somalian forces on the ground.

Addis Ababa views this offer by Egypt as a security threat due to the continuing dispute over the full implementation of the Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam project (GERD). The Egyptian government has said that the redirecting of the Blue Nile as envisioned through GERD would endanger its water supply.

Repeated attempts to negotiate an amicable solution to the disagreements over GERD have failed. The inability to achieve a diplomatic solution to the usage of water resources for hydro-electric power in the Horn of Africa region will undoubtedly impede development which could benefit all states involved. Somalia in its threats to corporate interests has raised the stakes in the overall efforts to foster unity and cooperation in the Horn of Africa.

In a report published by Business Insider Africa it notes that:

“Somalia had issued that by the 1st of September, all companies with operations in Somalia, should have revised any information they have on their platform which recognizes Somaliland as an independent territory. They warned that this would be taken seriously. The country advised that information put out by said organizations should permeate that Somaliland still remains a territory of Somalia, otherwise, punishments would follow. As seen in the East African, the Ministry of Commerce and Industry (MoCI) in Somalia used the country’s provisional constitution to compel corporations into removing the name of Somaliland off their network information sites.” 

Such restrictions being placed by the central government in Somalia on corporations could very easily force these business interests to formally take sides in the dispute. If they continue to sign separate agreements with Somaliland, these firms could be prohibited from carrying out operations with the Somalian administration which is recognized by the AU and the UN.

The origins of the Somaliland and Puntland crisis are to be found in the colonial partitioning of Africa between Italy and Britain. Another colonial power, France, had maintained control of the area now known as Djibouti and called it French Somaliland.

There are additional Somali populations in Kenya as well as Ethiopia. In 1960 at the time of independence, the areas of Somalia formerly controlled by Italy and Britain merged creating a united republic with Puntland, whose name is taken from the ancient kingdom which can be dated backed thousands of years and noted for its trade with Egypt, Sudan and other territories in the Horn of Africa, North Africa and West Asia.

However, the civil war in Somalia during the 1990s further aggravated already existing tensions among these regions of the country. Somaliland declared itself independent from the central government in 1991. Later in 1998, Puntland asserted its separateness while initially saying it would not seek recognition as an independent state. Nonetheless, in 2024, Puntland authorities said that it would be independent due to disagreements with the central administration in Mogadishu over constitutional issues.

As acknowledged in the above-mentioned article from Inside Business Africa, the current situation has implications for various corporations and governmental institutions seeking to conduct business with Somaliland. Various aspects of these disagreements include:

.
“Paysii, Dahabshil Jubba Express and Ethiopian Airlines, are some of the companies that were called out, and asked to cease using the name Somaliland and instead go with Somalia. In the case of Ethiopian Airlines which flies from the capital city of Somalia; Mogadishu to the capital city of Somaliland; Hargeisa, Somalia asked that it should stop listing the Somaliland destination as a separate country.”

Unity Remains a Necessity in the Struggle Against Imperialism in Africa and West Asia

Even though these states of Somalia, Egypt and Ethiopia exist within close geographical proximity from one another, the absence of a guiding Pan-African foreign policy inevitably threatens the peace and security of the entire region. Considering the resources which exist in the Horn and North African regions, the people of these three states could make a historic contribution to the development of the continent along with ending the crisis in West Asia involving the struggle for the liberation of Palestine.

At present the genocidal onslaught by the State of Israel in Gaza, the West Bank and other neighboring states such as Lebanon, Iraq, Syria and Yemen cannot be ignored by the AU member-states in North and East Africa. Egypt has been essentially neutralized from resuming its rightful role as a leading force against settler-colonialism and Zionist occupation.

Since the late 1970s with the signing of the Camp David Accords, Egypt has become the second largest recipient of direct assistance from Washington trailing only the State of Israel. These arrangements have been placed under tremendous strain since the beginning of the Al-Aqsa Flood on October 7, 2023.

Mass sentiment within the AU member-states is overwhelmingly in solidarity with the Palestinians and other oppressed people in the West Asia region. Unity within Somalia and between Mogadishu and other contiguous states in the Horn of Africa could make a tremendous contribution in the broader objectives of eliminating neo-colonialism and imperialist domination.

The divisions and conflicts in the Horn of Africa can only serve to benefit imperialism. The AU and other international bodies must consider the importance of resolving these contradictions as a precursor for the sustainable development of Africa and other neighboring regions.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Abayomi Azikiwe is the editor of the Pan-African News Wire. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image is from Internationalist 360

The Continuing Lies and Crimes. 9.11 X Twenty-Three = Speechlessness

September 11th, 2024 by Prof. Anthony J. Hall

On September 7 of 2008, I delivered my first public presentation on 9/11, an event that had happened 7 years earlier. I  had been invited to share a podium with Dr. Kevin Barrett, a witty and erudite Muslim convert with whom I would collaborate often in the years ahead. Kevin had lost his academic job in 2006 at the University of Wisconsin.

He was sacked from the faculty for incorporating into his curriculum material branded as heresy especially by his most zealous detractors at Fox News.

.

.

.

.

When I mounted the stage of the Stanley Milner Public Library in downtown Edmonton Alberta, the copy ink still smelled fresh on the xeroxed manuscript I was carrying in my hand. My presentation was entitled, “The Lies and Crimes of 9/11.”

The following day that text was published by the University of Ottawa Economist, Michel Chossudovsky. Michel remains to this day at the helm of Global Research.ca where my 2008 essay remains the first article archived on my author’s page.

 

Much of the essay was composed of excerpts that I had added into a reworked draft of a very large manuscript.

This manuscript was subsequently published as Earth into Property: Colonization, Decolonization and Capitalism (Montreal: McGill Queen’s University Press, 2010). When it became clear to me that the official narrative of what had happened on 9/11 was not supported by the evidence, I incorporated this understanding into the volume.

Earth into Property can be seen as a survey of the history of globalization since 1492. It depicts the geopolitical strategy adopted on the basis of the specious interpretation of 9/11 as the purposeful outgrowth of a historical trajectory rooted in the Indian wars of North America. Many episodes of imperial expansion, including the transcontinental spread of the United States, have been justified based on variations of the ideal of civilization’s real or imaginary ascent over savagery.

The old imagery of imperialism as civilization’s conquest over savagery, deeply permeated many symbolic aspects of the US-led Global War on Terror. This supposed War on Terror was used to explain many US invasions of Muslim-majority countries. In retrospect we can now clearly see that these invasions were meant primarily to serve Likudnik Israel’s— Greater Israel’s— expansionary agenda in the Middle East.

The people who attended the Edmonton event to hear Kevin and I speak were in my view quite distinctive. There was almost a full auditorium holding about 300 people. Each one of them had paid $15 to be there. That is the one and only time I ever held forth at a presentation where average people paid to see me hold forth.

As far as I could see, except for Kevin and me, there were no faculty types in the audience. By then it seemed that lines had been drawn. Those academics with aspirations to get jobs, promotions, contracts, awards, media gigs and such should not be seen in the company of “9/11 truthers,” or “troofers” as we were sometimes contemptuously labelled.

Those who had paid to be there were in my estimation largely intelligent and independent-minded workers with good jobs building pipelines, handling oil rigs and such throughout resource-rich Alberta. Some had travelled long distances to be there. It was the first time I had seen a sampling of the intensity of interest shared by many practical people when it came to getting to the bottom of what had really happened on 9/11.

When Earth into Property did come out, it was sometimes described as one of only three peer-reviewed academic books that incorporated what was known at the time as 9/11 skepticism. The book was chosen in a year-end event as one of the best of 2010 by a reviewer assigned to make this judgment by the UK newspaper The Independent. I was able to visit the Oxford University-based reviewer and discuss with him Earth into Property at some length.

As I see it, the 9/11 skeptics have won the argument many times over. They have repeatedly proven that beyond a shadow of a doubt, the official narrative of September 11, 2001, is not supported by the existing evidence in the public domain. The 11 books by Prof. David Ray Griffen have been integral to a very large body of literature as well as of many hundreds of Internet documentaries devoted to showing the gross problems with the mainstream interpretation.

All that work, however, ran into a heavy wall of media and government stonewalling to protect the major vested interests that had much to lose if the bin Laden/al-Qaeda fairytale would have been dislodged to explain the identity and motivations of those really behind the events of 9/11. In 2006 a preppy young journalist named Tucker Carlson demonstrated the biases of the media establishment with his rude and dismissive treatment of Professor Griffin.

 

A colleague of mine, Emanuel Pastreich, has lamented the continuation of the lies and crimes of 9/11 twenty-three years after the debacle.

He reflects on the debilitating effect of the ongoing cover-up that so many go along with just to avoid the responsibility of facing up to the truth.

It is impossible to write any sound interpretation of global geopolitics in the twenty-first century while evading some reckoning with the lies and crimes of 9/11. 

 

 

9.11 X Twenty-Three = Speechlessness

By

Emanuel Pastreich

September 11, 2023

I am left without words on the twenty-third anniversary of the 9.11 incident. I have already written so many speeches on this day over the last decade, and articles before then, that I have come to loath this loathsome day. But this day of reckoning still comes around anyway, as the Earth circles the Sun, and does so without respect for our fantasies and delusions, so as to remind us that we live in a dream, surrounded by zombified friends and family, coworkers and classmates.

We who prefer truth must work constantly with those who would rather cling to pleasant sounding fictions than face the truth.

On September 11, 2001, I honestly did not believe the fraud could drag on this long. And still, for all the burdens we drag, we still crawl forward (or is it backward?) as a nation, as a civilization.

But there is a terrible price to be paid for allowing a parasite class of criminals to remain in power, for looking the other way as those who stood for justice and truth are punished and those who stood for hypocrisy and treason are lauded and promoted.

The culture of the United States was permanently poisoned in by the ashes left from the twin towers.

Our best universities are but brand names today used to cover up criminality. Our justice department has become a weapon for rent to the highest bidder, and our military is a tool for money laundering and a weapon for mercenary actions to pursue profits for multinational banks.

Of course, the nightmare did not start with 9.11, but the system came apart at the core on that fateful date. Whereas the United States was followed around by a dark shadow for the last seventy years, and the shadow started to cover over our faces from the time of the Vietnam War, now literally every person in Congress, every person in the Executive, every person on TV, is in on one of the greatest crimes in history. No wonder it was so easy to pull off COVID.

Yes, there are some signs that we are moving a bit closer to truth. At the same time, we must admit that once the truth is out, nothing can be seen in the same light again. That is because 9.11 is not unlike incest. It is a terrible thing that we feel compelled to cover up because to allow this truth out will compromise everyone—many feel that there is no winner in such a culture of shame. So it is better to lie so one can at least enjoy a dinner out, or a vacation in Italy.

And yet, we can see the substantial consequences of 9.11 from the speech of Benjamin Netanyahu to the US Congress on July 25, 2024. Netanyahu was free to give the most fascistic, most militaristic, speech delivered in the history of Congress to over 50 rounds of applause. He could not have given such a speech in Israel, or in any other country. Only the United States is so morally and spiritually crippled as to allow his rampage—no! to sing hymns for his blasphemy.

That weird relationship between the elites in Israel and the United States speaks volumes about the invisible scars of 9.11 in the United States—the all-powerful nation that has lost its soul and become a complete slave at precisely the moment of its absolute domination.

That is precisely what John Quincy Adams wrote about the United States’ possible future if she were embroiled in foreign wars,

“She might become the dictatress of the world. She would be no longer the ruler of her own spirit.”

That sums up the sad state of the United States, limping with ever greater normalcy toward the apocalypse.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on Looking out at the World from Canada.

Dr. Anthony Hall is currently Professor of Globalization Studies at the University of Lethbridge in Alberta Canada. He has been a teacher in the Canadian university system since 1982. Dr. Hall, has recently finished a big two-volume publishing project at McGill-Queen’s University Press entitled “The Bowl with One Spoon”. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Emanuel Pastreich served as the president of the Asia Institute, a think tank with offices in Washington DC, Seoul, Tokyo and Hanoi. Pastreich also serves as director general of the Institute for Future Urban Environments. Pastreich declared his candidacy for president of the United States as an independent in February, 2020. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Nearly all public polls in the USA today, and since the beginning of 2024, show that the number #1 issue for American voters is the condition of the economy.

But listening to the debate this evening one would have heard little discussion about it—and even less about solutions—from either candidate.

.

The ABC moderators started off the discussion with what one hoped would have set a positive tone for the debate in that regard.

They actually said the number 1 issue was the economy and cost of living and challenged both candidates with the appropriate phrase:

“Is the economy better off today than four years ago!”

In her initial response of the debate, Harris jumped onto the issue by citing several of her proposals: a $6k/year child care tax credit for newborns, a tax credit of $50k for new start up small businesses, and a $25k credit for first time homebuyers.

She then charged that Trump’s tax cut proposals provided $5 trillion for billionaires and businesses.

But that was the highlight of the evening in so far as actual economic issues were concerned.

It went downhill from there. …

Harris ended her first responses by saying Trump’s proposals for an increase in tariffs was a de facto sales tax on consumers amounting to $4k/yr. Trump replied it wasn’t sales tax and if tariffs were so bad why did the Biden administration continue his (Trump’s) first term tariffs that brought in hundreds of billions of dollars to the US Treasury. Those tariffs didn’t result in inflation in 2018-20, so why would his new tariffs do so now, he retorted?

Trump then dropped the economic ball altogether. Instead of informing the audience of his own economic proposals—like ending taxes on tips, ending taxing of seniors’ social security income (which was the practice before Reagan), or pointing out that he and JD Vance had already proposed a $5k child care credit—for all kids not just newborns—Trump just let it slide. He could have said Harris’s child care credit was a ‘me too’, announced after JD Vance had first raised the $5k credit. Even more surprising, Trump never mentioned throughout the debate his proposal to exempt social security benefits from income taxation, which would certainly have been popular to voters in swing states like Arizona and Pennsylvania with high populations of retirees.

Trump also failed to follow up on his own point that inflation the last three years ranged from 21% to 80%, depending on the item, and that grocery prices remains stuck at 35% higher compared to 2020 and gasoline 38%, according to the Wall St. Journal. He did mention egg prices in passing but didn’t say they were up 114%.

In other words, the phrase ‘are you better off today than four years ago’ disappeared at that point for the rest of the evening. Harris obviously not wanting to ‘go there’ and Trump strangely accommodating her.

Trump seemed to be fixated on the immigration issue, to which he returned again and again. But he spoke mostly in generalities and anecdotes and never cited the fact that more than 4 million illegal immigrants entered the country in 2022-23. Moreover, after declaring most of the illegals were criminals coming from all around the world, he turned ridiculous by saying in Minnesota the illegals were ‘eating cats’. Uh Oh!

At that point the moderators even jumped him citing the city manager of Minneapolis publicly said that was not true. No one ate cats in Minneapolis. One wonders how the moderators were so well prepared with that response, almost as if they were waiting for it to arise. Besides, that was not their job to add content via commentary. 

At another point Trump correctly declared the Biden record on job creation was mostly ‘bounce back’ jobs as he put it that returned as the economy reopened in 2020-21. They therefore were not new jobs created under Biden. But if Trump had cited the net jobs created in 2017-2019 compared to Biden’s 2022-24 he may have been able to make a more convincing point.

Trump repeatedly declared Harris ‘had no plan’ for the economy. In a sense that was correct. Harris’s plan in the debate came down to three proposals: $6k child care credit, $50k start up business credit, and a one time reference she made to $25k assistance to 1st time homebuyers. These three hardly constitute a ‘plan’ but Trump said nothing to critique the points. For example, he could have pointed out that Harris’ proposals were applicable to only a partial segment of households in all three cases and that even together they would have a minimal impact on the economy. But he didn’t. Nor did he contrast his own measures to Harris—i.e. tariffs to bring jobs back to the US, no tax on tips, $5k child care credit, and no taxing of seniors’ social security checks. Nor did he elaborate on his tax proposals for business. Like Harris, not much of a plan either.

Neither candidate even remotely referred to the country’s current $2 trillion deficit this year, or the $35 trillion national debt, or the current interest payments to bondholders now more than $900 billion a year! Perhaps neither ‘wanted to go there’ since the cumulative deficits and debt under Biden so far is $7.2 trillion and under Trump was $7.8 trillion. Both know that would open a can of worms and perhaps lead to the likely logical consequence of the need in 2025 to engage in massive austerity cuts to social spending which is almost certainly coming after the election.

It might also have led to a more detailed discussion of tax proposals which, given their generosity to investors and businesses, neither candidate likely didn’t want to discuss in any detail.

At another point Harris declared that Trump’s first term trade deficit was a consequence of his selling out the US to China. Trump could have—but didn’t at that point—have cited Biden’s current trade deficit running at more than $100 billion/month and more than $1 trillion this year, the highest in US history.

Harris then went further re. China and said its president Xi was responsible for Covid, which also went unanswered by Trump.

Perhaps that would have sounded too much like he agreed with her since Trump has alleged that previously as well. That would be as far as either candidate discussed China for the evening.
The centerpiece of Trump’s plan and solutions for the economy—the #1 issue—has been for months now more tax cuts, without spelling out who would actually benefit from the cuts, since it would benefit mostly rich investors and businesses. The Congressional Budget Office, by the way, estimated Trump’s tax proposals would cost the US budget $5 trillion more over the next decade by 2034—which was in addition to his $4.5 trillion cuts introduced in 2017. It’s not surprising so many big CEOs have been recently rallying to his campaign—as they did in response to the same tax cut promises in 2016. Déjà vu.

At this point of the debate it was becoming clear Trump was passing up a lot of opportunities to score on the Biden-Harris economic performance of the past four years or to present a convincing alternative vision of his own. It was a big lost opportunity by Trump. Trump never pressed the question: ‘Are you better off today than four years ago?” Then came the discussion about abortion.

It has to be said Harris scored points on this topic although she spoke mostly in terms of generalities that women have the right to choose what to do with their bodies. She was very much ‘Trump like’ in citing horrifying anecdotal examples of women denied abortion medical assistance. One almost thought it was a state of the union pitch, with the victims sitting in the Congressional rafters. Everything but the lemming like applause from the Congressional floor.

She also probably scored points by saying Trump supported a national abortion ban, which he denied. However, she supported her allegation by citing actions by some of the states now deciding on the issue that have come close to just that, an outright ban. Trump defended his position of giving the decision on abortion to the states, codified with the US Supreme Court’s recent decision turning over abortion policy to the states.

At this point the ABC moderators came down on Harris’s side, threw a hardball at Trump and asked if he would veto a Congressional bill banning abortion. He prevaricated unconvincingly and without saying yes or no, said it would never come to a Congressional bill because now the Court had turned the decision over to the states.

Harris scored another point on this issue by alleging Trump was even against IVF for families, which he outright denied. Then Trump pulled another ‘eating cats’ faux pas by saying doctors in Virginia were deciding on whether to kill newborns. The ABC moderator jumped in on Harris’ side at that point again and said that wasn’t so. So much for neutrality. Moderators walked a fine line at times throughout the evening, and at times injecting commentary contra Trump and often to Harris’ advantage.

In the key swing state of Pennsylvania energy jobs from fracking are a big issue in the election. Harris was asked why she apparently changed her position recently on the issue and now did not oppose fracking. Her response was to deny she had ever changed. There was a lot Trump could have said to pin her down at that point but didn’t. Nor did he say anything about her about face recently on issues like lowering the corporate income tax even below Biden’s 37% proposal to her own now 28% (Trump proposed lowering from current 20% to 15%). Both candidates obviously have been courting big business campaign contributions as they race to see who gives more tax cuts to big donors.

With rising deficits and debt, and likely social program austerity cuts coming in 2025, clarifying their positions on the tax issue was important for voters. Who will pay to lower the runaway annual budget deficits? Will taxes be raised on business and wealthy? Spending programs cut? For the average voter how that is answered means a lot for their take home pay and perhaps even for many if they even have a job next year—since the US economy of late is showing clear signs of slowing as manufacturing, construction, industrial activity and trade have all been contracting and the jobs market is softening rapidly in recent months. But nothing was addressed by either candidate about these emerging worrisome trends.

Throughout the debate Harris kept referring to the need not to look at the past but to the future. However, she more than agreed with moderators resurrecting a number of topics ‘out of the past’. Most were directed specifically at Trump, in what were clearly ‘hard ball’, as they say.

January 6 events came up, with the moderators posing the question to Trump whether he regretted what he did on January 6 and would he accept a peaceful transition of power again. Zing! The cameras turned to Harris on that one, as she smiled widely. Trump fumbled for a while, settling on blaming Pelosi for not accepting his offer on January 6 to provide 10,000 national guardsmen for the Capitol’s defense.

Trump then tried to explain how January 6 and the felony convictions were all about ‘lawfare’ waged by the Democrats after him as a candidate, a first in US political history and a low point in US democracy. He could have taken it further, however, and challenged Harris to explain why the Democrats were also spending millions to prevent third parties like the Greens or RFKjr getting on the ballot or receiving public campaign funds. But again he didn’t and lost the opportunity to show how the Democrats were trampling democracy in the election no less than they were charging him.

Harris pressed the charge of Trump’s threat to Democracy, raising Trump’s alleged recent public statements if the election was stolen again there would be a political ‘bloodbath’ in the country. Trump once again—as throughout the evening—was put on the defensive responding to Harris. He neither explicitly denied or explained the accusation.

Toward the end of the debate foreign policy finally came up and was revealing. Both competed to show who was more pro-Israel. Harris more or less repeated the Biden position: Israel was horribly attacked. Women were raped by Hamas. It has the right to defend itself. There should be a ceasefire and in the end a two state solution—which appears about as likely as Boeing rescuing US astronauts in the Space Station. And Iran is the big bogeyman. The US should continue to give Netanyahu all he asks for.

Trump’s position was October 7 would not have happened on his watch. Trump scored a point in the ‘I’m more holy than thou’ Israel support debate by saying Harris refused to meet with Netanyahu when he came to the US recently. She went to a sorority meeting instead. Trump added Iran was broke when he was president but now has $300 billion due to Democrat policies lifting sanctions and Iran is running amuck in the middle east funding Israel’s enemies. Not a mention by either candidate of the 40,000 civilians or 17,000 children dead. Trump missed another opportunity at this point. He could have pressed Harris on why her position of a ceasefire and two state solution sounds good but has failed miserably thus far with no success in sight. What would she do differently if president to make it succeed? Again, no follow up.

The Ukraine war was more interesting. As in the middle east, Harris again parroted the Biden position: Russia was the invader, Ukraine was the epitome of democracy, the US will continue to give them more money and weapons, and if we don’t Putin will invade Europe. She even mentioned Poland, obviously pandering to the large Polish vote in Pennsylvania.

Trump came out hard in reply saying more than a million have needlessly died in the war and it was not in the US’s interest. The war should not have happened and would not have on his watch. US policy of Biden and Harris has cost the US taxpayer $250 billion so far and only $100 billion by the Europeans. They should pay their share. In other words, the USA continues to subsidize NATO and Europe, one of Trump’s long term issues.

Trump then dropped what should have been a bombshell accusation followed up by the moderators who ignored it and went on to ask unrelated questions: Trump accused Biden and his son Hunter of taking money from Ukraine and even receiving $3.5 million from the wife of the mayor of Moscow! The moderators moved on as if nothing was said.

In another hardball tossed his way by the moderators Trump was asked specifically “Do you want Ukraine to win?” At first he stepped around the query but the moderators tossed it his way a second time. Trump’s answer was he would end the Ukraine war even before being sworn in as president next January. The moderators didn’t ask Harris in turn what she would do to end the war. Perhaps they knew it would be answered with the current Biden policy of let’s continue sending money and weapons until Putin concedes?

Trump did score on this exchange by challenging Harris to explain why Biden in 2021 refused to even talk to Putin and said that Harris visited Kiev just three days before the war in Ukraine broke out—i.e. evidence according to Trump she was a weak negotiator and not respected by either Zelensky or Putin. The moderators got Harris off the hook by asking her if she ever met Putin, which was obviously not part of the debate script but made it appear Trump’s accusation was not relevant.

Trump warned that Biden-Harris policy in general has been a mess for four years, from the very beginning with Biden’s disastrous Afghanistan retreat that ended with US servicemen killed; but also today in Yemen, Ukraine, Israel, Iran. Trump added it was all leading the US toward a possible World War 3 with Russia.

Now nearing the end of the debate, the moderators asked both candidates how they would deal with Putin? (But apparently not how they would deal with Zelensky who has resisted all efforts to negotiate). It was at this point that Harris sounded like an honorary US neocon saying Putin’s agenda is not just to take Ukraine but to continue beyond into Europe. Tony Blinken, Jake Sullivan and Victoria Nuland would have been proud. The absurd ‘Dominoes Theory’ lives!

What is especially noteworthy in the entire foreign policy discussion was that neither candidate said a word about what is perhaps the greatest threat to US global hegemony and economy: the current rapid rise and expansion of the BRICS and their accelerating development of alternative global financial institutions that will almost certainly undermine US global dominance, and consequence its domestic economic stability next four years. But perhaps that was expecting too much from the moderators; and certainly would have been flubbed by the candidates neither of whom have any idea what’s going on in that regard and how tenuous a hold the USA has on its increasingly unstable global empire now.

At the close, the ABC moderators confronted Trump with their last hardball on his public statements that he doubted Harris was ‘black’. Now things got very personal. But it was a perfect opening for Harris who quickly attacked Trump as racist and accused him of always trying to divide the country. To prove her point she dredged up incidents that occurred decades ago accusing him of refusing to rent to blacks in New York, calling for the execution of the ‘Central Park 5’ murders in NY at that time, and denying Obama’s US birth.

This was truly a deep dumpster dive into the past to resurrect issues which contradicted her central debate message of ‘let’s look to the future not the past’. If one of the ground rules of the debate was not to attack one’s opponent personally, Trump surprisingly adhered to the rule throughout the debate. It was not the old Trump of 2016. The ABC moderators set up Harris with cover to do a personal trip on Trump. The Democrat strategy has always been to portray Trump as an unstable and unsavory character. The structure of questions and timing of the discussions enabled Harris to deliver that message. In terms of personalities, Harris thus came off the ‘winner’ in the debate as a result.

Summarizing the Second 1st Presidential Debate one might conclude:

  • Both candidates hardly addressed the voters’ central issue of the economy
  • Trump was repeatedly on the defensive and lost numerous opportunities to score points
  • The ABC moderators threw softball questions at Harris and several hardballs at Trump
  • Both candidates differed little on policy on the middle east
  • Neither candidate said anything about the current economic war with China or Taiwan
  • Trump and Harris did differ sharply on policy toward the Ukraine war
  • Trump over-emphasized the immigration issue turning to it perhaps too often
  • Harris policy on NATO, Ukraine & Israel remains Biden’s
  • No one offered solutions how to lower prices, how to prevent the emerging US economic slowdown or how the US might respond to global challenges by the BRICS

In general one would have to conclude that Harris probably ‘won’ the debate, especially given the low bar set in initial expectations of her performance. She remained calm and didn’t get flustered. Trump on occasion appeared to come close to being thrown off balance, by the moderators questions in particular.

The American voters are of course the big losers. I doubt anyone can come away from the debate with a clear understanding what either candidate’s comprehensive plan is for the US economy—or the various pressing issues of millions of American households’ declining real income, affordability of basics like food and shelter, their ever-growing burden of consumer debt, intensifying global wars, chronically rising global warming, the growing likelihood of recession in 2025, or the spectre of renewed US political instability also on the horizon.

It’s doubtful the US mainstream media will say anything about all that but will focus on the personalities, how they appeared, and their media performance.

However, in the end the debate will likely matter little to the election outcome. Only seven or so states matter in the election outcome, given the US archaic electoral college system. As this writer has already said, four of the seven swing states are likely locked up by Trump (AZ, NV, GA, NC) and he only needs to win one of the remaining three (PA, MI, WI). Harris needs to win all three of the latter if she loses the former four which is likelier than not. So has the ‘Second 1st Presidential Debate’ moved the needle, as they say? Probably not. But hell! It ain’t over until the fat lady sings and she’s still waiting in the wings!

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on the author’s blogsite, Jack Rasmus.

Dr. Rasmus is author of the books, ‘Central Bankers at the End of Their Ropes’, Clarity Press, 2017 and ‘Alexander Hamilton and the Origins of the Fed’, Lexington Books, 2020. Follow his commentary on the emerging banking crisis on his blog, https://jackrasmus.com; on twitter daily @drjackrasmus; and his weekly radio show, Alternative Visions on the Progressive Radio Network every Friday at 2pm eastern and at https://alternativevisions.podbean.com.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is a screenshot from the WSJ video


Alexander Hamilton and the Origins of the Fed

By Jack Rasmus

Publisher:‎ Lexington Books (February 28, 2019)

Hardcover: ‎146 pages

ISBN-10:‎ 1498582842

ISBN-13:‎ 978-1498582841

Alexander Hamilton and the Origins of the Fed describes how US federal governments, often in cooperation with the largest US private banks, introduced and expanded central banking functions from 1781 through the creation of the Federal Reserve Act of 1913. Based on an analysis of the evolution of the US banking system – from pre-1781, through the 1787 US Constitutional Convention, Congressional debates on Hamilton’s reports to Congress, the rise and fall of the 1st and 2nd Banks of the United States, and through the long period of the National Banking System form 1862-1913, the book shows how central banking in the US evolved out of the private banking system, and how following the financial crash of 1907 big New York banks pushed through Congress the Federal Reserve Act of 1913, creating a central bank which they then managed for their interests.

Click here to purchase.

First published by listverse.com in January 2018

*

When the name bin Laden is mentioned today, the first thing that comes to most people’s minds would be terrorism—particularly against the United States. Similarly, the name George Bush (the father or the son) evokes images of each man’s time as president of the United States. In the case of George W. Bush, his time in the White House came during the 9/11 attacks.

However, there are many connections other than the obvious one mentioned above. The Bush and bin Laden families have a long history of business dealings, while Osama himself apparently did a complete about-face, as he once collected his paycheck from the CIA, working on behalf of the United States and their interests. While some of the following links between the Bushes and the bin Ladens are likely to be mere coincidences, they are intriguing, to say the very least.

Here are ten examples of connections, be they direct or through mutual associates, between two of the most famous families on the planet.

10. Oil Business Connections

The connections between the bin Laden and Bush families go back decades. Perhaps the first time of note that their paths crossed would be in 1978, when George W. Bush and Salem bin Laden (brother of Osama) set up Arbusto Energy in Texas.[1]

The business was far from a success, however, and by the mid-1980s, it (having since merged with Spectrum 7) was taken over by a company called Harken Energy. As we will see  later on, this takeover raised suspicions in itself—suspicions that would be proven correct when examination of the company underwriting the takeover to the tune of millions of dollars exposed various corruption scandals.

There were other wealthy Saudi investors connected to Arbusto. The person largely seen as being responsible for many of the introductions between the Bush family and these wealthy investors is our next entry on this list.

9. Jim Bath

Jim Bath was seen as a “CIA asset” around the same time that Bush Jr. was venturing into the oil business (at a time when the CIA was under the direction of Bush Sr.).[2] He also had connections going in all directions outside the United States, particularly with rich Middle Eastern businessmen looking for opportunities with the American dollar. Many of these were members of the royal family and rich class of Saudi Arabia, including the bin Ladens.

In fact, so deep was the trust between Bath and the bin Laden family that Bath had entered into an agreement with them to be their representative for business ventures in America. This agreement would also lead to Bath representing the interests of [the late] Khalid bin Mahfuz, a person whose name comes up time and again in connection to Bush and bin Laden business ventures and someone deeply connected to the National Commercial Bank of the Saudi royal family.

Bath had been close friends with Bush Jr. since their time together at the Texas Air National Guard—a placement that, rightly or wrongly, would keep an otherwise eligible Bush Jr. out of the Vietnam War.

8. BCCI And Harken Energy

When Harken Energy took over the collapsed Arbusto oil company in 1986, it was underwritten for $25 million by the Bank of Credit and Commerce International, better known as BCCI. Coincidentally or not, BCCI also had many of the same rich Middle Eastern businessmen involved in its operations as Arbusto had.

In early 1991, the BCCI was shut down due to investigations revealing money laundering activities that were connected to the movement of weapons, as well as “funneling money to the Mujahideen” to aid in their conflict against the Soviet Union. (As we shall see later, this money was essentially being funneled to Osama bin Laden.) Another longtime Bush–bin Laden associate, the previously mentioned Khalid bin Mahfuz, had a controlling interest in BCCI. In short, BCCI has been called “the most corrupt financial institution in history.”[3]

Although there were no proven direct links between the Bush family and BCCI, there were definite indirect links to be investigated. There were also similar connections between another group the Bush and bin Laden families were involved with, which was directly involved with the BCCI, and it is the next entry on our list.

7. The Carlyle Group

In the book House of Bush, House of Saud, researcher and writer Craig Unger explored accusations of secret political agendas between the Bush family (and, in turn, the Bush administrations), several rich Saudi businessmen (including Saudi royals and bin Ladens), and a gathering of specific people known as the Carlyle Group. To say the content of the publication was explosive would be an understatement, with some publishing houses suddenly pulling the book from their available titles due to increasing risks of libel.

Needless to say, many people viewed this as an attempt to threaten such publishers and writers in order to suppress information. One of the publishers, Simon Master of Random House, would even claim that libel lawyers were “stifling free speech.”[4] To others, it wasn’t the lawyers doing the stifling but rather those who were the subject of such book’s content.

In short, the Carlyle Group, while being a fully transparent private equity company, had many of the same Saudi businessmen and Bush Jr. and his associates, who were connected to the highly questionable aforementioned BCCI scandals, as well as various other companies stretching back years. Perhaps because of this, they are viewed by some with suspicion. Our next entry does nothing to temper that suspicion.

6. Bush Sr.’s 9/11 Meeting

While George W. Bush was reading a book about goats in a school in Florida at the time the 9/11 attacks were unfolding, George H. W. Bush was involved in a meeting representing the aforementioned Carlyle Group in Washington, DC, at the Ritz-Carlton Hotel, and he was with one of the brothers of America’s soon-to-be most wanted man, Osama bin Laden.[5]

Whether or not the meeting was purely coincidence or not is up for debate—and there are many who have done just that. In his film Fahrenheit 9/11, Michael Moore, for example, would cite these links between the two families, not least the meeting on September 11. While both families insist the relationship between the Bushes and the bin Ladens is purely down to business interests, others believe it to have a covert political agenda.

So, while it doesn’t prove anything untoward in its own right, it is perhaps a coincidence too far, even for the most ardent skeptic to such conspiracy notions, maybe even more so, given the actions and details of the next entry on our list.

5. Bin Ladens Allowed To Leave The US

It is certainly no secret that in the aftermath of the Twin Tower attacks, prominent members of the bin Laden family were allowed to leave the United States.[6] Not only that, but they were given safe passage courtesy of the US government at a time when every aircraft over US airspace was otherwise grounded.

Although it’s easy to jump straight on the conspiracy train with this one, when viewed clinically, it would most likely be a case of protecting longtime associates from the unjust attacks they would likely experience due to their relative having committed a terrible atrocity. As one of Osama’s brothers, Yeslam bin Laden, stated, since the 9/11 attacks, “the name bin Laden is synonymous with terror.”

It wasn’t just the fact that bin Laden family members were allowed to leave, though. Many reports would eventually surface from various military and government officials that Osama bin Laden could have been caught soon after 9/11. Perhaps most notably, CIA field commander Gary Berntsen claimed there was a distinct lack of foot soldiers and effort to hunt down and capture bin Laden, despite his location apparently being known in the immediate months following the attacks. Berntsen talks extensively about this in his book Jawbreaker, in which he ultimately states that the United States “let Osama bin Laden get away.” Of course, whether bin Laden was “taken out,” as the world was told in 2011, is a conspiracy in itself. While interesting, it is not one that we will look into here.

4. Osama’s CIA Connections

Of course, in the 1970s and predominantly in the 1980s, Osama bin Laden was not only considered friendly to the United States; he was considered to be a CIA asset.[7]

While most of the bin Laden family were astute and successful businessmen, Osama’s talents were seemingly more hands-on and best applied “in the field.” During the 1980s, Osama led militia groups against the Soviet Union in Afghanistan. His group was essentially armed, trained, and backed by the CIA.

Once that conflict was over is where things begin to get murky. Many conspiracy theorists contend that Osama bin Laden maintained his links to the CIA, although in a more covert way. It should be noted there is no absolute proof of this, with many of the people making these claims using past CIA actions to back up their current theories.

Officially, Osama bin Laden believed the US influence in the Middle East was too great, and he eventually left his native country and began on the road that would ultimately lead to the 9/11 attacks. This type of action in intelligence circles is called “blowback.” Perhaps the fact that such actions are common enough for intelligence agencies to have a name for them should be telling in itself.

3. 9/11 And Saudi Arabia

Although there is indeed a lot of murkiness surrounding just about every aspect of the 9/11 attacks, another “coincidence” was an apparent Saudi involvement in the attacks.[8] Of course, Saudi Arabia is the bin Ladens’ home country, to boot.

Official records state that of the 19 hijackers involved in the 9/11 incident, 15 of them were Saudi Arabian. Also, the alleged mastermind, Khalid Shaykh Mohammed, was free to travel in and out of the United States throughout much of 2001. This was in spite of alleged warnings to the Bush administration from their own intelligence services of his suspected involvement in terrorist activity. Further warnings were issued only weeks prior to the attacks, in August 2001, even mentioning Osama bin Laden and other Saudi sponsors.

It is strange, then, at least to some people’s reckoning, that the US military didn’t immediately turn their attention to Saudi Arabia. Instead, they opted to invade Afghanistan. Officially, they claimed this to be the place Osama bin Laden was residing. We examine the possible “other” reasons why in the next entries on our list.

2. The Afghan Pipeline

In 1997, California company Unocal (which had numerous past connections to Dick Cheney) began preparations for the Afghanistan Oil Pipeline, which would run from Turkmenistan, through Afghanistan, and to the Arabian Sea (and into the hands of US-run corporations). Both the Taliban and anti-Taliban groups supported the deal—so much so that US-led training was provided to potential workers to assist in laying the pipeline.

However, many activist groups, particularly feminist groups, intensely protested any project involving the Taliban due to their genuinely horrendous stance on human rights, particularly the lack of rights for women. The pressure proved too much, and Unocal was forced to pull out of the deal.

After the 9/11 attacks (which now made Osama bin Laden public enemy number one), the Bush administration would bomb key locations in Afghanistan, eventually invading the country in order to track down their culprit. Coincidentally or not, by the end of 2002, (with the aforementioned Dick Cheney high up in the Bush administration), the pipeline deal was back on. With the Taliban now the enemy, their approval was no longer needed.[9]

Whether these events were manipulated, taken advantage of, or merely coincidental, so many researchers and critics have highlighted them in numerous books and writings that they really shouldn’t be ignored completely.

1. Heroin

Perhaps one of the most overlooked aspects of the Bush–bin Laden connection is the drug trafficking accusations following the invasion of Afghanistan, claims that have hounded the Bush family in particular for decades (and many would suggest rightly so).[10]

Whereas the Taliban had expressed support for the aforementioned pipeline, they weren’t so supportive, and in fact were completely against, the producing and trafficking of heroin from the vast supplies of opium in the country. While the CIA, and, in turn, other intelligence agencies, would look the other way and essentially allow the opium trade to flourish, the Taliban were actively attempting to shut down such activities.

When US forces entered Afghanistan, accusing the Taliban of providing a haven to Osama bin Laden, some noted how heroin production not only returned to pre-Taliban times but positively exploded to an all-time high. Perhaps it was purely coincidence, then, that these opium fields had been seized by the US military shortly after the invasion and remained in their control in the years following?

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons above or below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Marcus Lowth is a writer with a passion for anything interesting, be it UFOs, the Ancient Astronaut Theory, the paranormal or conspiracies. He also has a liking for the NFL, film and music.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Ten Bush-Bin Laden Connections that Raised a Few Eyebrows. “Terrorism is Good for Business”?

A new poll from the Council on American-Islamic Relations has Green Party presidential candidate Jill Stein beating Kamala Harris among American Muslims in three key battleground states, with an especially large lead in Michigan.

Among Muslims, Stein leads Harris 35 percent to 29 percent in Arizona, 44 percent to 39 percent in Wisconsin, and a whopping 40 percent to 12 percent in Michigan.

This would be interesting in and of itself, but what really stands out for me is the extreme contrast between how American Muslims and the rest of the US population are polling right now. An August report by the Statista Research Department has Jill Stein polling at just 0.2 percent overall among the general population, with Harris leading the Green Party candidate by 46.8 percent to 0.2 percent in Arizona, by 47.7 percent to 0.8 percent in Wisconsin, and by 46.1 percent to 0.9 percent in Michigan.

To call this a night and day difference would be a severe understatement. Clearly Muslim Americans are seeing something they care deeply about this election season which the rest of the population has decided doesn’t matter very much.

That something is of course the US-backed genocide in Gaza, which the Biden-Harris administration has been forcefully supporting for nearly a year. Stein opposes these atrocities, while Harris is currently serving in the administration that’s making them possible. Activist campaigns like the Uncommitted National Movement have been rallying pro-Palestinian voters to pressure Biden and Harris to stop the slaughter in Gaza under the threat of losing their votes, and now polls show that those votes are hemorrhaging into the Green Party among Muslims.

And I just think it says a lot that American liberals have decided to simply ignore this. Not just the leadership of the Democratic Party — who famously refused to allow any Palestinian Americans to even speak at the Democratic National Convention in Chicago last month — but ordinary members of the public as well.

White non-Muslim liberals, who would normally claim to stand with Muslim Americans and support listening to black and brown voices, have decided to simply turn a blind eye and a deaf ear to what their Muslim neighbors are saying this election cycle. 

Everything this particular marginalized community is saying gets met with fingers in the ears. Any other minority group on any other issue at any other time and it would be “I hear you, I see you,” but when it comes to this particular religious minority group with regard to ending an actual genocide, they are saying the exact opposite.

Which, just like the destruction of Gaza itself, says so much about where the real values of mainstream western liberalism actually lie. It’s not about being good, it’s about feeling good. It’s not about being moral, it’s about feeling moral. It’s not about fighting for justice and equality, it’s about fighting for electoral wins and emotional comfort. While people who actually care are trying to wake everyone up to the reality of the nightmare in Gaza, American liberals are trying to get everyone to shut up and stop shaking the bed so everyone can go back to sleep.

What’s happening in Gaza should radicalize you against status quo politics, and if you are a good person, it will. The fact that Democrats of all levels are so completely incurious and indifferent toward what Muslims in their country have been saying since October shows they are not good people, and shows they are not what they pretend to be.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Featured image is licensed under Creative Commons

Global Research Editor’s Note

Today, September 11, 2024. The anniversary of the tragic events of 9/11. 23 years laters, are we any closer to the truth about what really happened on that fateful day?

George Szamuely’s incisive article published more than 22 years ago raises some “uncomfortable questions” regarding Air Force Preparedness in the case of a national emergency: “Why were no fighter planes launched until after the Pentagon was hit?”

“Talk about a lack of urgency! Assuming Otis Air National Guard Base is about 180 miles away from Manhattan it should have taken the F-15s less than six minutes to get here. Moreover, since Washington, DC, is little more than 200 miles from New York, the two F-15 fighters would have had time to get to DC, intercept Flight 77 and grab breakfast on the way.”


Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, September 11, 2024

Nothing Urgent

by

George Szamuely 

 

New York Press, Vol. 15, No. 2

Centre for Research on Globalisation (CRG),  globalresearch.ca,   15  February 2002

 

Let’s revisit the curious lack of military action on the morning of September 11.

That morning, the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Gen. Richard B. Myers, was having a routine meeting on Capitol Hill with Sen. Max Cleland. While the two men chatted away, a hijacked jet plowed into the World Trade Center’s north tower, another one plowed into the south tower and a third one into the Pentagon. And still they went on with their meeting. “[W]hen we came out,” Myers recounted to American Forces Radio and Television Service, “somebody said the Pentagon had been hit.” Myers claims no one had bothered to inform him about the attacks on the World Trade Center. Meanwhile, in Florida, just as President Bush was about to leave his hotel he was told about the attack on the first WTC tower. He was asked by a reporter if he knew what was going on in New York. He said he did, and then went to an elementary school in Sarasota to read to children.

No urgency. Why should there be? Who could possibly have realized then the calamitous nature of the events of that day? Besides, the hijackers had switched the transponders off. So how could anyone know what was going on?

Passenger jet hijackings are not uncommon and the U.S. government has prepared detailed plans to handle them. On Sept. 11 these plans were ignored in their entirety. According to The New York Times, air traffic controllers knew at 8:20 a.m. “that American Airlines Flight 11, bound from Boston to Los Angeles, had probably been hijacked. When the first news report was made at 8:48 a.m. that a plane might have hit the World Trade Center, they knew it was Flight 11.” There was little ambiguity on the matter. The pilot had pushed a button on the aircraft yoke that allowed controllers to hear the hijacker giving orders. Here are the FAA regulations concerning hijackings: “The FAA hijack coordinator…on duty at Washington headquarters will request the military to provide an escort aircraft for a confirmed hijacked aircraft… The escort service will be requested by the FAA hijack coordinator by direct contact with the National Military Command Center (NMCC).” Here are the instructions issued by the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff on June 1, 2001: “In the event of a hijacking, the NMCC will be notified by the most expeditious means by the FAA. The NMCC will…forward requests for DOD assistance to the Secretary of Defense for approval.”

In addition, as Vice President Cheney explained on Meet the Press on Sept. 16, only the president has the authority to order the shooting down of a civilian airliner.

The U.S. is supposed to scramble military aircraft the moment a hijacking is confirmed. Myers’ revelation to the Senate Armed Services Committee on Sept. 13 that no fighter planes had been launched until after the Pentagon was hit was therefore surprising. Senators and even some tv commentators were a little incredulous. Dan Rather asked: “These hijacked aircraft were in the air for quite a while… Why doesn’t the Pentagon have the kind of protection that they can get a fighter-interceptor aircraft up, and if someone is going to plow an aircraft into the Pentagon, that we have at least some…line of defense?”

Good question. Clearly another, more comforting, story was needed, and on the evening of Sept. 14 CBS launched it by revealing that the FAA had indeed alerted U.S. air defense units of a possible hijacking at 8:38 a.m. on Tuesday, that six minutes later two F-15s received a scramble order at Otis Air National Guard Base on Cape Cod and that by 8:56 the F-15s were racing toward New York. Unfortunately, the fighters were still 70 miles away when the second jet hit the south tower. Meanwhile, at 9:30 a.m., three F-16s were launched from Langley Air Force base, 150 miles south of Washington. But just seven minutes later, at 9:37 a.m., Flight 77 smashed into the Pentagon. The F-16s arrived in Washington just before 10 a.m.

This story, which has now become the “official” version, raises more questions than it answers. F-15s can travel at speeds of 1875 mph while F-16s can travel at 1500 mph. If it took the F-16s half an hour to cover 150 miles, they could not have been traveling at more than 300 mph–at 20 percent capability. Boeing 767s and 757s have cruising speeds of 530 mph. Talk about a lack of urgency! Assuming Otis Air National Guard Base is about 180 miles away from Manhattan it should have taken the F-15s less than six minutes to get here. Moreover, since Washington, DC, is little more than 200 miles from New York, the two F-15 fighters would have had time to get to DC, intercept Flight 77 and grab breakfast on the way.

Ah, but of course the transponders were turned off. So no one could keep track of the planes. If it were true that the moment a transponder is turned off a plane becomes invisible there would be no defense against enemy aircraft. Normal radar echo return from the metal surface of an aircraft would still identify it on the radar scope.

Luckily, we still have first-rate establishment media to make sure that we retain confidence in our government.

Copyright  New York  Press, Vol 15, Issue 2, 2002. The original URL of this article is: http://globalresearch.ca/articles/SZA202A.html

 

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on “Nothing Urgent” on 9/11: The Curious Lack of Military Action on the Morning of September 11, 2001

This article was first published on March 31, 2017. An earlier version was published in 2015.

Today, we are commemorating the 23rd anniversary of the 9/11.

There are many contradictions which have been casually ignored, one of which is relationship between the Bush and Bin Laden families.

***

Lest we forget, one day before the 9/11 attacks, as well as on the morning of 9/11, the dad of the sitting President of the United States of America, George Herbert Walker Bush was meeting none other than Shafiq bin Laden, the brother of the alleged terror mastermind Osama bin Laden.

It was a routine business meeting on September 10-11, no conflict of interest, no relationship to the 9/11 attacks which allegedly were carried out on the orders of Shafiq’s brother Osama, no FBI investigation into the links between the Bush and bin Laden families. 

What is presented below is a factual account. Confirmed by the Washington Post, “fellow investors” of the Carlyle Group including Osama’s brother Shafiq bin Laden and GWB’s dad former President George H. W. Bush (and former CIA director) met in the plush surroundings of New York’s Ritz-Carlton Hotel on September 10-11, 2001.  Their business encounter under the auspices of the Carlyle Group was unfortunately interrupted on September 11 by the 9/11 attacks.

It didn’t help that as the World Trade Center burned on Sept. 11, 2001, the news interrupted a Carlyle business conference at the Ritz-Carlton Hotel here attended by a brother of Osama bin Laden [Shafiq bin Laden]. Former president Bush [senior], a fellow investor, had been with him at the conference the previous day. (Greg Schneider, Pairing the Powerful With the Rich, Washington Post, March 16, 2003)

screenshot Washington Post, March 16, 2003

A timely business meeting on September 10-11 at the Ritz Carlton with Osama’s brother disrupted by the 9/11 attacks: pure coincidence, totally unrelated to the 9/11 attacks.

What was GWB’s Dad “Poppy” doing with Osama’s brother Shafiq on September 10?

Media coverup:  the WP report came out 18 months later in March 2003. There was no media coverage of the Shafiq bin Laden – G. Herbert W. Bush meeting in September 2001. The event was known, yet mainstream media editors decided not to provide coverage of this timely 9/11 encounter at the Ritz Carleton.

A day later, on the evening of September 11, 2001, president George W. Bush pronounced a historic speech in which he defined the relationship between “terrorists’ and “state sponsors of terrorism”:

The search is underway for those who are behind these evil acts. I’ve directed the full resources of our intelligence and law enforcement communities to find those responsible and to bring them to justice. We will make no distinction between the terrorists who committed these acts and those who harbor them. (emphasis added)

Let’s be clear as to what happened: the Dad of the sitting president of the US was “harboring” (to use GWB’s expression) the brother of  the alleged terror mastermind of the 9/11 attacks.

Should the President have not  instructed the “law enforcement communities” to at least question his Dad?

Click to order Michel Chossudovsky’s International Best Seller directly from Global Research 

Why was Poppy Bush’s meeting with Osama bin Laden’s brother Shafiq not subject to the normal rules of  police investigation:

Question: “What were you doing with Osama’s brother”?

Why was this not the object of investigative media reporting or US Congressional enquiry?

Also in attendance at the Ritz Carlton meetings were former secretary of defense Frank Carlucci, former secretary of state James Baker III, and other unnamed members of the bin Laden family.

The bin Laden – Bush Carlyle Group meeting was also confirmed by The Economist in a June 2003 article entitled C- for Capitalism (see screenshot below):

“ON the day Osama bin Laden’s men attacked America, Shafiq bin Laden, described as an estranged brother of the terrorist, was at an investment conference in Washington, DC, along with two people who are close to President George Bush: his father, the first President Bush, and James Baker, the former secretary of state who masterminded the legal campaign that secured Dubya’s move to the White House. The conference was hosted by the Carlyle Group, a private equity firm that manages billions of dollars, including, at the time, some bin Laden family wealth. It also employs Messrs Bush and Baker.

In the immediate aftermath of the attacks, when no one was being allowed in or out of the United States, many members of the bin Laden family in America were spirited home to Saudi Arabia. The revival of defence spending that followed greatly increased the value of the Carlyle Group’s investments in defence companies.

The Carlyle Group is embroiled with the defense and intelligence establishment. “It is widely regarded as an extension of the US government, or at least the National Security Agency, the CIA, and the Pentagon.” (The Economist June 26, 2003, emphasis added)

screenshot of Economist report

  • Double standards in anti-terrorism legislation?
  • Double standards in police and law enforcement?
  • Double standards in media coverage.
  • No questions asked.
  • No police investigation or interrogation of Osama’s brother Shafiq.

Normally, under established rules of police investigation, both Shafiq bin Laden and the president’s Dad George Herbert Walker Bush would have been remanded in custody for police questioning and in all likelihood, Shafiq bin Laden would have been arrested as a potential suspect. But that did not happen.

In 2003, the CBC brought out a carefully investigated report which focusses on the bin Laden-Bush family connections:

Video 

No Travel Ban for the Bin Ladens

The presence of members of the bin Laden family meeting up with the father of the president of the United States was hushed up and 13 members of the bin Ladens including Shafiq were flown out of the US on September 19, 2001 in a plane chartered by the White House.

Meanwhile, suspected Muslims are routinelyarrested on a mere suspicion, –e.g. [author’s paraphrase] that they have an old school friend, who’s cousin’s 86 year old grandmother is an alleged sympathizer of the “jihad”.

The Global War on Terrorism is Born

On the day following the departure of the bin Ladens, President Bush delivered an address to a joint session of the House and the Senate (September 20, 2001), in which he stated unequivocally his administration’s intent to “pursue nations that provide aid or safe haven to terrorism”, with no exceptions (e.g. Saudi Arabia and Pakistan)

“We will starve terrorists of funding, turn them one against another, drive them from place to place, until there is no refuge or no rest. And we will pursue nations that provide aid or safe haven to terrorism. Every nation, in every region, now has a decision to make.

Either you are with us, or you are with the terrorists. (Applause.)

From this day forward, any nation that continues to harbor or support terrorism will be regarded by the United States as a hostile regime [state sponsor of terrorism]. President George W. Bush, 20 September 2001 (emphasis added)

The Bushes and the bin Ladens, they’re with us and with the terrorists.

An earlier version of this article was published in 2015.


Click image to order Michel Chossudovsky’s book 

In this new and expanded edition of Michel Chossudovsky’s 2002 best seller, the author blows away the smokescreen put up by the mainstream media, that 9/11 was an attack on America by “Islamic terrorists”. Through meticulous research, the author uncovers a military-intelligence ploy behind the September 11 attacks, and the cover-up and complicity of key members of the Bush Administration.

The expanded edition, which includes twelve new chapters focuses on the use of 9/11 as a pretext for the invasion and illegal occupation of Iraq, the militarisation of justice and law enforcement and the repeal of democracy.

According to Chossudovsky, the “war on terrorism” is a complete fabrication based on the illusion that one man, Osama bin Laden, outwitted the $40 billion-a-year American intelligence apparatus. The “war on terrorism” is a war of conquest. Globalisation is the final march to the “New World Order”, dominated by Wall Street and the U.S. military-industrial complex.

September 11, 2001 provides a justification for waging a war without borders. Washington’s agenda consists in extending the frontiers of the American Empire to facilitate complete U.S. corporate control, while installing within America the institutions of the Homeland Security State.

  • Posted in English, NO READ MORE LINK
  • Comments Off on The Bin Ladens and the Bushes: On 9/11 George Herbert Walker Bush Meets Osama’s Brother Shafiq bin Laden

9/11 Analysis: “Who Is Osama Bin Laden?”

September 11th, 2024 by Prof Michel Chossudovsky

In the course of the month of September, Global Research will be featuring a selection of articles by prominent authors, which indelibly reveal the lies and fabrications underlying the official 9/11 story. 

The following article entitled “Who is Osama bin Laden by Michel Chossudovsky was first published on September 12, 2001

***

.

Author’s Note 

It was 23 years ago: I started writing on the evening of September 11, 2001, late into the night, going through piles of research notes, which I had previously collected on the history of Al Qaeda. This first text on 9/11 entitled “Who is Osama bin Laden?” was completed and first published on September 12, 2001. 

From the very outset, I questioned the official story, which described nineteen Al Qaeda sponsored hijackers involved in a highly sophisticated and organized operation.

Something was not quite right: Al Qaeda was a creation of the CIA. Osama bin Laden had been recruited by the CIA. Yet barely a few hours after the attacks, CIA Director George Tenet was pointing his finger at Al Qaeda. 

My first objective was to reveal the true nature of this illusive “Enemy of America”, who was “threatening the Homeland”. 

Afghanistan was identified as a “state sponsor of terror”. The 9/11 attacks were categorized as an act of war, an attack on America by a foreign power.

The right to self-defense was put forth. The US-NATO aggressor was portrayed as the victim.

On September 12, 2001, less than 24 hours after the attacks, at a meeting of the Atlantic Council in Brussels, NATO invoked for the first time in its history “Article 5 of the Washington Treaty – its collective defence clause” declaring the 9/11 attacks on the World Trade Center (WTC) and the Pentagon “to be an attack against all NATO members.”

The tragic death of thousands of Americans on 9/11 allegedly instrumented by Al Qaeda (with the support of an unnamed foreign power) was used as a pretext and a justification for launching the first phase of the Middle East Central Asian War, which consisted in the bombing and occupation of Afghanistan.

This invasion of Afghanistan launched four weeks later on October 7, 2001 was heralded as “A Just War”. The media was complicit.

Military analysts failed to mention that the planning of a major theater war thousands of miles away would require several months of preparation and coordination. (You cannot do it in 28 days!)

September 11, 2001 marked the onslaught of the “Global War on Terrorism” (GWOT) which was heralded by the media as a humanitarian endeavour.

This was achieved by sustaining the myth that Muslim terrorists supported by the Taliban had attacked the WTC and the Pentagon on September 11, 2001. The evidence –including the subsequent studies on controlled demolition–have confirmed that this was an outright lie. 

The concluding paragraph of my September 12, 2001 article states the following: 

‘In the wake of the terrorist attacks in New York and Washington, the truth must prevail to prevent the Bush Adminstration together with its NATO partners from embarking upon a military adventure which threatens the future of humanity.”

Global Research was launched on September 9, 2001, two days before 9/11. My article on Bin Laden was among the first  articles featured on our website.

Ironically, it was not the object of censorship. It was ranked by Google as one of the most widely read articles on Osama bin Laden.

(No changes or edits to the original September 12, 2001 text have been made, images added)

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, September 8, 2024

***

Who Is Osama Bin Laden?

by

Michel Chossudovsky

Global Research, September 12, 2001

A few hours after the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Centre and the Pentagon, the Bush administration concluded without supporting evidence, that “Osama bin Laden and his al-Qaeda organisation were prime suspects”.

CIA Director George Tenet stated that bin Laden has the capacity to plan “multiple attacks with little or no warning.”

Image (right). George Tenet with G. W. Bush and Dick Cheney

Secretary of State Colin Powell called the attacks “an act of war” and President Bush confirmed in an evening televised address to the Nation that he would “make no distinction between the terrorists who committed these acts and those who harbor them”.

Former CIA Director James Woolsey pointed his finger at “state sponsorship,” implying the complicity of one or more foreign governments. In the words of former National Security Adviser, Lawrence Eagleburger, “I think we will show when we get attacked like this, we are terrible in our strength and in our retribution.”

Meanwhile, parroting official statements, the Western media mantra has approved the launching of “punitive actions” directed against civilian targets in the Middle East. In the words of William Saffire writing in the New York Times:

“When we reasonably determine our attackers’ bases and camps, we must pulverize them — minimizing but accepting the risk of collateral damage” — and act overtly or covertly to destabilize terror’s national hosts”.

The following text outlines the history of Osama Bin Laden and the links of the Islamic “Jihad” to the formulation of US foreign policy during the Cold War and its aftermath.

Prime suspect in the New York and Washington terrorists attacks, branded by the FBI as an “international terrorist” for his role in the African US embassy bombings, Saudi born Osama bin Laden was recruited during the Soviet-Afghan war “ironically under the auspices of the CIA, to fight Soviet invaders”. [1]

In 1979 “the largest covert operation in the history of the CIA” was launched in response to the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in support of the pro-Communist government of Babrak Kamal. [2]:

With the active encouragement of the CIA and Pakistan’s ISI [Inter Services Intelligence], who wanted to turn the Afghan jihad into a global war waged by all Muslim states against the Soviet Union, some 35,000 Muslim radicals from 40 Islamic countries joined Afghanistan’s fight between 1982 and 1992. Tens of thousands more came to study in Pakistani madrasahs. Eventually more than 100,000 foreign Muslim radicals were directly influenced by the Afghan jihad.[3]

The Islamic “jihad” was supported by the United States and Saudi Arabia with a significant part of the funding generated from the Golden Crescent drug trade:

In March 1985, President Reagan signed National Security Decision Directive 166,…[which] authorize[d] stepped-up covert military aid to the mujahideen, and it made clear that the secret Afghan war had a new goal: to defeat Soviet troops in Afghanistan through covert action and encourage a Soviet withdrawal. The new covert U.S. assistance began with a dramatic increase in arms supplies — a steady rise to 65,000 tons annually by 1987, … as well as a “ceaseless stream” of CIA and Pentagon specialists who traveled to the secret headquarters of Pakistan’s ISI on the main road near Rawalpindi, Pakistan. There the CIA specialists met with Pakistani intelligence officers to help plan operations for the Afghan rebels.[4]

President Ronald Reagan meets leaders of the Mujahideen “Freedom Fighters” at the White House (1980s)

The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) using Pakistan’s military Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) played a key role in training the Mujahideen. In turn, the CIA sponsored guerrilla training was integrated with the teachings of Islam:

“Predominant themes were that Islam was a complete socio-political ideology, that holy Islam was being violated by the atheistic Soviet troops, and that the Islamic people of Afghanistan should reassert their independence by overthrowing the leftist Afghan regime propped up by Moscow.”[5]

Pakistan’s Intelligence Apparatus

Pakistan’s ISI was used as a “go-between”. The CIA covert support to the “jihad” operated indirectly through the Pakistani ISI, –i.e. the CIA did not channel its support directly to the Mujahideen. In other words, for these covert operations to be “successful”, Washington was careful not to reveal the ultimate objective of the “jihad”, which consisted in destroying the Soviet Union.

In the words of CIA’s Milton Beardman “We didn’t train Arabs”. Yet according to Abdel Monam Saidali, of the Al-aram Center for Strategic Studies in Cairo, bin Laden and the “Afghan Arabs” had been imparted “with very sophisticated types of training that was allowed to them by the CIA” [6]

CIA’s Beardman confirmed, in this regard, that Osama bin Laden was not aware of the role he was playing on behalf of Washington. In the words of bin Laden (quoted by Beardman):

“neither I, nor my brothers saw evidence of American help”. [7]

Motivated by nationalism and religious fervor, the Islamic warriors were unaware that they were fighting the Soviet Army on behalf of Uncle Sam. While there were contacts at the upper levels of the intelligence hierarchy, Islamic rebel leaders in [the war] theatre had no contacts with Washington or the CIA.

With CIA backing and the funneling of massive amounts of US military aid, the Pakistani ISI had developed into a “parallel structure wielding enormous power over all aspects of government”. [8] The ISI had a staff composed of military and intelligence officers, bureaucrats, undercover agents and informers, estimated at 150,000. [9]

Meanwhile, CIA operations had also reinforced the Pakistani military regime led by General Zia Ul Haq:

‘Relations between the CIA and the ISI [Pakistan’s military intelligence] had grown increasingly warm following [General] Zia’s ouster of Bhutto and the advent of the military regime,’…

During most of the Afghan war, Pakistan was more aggressively anti-Soviet than even the United States. Soon after the Soviet military invaded Afghanistan in 1980, Zia [ul Haq] sent his ISI chief to destabilize the Soviet Central Asian states. The CIA only agreed to this plan in October 1984…. `the CIA was more cautious than the Pakistanis.’ Both Pakistan and the United States took the line of deception on Afghanistan with a public posture of negotiating a settlement while privately agreeing that military escalation was the best course.[10]

The Golden Crescent Drug Triangle

The history of the drug trade in Central Asia is intimately related to the CIA’s covert operations. Prior to the Soviet-Afghan war, opium production in Afghanistan and Pakistan was directed to small regional markets. There was no local production of heroin. [11] In this regard, Alfred McCoy’s study confirms that within two years of the onslaught of the CIA operation in Afghanistan, “the Pakistan-Afghanistan borderlands became the world’s top heroin producer, supplying 60 percent of U.S. demand. In Pakistan, the heroin-addict population went from near zero in 1979… to 1.2 million by 1985 — a much steeper rise than in any other nation”:[12]

CIA assets again controlled this heroin trade. As the Mujahideen guerrillas seized territory inside Afghanistan, they ordered peasants to plant opium as a revolutionary tax. Across the border in Pakistan, Afghan leaders and local syndicates under the protection of Pakistan Intelligence operated hundreds of heroin laboratories.

During this decade of wide-open drug-dealing, the U.S. Drug Enforcement Agency in Islamabad failed to instigate major seizures or arrests … U.S. officials had refused to investigate charges of heroin dealing by its Afghan allies `because U.S. narcotics policy in Afghanistan has been subordinated to the war against Soviet influence there.’ In 1995, the former CIA director of the Afghan operation, Charles Cogan, admitted the CIA had indeed sacrificed the drug war to fight the Cold War. `Our main mission was to do as much damage as possible to the Soviets. We didn’t really have the resources or the time to devote to an investigation of the drug trade,’… `I don’t think that we need to apologize for this. Every situation has its fallout…. There was fallout in terms of drugs, yes. But the main objective was accomplished. The Soviets left Afghanistan.'[13]

In the Wake of the Cold War

In the wake of the Cold War, the Central Asian region is not only strategic for its extensive oil reserves, it also produces three quarters of the World’s opium representing multibillion dollar revenues of business syndicates, financial institutions, intelligence agencies and organized crime. The annual proceeds of the Golden Crescent drug trade (between 100 and 200 billion dollars) represents approximately one third of the Worldwide annual turnover of narcotics, estimated by the United Nations to be of the order of $500 billion.[14]

With the disintegration of the Soviet Union, a new surge in opium production has unfolded. (According to UN estimates, the production of opium in Afghanistan in 1998-99 — coinciding with the build up of armed insurgencies in the former Soviet republics– reached a record high of 4600 metric tons.[15] Powerful business syndicates in the former Soviet Union allied with organized crime are competing for the strategic control over the heroin routes.

The ISI’s extensive intelligence military-network was not dismantled in the wake of the Cold War. The CIA continued to support the Islamic “jihad” out of Pakistan. New undercover initiatives were set in motion in Central Asia, the Caucasus and the Balkans. Pakistan’s military and intelligence apparatus essentially “served as a catalyst for the disintegration of the Soviet Union and the emergence of six new Muslim republics in Central Asia.”[16]

Meanwhile, Islamic missionaries of the Wahhabi sect from Saudi Arabia had established themselves in the Muslim republics as well as within the Russian federation encroaching upon the institutions of the secular State. Despite its anti-American ideology, Islamic fundamentalism was largely serving Washington’s strategic interests in the former Soviet Union.

Following the withdrawal of Soviet troops in 1989, the civil war in Afghanistan continued unabated. The Taliban were being supported by the Pakistani Deobandis and their political party the Jamiat-ul-Ulema-e-Islam (JUI). In 1993, JUI entered the government coalition of Prime Minister Benazzir Bhutto. Ties between JUI, the Army and ISI were established. In 1995, with the downfall of the Hezb-I-Islami Hektmatyar government in Kabul, the Taliban not only instated a hardline Islamic government, they also “handed control of training camps in Afghanistan over to JUI factions…”[17]

And the JUI with the support of the Saudi Wahhabi movements played a key role in recruiting volunteers to fight in the Balkans and the former Soviet Union.

Jane Defense Weekly confirms in this regard that “half of Taliban manpower and equipment originate[d] in Pakistan under the ISI”[18]

In fact, it would appear that following the Soviet withdrawal both sides in the Afghan civil war continued to receive covert support through Pakistan’s ISI.[19]

In other words, backed by Pakistan’s military intelligence (ISI) which in turn was controlled by the CIA, the Taliban Islamic State was largely serving American geopolitical interests. The Golden Crescent drug trade was also being used to finance and equip the Bosnian Muslim Army (starting in the early 1990s) and the Kosovo Liberation Army (KLA). In last few months there is evidence that Mujahideen mercenaries are fighting in the ranks of KLA-NLA terrorists in their assaults into Macedonia.

No doubt, this explains why Washington has closed its eyes on the reign of terror imposed by the Taliban including the blatant derogation of women’s rights, the closing down of schools for girls, the dismissal of women employees from government offices and the enforcement of “the Sharia laws of punishment”.[20]

The War in Chechnya

With regard to Chechnya, the main rebel leaders Shamil Basayev and Al Khattab were trained and indoctrinated in CIA sponsored camps in Afghanistan and Pakistan.

Basayev and Al Khattab (image left 

According to Yossef Bodansky, director of the U.S. Congress’s Task Force on Terrorism and Unconventional Warfare, the war in Chechnya had been planned during a secret summit of HizbAllah International held in 1996 in Mogadishu, Somalia. [21] The summit, was attended by Osama bin Laden and high-ranking Iranian and Pakistani intelligence officers. In this regard, the involvement of Pakistan’s ISI in Chechnya “goes far beyond supplying the Chechens with weapons and expertise: the ISI and its radical Islamic proxies are actually calling the shots in this war”. [22]

Russia’s main pipeline route transits through Chechnya and Dagestan. Despite Washington’s perfunctory condemnation of Islamic terrorism, the indirect beneficiaries of the Chechen war are the Anglo-American oil conglomerates which are vying for control over oil resources and pipeline corridors out of the Caspian Sea basin.

The two main Chechen rebel armies (respectively led by Commander Shamil Basayev and Emir Khattab) estimated at 35,000 strong were supported by Pakistan’s ISI, which also played a key role in organizing and training the Chechen rebel army:

[In 1994] the Pakistani Inter Services Intelligence arranged for Basayev and his trusted lieutenants to undergo intensive Islamic indoctrination and training in guerrilla warfare in the Khost province of Afghanistan at Amir Muawia camp, set up in the early 1980s by the CIA and ISI and run by famous Afghani warlord Gulbuddin Hekmatyar. In July 1994, upon graduating from Amir Muawia, Basayev was transferred to Markaz-i-Dawar camp in Pakistan to undergo training in advanced guerrilla tactics. In Pakistan, Basayev met the highest ranking Pakistani military and intelligence officers: Minister of Defense General Aftab Shahban Mirani, Minister of Interior General Naserullah Babar, and the head of the ISI branch in charge of supporting Islamic causes, General Javed Ashraf, (all now retired). High-level connections soon proved very useful to Basayev.[23]

Following his training and indoctrination stint, Basayev was assigned to lead the assault against Russian federal troops in the first Chechen war in 1995. His organization had also developed extensive links to criminal syndicates in Moscow as well as ties to Albanian organized crime and the Kosovo Liberation Army (KLA). In 1997-98, according to Russia’s Federal Security Service (FSB) “Chechen warlords started buying up real estate in Kosovo… through several real estate firms registered as a cover in Yugoslavia” [24]

Basayev’s organisation has also been involved in a number of rackets including narcotics, illegal tapping and sabotage of Russia’s oil pipelines, kidnapping, prostitution, trade in counterfeit dollars and the smuggling of nuclear materials (See Mafia linked to Albania’s collapsed pyramids, [25] Alongside the extensive laundering of drug money, the proceeds of various illicit activities have been funneled towards the recruitment of mercenaries and the purchase of weapons.

During his training in Afghanistan, Shamil Basayev linked up with Saudi born veteran Mujahideen Commander “Al Khattab” who had fought as a volunteer in Afghanistan. Barely a few months after Basayev’s return to Grozny, Khattab was invited (early 1995) to set up an army base in Chechnya for the training of Mujahideen fighters. According to the BBC, Khattab’s posting to Chechnya had been “arranged through the Saudi-Arabian based [International] Islamic Relief Organisation, a militant religious organisation, funded by mosques and rich individuals which channeled funds into Chechnya”.[26]

Concluding Remarks

Since the Cold War era, Washington has consciously supported Osama bin Laden, while at same time placing him on the FBI’s “most wanted list” as the World’s foremost terrorist.

While the Mujahideen are busy fighting America’s war in the Balkans and the former Soviet Union, the FBI –operating as a US based Police Force- is waging a domestic war against terrorism, operating in some respects independently of the CIA which has –since the Soviet-Afghan war– supported international terrorism through its covert operations.

In a cruel irony, while the Islamic jihad –featured by the Bush Administration as “a threat to America”– is blamed for the terrorist assaults on the World Trade Centre and the Pentagon, these same Islamic organisations constitute a key instrument of US military-intelligence operations in the Balkans and the former Soviet Union.

In the wake of the terrorist attacks in New York and Washington, the truth must prevail to prevent the Bush Adminstration together with its NATO partners from embarking upon a military adventure which threatens the future of humanity.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons above or below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Notes

  1. Hugh Davies, International: `Informers’ point the finger at bin Laden; Washington on alert for suicide bombers, The Daily Telegraph, London, 24 August 1998.
  2. See Fred Halliday, “The Un-great game: the Country that lost the Cold War, Afghanistan, New Republic, 25 March 1996):
  3. Ahmed Rashid, The Taliban: Exporting Extremism, Foreign Affairs, November-December 1999.
  4. Steve Coll, Washington Post, July 19, 1992.
  5. Dilip Hiro, Fallout from the Afghan Jihad, Inter Press Services, 21 November 1995.
  6. Weekend Sunday (NPR); Eric Weiner, Ted Clark; 16 August 1998.
  7. Ibid.
  8. Dipankar Banerjee; Possible Connection of ISI With Drug Industry, India Abroad, 2 December 1994.
  9. Ibid
  10. See Diego Cordovez and Selig Harrison, Out of Afghanistan: The Inside Story of the Soviet Withdrawal, Oxford university Press, New York, 1995. See also the review of Cordovez and Harrison in International Press Services, 22 August 1995.
  11. Alfred McCoy, Drug fallout: the CIA’s Forty Year Complicity in the Narcotics Trade. The Progressive; 1 August 1997.
  12. Ibid
  13. Ibid.
  14. Douglas Keh, Drug Money in a changing World, Technical document no 4, 1998, Vienna UNDCP, p. 4. See also Report of the International Narcotics Control Board for 1999, E/INCB/1999/1 United Nations Publication, Vienna 1999, p 49-51, And Richard Lapper, UN Fears Growth of Heroin Trade, Financial Times, 24 February 2000.
  15. Report of the International Narcotics Control Board, op cit, p 49-51, see also Richard Lapper, op. cit.
  16. International Press Services, 22 August 1995.
  17. Ahmed Rashid, The Taliban: Exporting Extremism, Foreign Affairs, November- December, 1999, p. 22.
  18. Quoted in the Christian Science Monitor, 3 September 1998)
  19. Tim McGirk, Kabul learns to live with its bearded conquerors, The Independent, London, 6 November1996.
  20. See K. Subrahmanyam, Pakistan is Pursuing Asian Goals, India Abroad, 3 November 1995.
  21. Levon Sevunts, Who’s calling the shots?: Chechen conflict finds Islamic roots in Afghanistan and Pakistan,
  22. The Gazette, Montreal, 26 October 1999..
  23. Ibid
  24. Ibid.
  25. See Vitaly Romanov and Viktor Yadukha, Chechen Front Moves To Kosovo Segodnia, Moscow, 23 Feb 2000.
  26. The European, 13 February 1997, See also Itar-Tass, 4-5 January 2000.
  27. BBC, 29 September 1999.

by Michel Chossudovsky

ISBN Number: 9780973714715
List Price: $24.95
click here to order

Special Price: $18.00

In this new and expanded edition of Michel Chossudovsky’s 2002 best seller, the author blows away the smokescreen put up by the mainstream media, that 9/11 was an attack on America by “Islamic terrorists”.  Through meticulous research, the author uncovers a military-intelligence ploy behind the September 11 attacks, and the cover-up and complicity of key members of the Bush Administration.

The expanded edition, which includes twelve new chapters focuses on the use of 9/11 as a pretext for the invasion and illegal occupation of Iraq, the militarisation of justice and law enforcement and the repeal of democracy.

According to Chossudovsky, the  “war on terrorism” is a complete fabrication based on the illusion that one man, Osama bin Laden, outwitted the $40 billion-a-year American intelligence apparatus. The “war on terrorism” is a war of conquest. Globalisation is the final march to the “New World Order”, dominated by Wall Street and the U.S. military-industrial complex.

September 11, 2001 provides a justification for waging a war without borders. Washington’s agenda consists in extending the frontiers of the American Empire to facilitate complete U.S. corporate control, while installing within America the institutions of the Homeland Security State.

51 Years Ago: Chile, September 11, 1973: The Ingredients of a Military Coup

September 11th, 2024 by Prof Michel Chossudovsky

We are commemorating September 11, 2001 as well as September 11, 1973 (Fifty-three years ago) 

***

Half a century ago on September 11, 1973, the Chilean military led by General Augusto Pinochet, crushed the democratically elected Unidad Popular government of Salvador Allende.

The objective was to replace a progressive, democratically elected government by a brutal military dictatorship.

The military coup was supported by the CIA. Secretary of State Henry Kissinger played a direct role in the military plot.1

In the weeks leading up to the coup, US Ambassador Nathaniel Davis and members of the CIA held meetings with Chile’s top military brass together with the leaders of the National Party and the ultra-right nationalist front Patria y Libertad.  While the undercover role of the Nixon administration is amply documented,  what is rarely mentioned in media reports is the fact that the military coup was also supported by a sector of the Christian Democratic Party.

Patricio Aylwin, who was elected Chile’s president in 1989-90,  became head of the DC party in the months leading up to the September 1973 military coup (March through September 1973). Aylwin was largely instrumental in the break down of the “Dialogue” between the Unidad Popular government and the Christian Democrats. His predecessor Renan Fuentealba, who represented the moderate wing of the Christian Democratic Party (PDC), was firmly against military intervention. Fuentealba favored a dialogue with Allende (la salida democratica). He was displaced from the leadership of the Party in May 1973 in favor of Patricio Aylwin.

The DC Party was split down the middle, between those who favored “the salida democratica”, and the dominant Aylwin-Frei faction, which favored “a military solution”. 2 

On 23 August, the Chilean Camera de Diputados drafted a motion,  to the effect that the Allende government “sought to impose a totalitarian regime”. Patricio Aylwin was a member of the drafting team of this motion. Patricio Aylwin believed that a temporary military dictatorship was “the lesser of two evils.”3

This motion was adopted almost unanimously by the opposition parties, including the PDC, and the Partido Nacional. 

The leadership of the Christian Democratic Party including former Chilean president Eduardo Frei, had given a green light to the Military. Unquestionably, US intelligence must have played an undercover role in the change of leadership in the PDC.

And continuity in the “Chilean Model” heralded as an “economic success story” was ensured when, 16 years later, Patricio Aylwin was elected president of Chile in the so-called transition to democracy in 1989.

At the time of the September 11 coup, I was Visiting Professor of Economics at the Catholic University of Chile (Instituto de Economia, Universidad Catolica de Chile). In the hours following the bombing of the Presidential Palace of La Moneda, the new military rulers imposed a 72-hour curfew.

When the university reopened several days later, I started patching together the history of the coup from written notes. I had lived through the tragic events of September 11, 1973 as well as the failed June 29, 1973 coup. Several of my students at the Universidad Catolica had been arrested by the military Junta.

In the days following the military takeover,  I started going through piles of documents and newspaper clippings, which I had collected on a daily basis since my arrival in Chile in early 1973. A large part of this material, however, was lost and destroyed by my research assistant, fearing political reprisals in the days following the coup.

This unpublished article (below) was written 51 years ago (see below). It was drafted on an old typewriter in the weeks following September 11, 1973.

This original draft article plus a few carbon copies were circulated among close friends and colleagues at the Catholic University. It was never published. For 30 years it lay in a box of documents at the bottom of a filing cabinet.

I have transcribed the text from the yellowed carbon copy draft [in 2003]. Apart from minor editing, I have made no changes to the original article.

The history of this period has since then been amply documented including the role of the Nixon administration and of Secretary of State Henry Kissinger in the plot to assassinate Allende and install a military regime.

Chicago Economics: Neoliberal Dress Rehearsal of the Structural Adjustment Programme (SAP)

The main objective of the US-supported military coup in Chile was ultimately to  impose the neoliberal economic agenda.  The latter, in the case of Chile, was not imposed by external creditors under the guidance of the IMF. “Regime change” was enforced  through a covert military intelligence operation, which laid the groundwork for the military coup. Sweeping macro-economic reforms (including privatization, price liberalization and the freeze of wages) were implemented in early October 1973.

Barely a few weeks after the military takeover, the military Junta headed by General Augusto Pinochet ordered a hike in the price of bread from 11 to 40 escudos, a hefty overnight increase of 264%. This “economic shock treatment” had been designed by a group of economists called the “Chicago Boys.”

While food prices had skyrocketed, wages had been frozen to ensure “economic stability and stave off inflationary pressures.”

From one day to the next, an entire country had been precipitated into abysmal poverty; in less than a year the price of bread in Chile increased thirty-six fold (3700%). Eighty-five percent of the Chilean population had been driven below the poverty line.

I completed my work on the “unpublished paper’ entitled “The Ingredients of a Military Coup” (scroll down) in late September 1973. 

In October and November 1973, following the dramatic hikes in the price of food,  I drafted in Spanish an initial “technical” assessment of the Junta’s deadly macro-economic reforms, largely focussing on an engineered process of impoverishment. 

La Medición del Ingreso Minimo de Subsistencia y la Politica de Ingreso para 1974′

click link to download the report (pdf) 

Fearing censorship, I limited my analysis to the collapse of living standards in the wake of the Junta’s reforms, resulting from the price hikes of food and fuel, without making any kind of political analysis.

The Economics Institute of the Catholic University was initially reluctant to publish the report. They sent it to the Military Junta for its approval prior to its release.

I left Chile for Peru  in December 1973. The report was released as a working paper (200 copies) by the Catholic University of Chile a few days after my departure.

In Peru, where I joined the Economics Department of the Catholic University of Peru, I was able to write up a more detailed study of the Junta’s neoliberal reforms and its ideological underpinnings. This study was published in 1975 in Spanish. (Trimestre Economico, No. 166) and subsequently in English.

HACIA EL NUEVO MODELO ECONÓMICO CHILENO INFLACIÓN Y REDISTRIBUCIÓN DEL INGRESO on JSTOR

Needless to say, the events of September 11, 1973 also marked me profoundly in my work as an economist.

Through the tampering of prices, wages and interest rates, people’s lives had been destroyed; an entire national economy had been destabilized. Macro-economic reform was neither “neutral” –as claimed by the academic mainstream– nor separate from the broader process of social and political transformation.

I also started to understand the role of military-intelligence operations in support of what is usually described as a process of “economic restructuring”.

In my earlier writings on the Chilean military Junta, I looked upon the so-called “free market” reforms as a well-organized instrument of “economic repression.”

The Argentina March 1976 Coup d’Etat

Two years later, after spending almost a year in Venezuela as advisor to the Minister of Planning (CORDIPLAN) (Government of Carlos Andres Perez), I was invited to Argentina as Visiting professor at the National University of Cordoba in the northern industrial heartland of Argentina under the auspices of an ILO project.

My stay coincided with the March 1976 military coup d’État. It was “The Dirty War”. “La Guerra Sucia”. Tens of thousands of people were arrested; the “Desaparecidos” were assassinated. The military takeover in Argentina was in some regards “a carbon copy” of the CIA-led coup in Chile.

Henry Kissinger and General Jorge Videla 

And behind the massacres and human rights violations, “free market” reforms had also been prescribed, this time under the supervision of Argentina’s New York creditors.

The IMF’s deadly economic prescriptions under the “structural adjustment program” had not yet been officially launched. The experience of Chile and Argentina under the “Chicago boys” was “a dress rehearsal” of things to come.

David Rockefeller (Centre) meets up with General Jorge Videla and Finance Minister Martinez de Hoz

In due course, the economic bullets of the “free market system” were hitting country after country.

Since the onslaught of the debt crisis of the 1980s, the same IMF “economic medicine” has routinely been applied in more than 150 developing countries.

From my earlier work in Chile, Argentina and Peru, I started to investigate the global impacts of these “shock treatment reforms“. Relentlessly feeding on poverty and economic dislocation, a New World Order was taking shape.

(For further details, see Michel Chossudovsky,The Globalisation of Poverty and the New World Order, Second Edition, Global Research, 2003)

This forward with minor edits was initially published in 2003 to commemorate the 30th anniversary of the September 1 1973 military coup.

***

Today my thoughts are with the people of Chile, who are still under the brunt of neoliberal oppression. 

***

Michel Chossudovsky,  September 11, 2003  [minor revisions September 10, 2013, September 11, 2021, September 11, 2024

Notes

For details see http://globalresearch.ca/articles/KOR309A.html  and references below

2. See Interview with Renan Fuentealba at  http://www.finisterrae.cl/cidoc/citahistoria/emol/emol_22092002.htm

3. See http://www.fjguzman.cl/interiores/noticias/tema_se/2003/julio/Patricio%20Aylwin%20y%20la%20dictadura%20transitoria.pdf ,

See also: El acuerdo que anticipó el golpe, http://www.quepasa.cl/revista/2003/08/22/t-22.08.QP.NAC.ACUERDO.html


The Ingredients of a Military Coup

by Michel Chossudovsky

[Catholic University of Chile, Santiago de Chile, September 1973, Unpublished draft]

First published by Global Research, September 11, 2003

Original September 1973 draft: click to enlarge

The transition to a right-wing military regime in Chile on September 11 [1973] has resulted after a lengthy and drawn-out process of economic boycott, subversion within the Armed Forces and political opposition to Allende’s Popular unity government.

In October 1970, General René Schneider was assassinated in a plot of the ultra-right together with seditious elements of the Armed Forces led by General Roberto Viaux. The assassination of General Schneider was part of a coordinated plan to prevent Parliament from ratifying Allende’s victory in the September 1970 presidential elections.

Last year’s [1972] October strike which paralyzed the economy for over a month, was organized by the gremios (employers’ organizations together with opposition labor and self employed organizations), the Partido Nacional and the ultra-right nationalist front Patria y Libertad. Some sectors of the Christian Democratic Party were also involved.

The October Strike had initially been planned for September 1972. “Plan Septiembre”  was apparently postponed due to the sudden dismissal of General Alfredo Canales from the Armed Forces.

Canales together with Air Force General Herrera Latoja had earlier been in touch with Miguel Ubilla Torrealba of the nationalist front Patria y Libertad.

Ubilla Torrealba was said to have been closely connected to the CIA.

Despite General Canales premature retirement from the Armed Forces, Plan Septiembre was implemented in October [1972] beginning with a transport strike. The Right was hoping that those elements of the Armed forces, which had been inspired by General Canales would intervene against Allende. The October “Patronal” strike (employers and self-employed) failed due to the support of the Armed Forces headed by General Carlos Prats, who had integrated Allende’s cabinet as Minister of the Interior.

Unpublished draft, September 1973

The June Failed Coup

On June 29, 1973, Coronal Roberto Souper led his tank division in an isolated attack on La Moneda, the Presidential Palace, in the hope that other units of the armed forces would join in. The June coup had initially been planned for the morning of September 27 by Patria y Libertad as well as by several high ranking military officers.

The plans were found out by Military Intelligence and the coup was called off at 6pm on the 26th. A warrant for the arrest of Coronal Souper had been issued.

Confronted with knowledge of his impending arrest, Colonel Souper in consultation with the officers under his command, decided to act in a most improvised fashion. At 9 am, amidst morning rush hour traffic, Tank Division Number Two drove down Bernardo O’Higgins, Santiago’s main down-town avenue towards the Presidential Palace.

While the aborted June Coup had the appearance of an insolated and uncoordinated initiative, there was evidence of considerable support in various sectors of the Navy as well as from Air Force General Gustovo Leigh, now [September 1973] member of the military junta [on 11 September General Leigh integrated the military Junta headed by General Pinochet]. According to well-informed sources, several high ranking officers in the aero-naval base of Quintero near Valparaiso had proposed the bombing of State enterprises controlled by militant left wing groups, as well as the setting up of an air corridor to transport navy troops. The latter were slated to join up with the forces of Colonel Souper in Santiago.

The June trial coup was «useful» indicating to the seditious elements within the Chilean Armed Forces that an isolated and uncoordinated effort would fail. After June 29, the right-wing elements in the Navy and the Air Force were involved in a process of consolidation aimed at gaining political support among officers and sub-officers. The Army, however, was still under the control of Commander in Chief General Carols Prats, who had previously integrated Allende’s cabinet and who was a firm supporter of constitutional government.

Meanwhile in the political arena, the Christian Democrats were pressuring Allende to bring in members of the Military into the Cabinet as well as significantly revising the programme and platform of the Unidad Popular.

Party leaders of the government coalition considered this alternative [proposed by the Christian democrats] as a « legalized military coup» (golpe legal) and advised Allende to turn it down.

Carlos Altamirano, leader of the Socialist Party had demanded that an endorsement of the programme of the Popular Unity coalition by the military be a sina qua non condition for their entry into the Cabinet. Upon the impossibility of bringing in the Military into the Cabinet on acceptable terms, Allende envisaged the formation of a so-called “Cabinet of Consolidation” composed of well known personalities. Fernando Castillo, rector of the Catholic University and a member of the Christian Democratic Party, Felipe Herrera, President of the Inter-|American Development Bank and other prominent personalities were approached but declined.

“The Dialogue”

Pressured by economic deadlock and the transport strike, inflation of more than 15 percent per month and mounting political opposition, Allende sought in the course of July [1973] to resume the political dialogue with the Christian Democratic Party.  After the March [1973] parliamentary elections, Patricio Aylwin had replaced Renan Fuentealba [May 1973] as leader of the Christian Democratic Party (PDC). Fuentealba, who represented the progressive wing of the Christian Democratic (PDC), was known to be in favor of a rapprochement with Allende.

In other words, this rightward shift and hardening of the Christian Democrats in relation to the Unidad Popular, contributed to reinforcing their tacit alliance with the ring wing National Party. This alliance was initially intended as an electoral pact in the March [1973] parliamentary elections in which the Unidad Popular obtained 43 percent of the popular vote.

The Dialogue between Allende and Alwyin was a failure. Aylwin stated :

“I have no trust in the democratic loyalty of the Marxist parties because they do not believe in Democracy. They have an inherent totalitarian conception. We are convinced that the democratic path will not solve the underlying economic problems…”

The Communist Party Senator and prominent intellectual Volodia Teitelbaum response was:

“The Christian Democrats are not that innocent. Basically they are in favor of a coup d’Etat because it constitutes a means to conveniently obtaining political power. The Christian Democrats have moved to the Right. They are not interested a Dialogue which implies a consolidation of revolutionary changes”

While the Right was becoming more cohesive, a political split of the Left was imminent. The Communist Part sided with Allende’s constitutional strategy while a section of the Socialist Party (Allende’s own Party) led by Carlos Altamirano and the MAPU (Movimiento de Accion Popular Unitaria -initially a group of Christian Democrats which joined the Unidad Popular in 1969) led by Oscar Garreton, signified their distrust in “bourgeois legality” and the constitutional process and moved increasingly closer to the leftist revolutionary front Movimiento de Izquierda Revolucionaria (MIR). MIR maintained ideological and strategic relations with Cuban revolutionary groups as well as with the Bolivian and Uruguayan Tupamaros. While endorsing many features of the programme of the Unidad Popular, the MIR rejected Allende’s “Chilean Road to Socialism” :

“We must create popular power (poder popular) based on the industrial belts (cordones industriales)” .

The cordones industriales were organized and politicized labor groups. Together with MAPU, MIR was in the process of developing the Grupos de Accion Urbana (Urban Action Groups), with the task of educating and preparing the masses for armed resistance in the case of a military coup.

Purges in the Armed Forces

In August [1973], the Armed forces initiated a series of violent search and arrests directed against the MIR and state enterprises integrated by the industrial belts (cordones industriales). These searches were conducted in accordance with the Fire Arms control Act, adopted by [the Chilean] Congress after the October [1992 employers] strike and which empowered the Armed Forces [bypassing the civilian police authorities] to implement (by Military Law) the control of fire arms. [The objective of this measure was to confiscate automatic weapons of the members of the industrial belts and curb armed resistance by civilians to a military coup].

Meanwhile, right-wing elements in the Navy and Air Force were involved in actively eliminating Allende supporters by a well organized operation of anti-government propaganda, purges and torture. On August 7 [1973], the Navy announced that a “subversive left wing group” integrated by MIR had been found out. Meanwhile, according to reliable sources, a seditious plan of the Right with the intent to bring down Allende’s government, using the Navy to control the entry of supplies into the country, had been discovered. Sailors and officers [within the Navy], who knew about these plans, were tortured and beaten.

The Role of the Political Right

[In August 1973], high ranking military officers and members of Patria y Libertad, met with Senator Bulnes Sanfuentes of the National Party. Admiral Merino now [September 1973] a member of the Junta participated in meetings with members of National Party, senators of the Christian Democratic Party and staff of the US embassy. In fact towards mid-August [1973], a motion declaring US ambassador Nathaniel Davis as persona non grata was drafted by a parliamentary committee of the Unidad Popular. Furthermore, the Armed Forces were colluding with the Ultra-Right by setting up a so-called Base operacional de Fuerzas especiales (BOFE) (Operational Base of Special Forces). BOFE units were integrated by member of the nationalist front Patria y Libertad.

BOFE units were paramilitary divisions receiving material and financial support from the Armed forces. They were intended to undertake subversive and terrorist activities, which the Armed Forces could not openly undertake. BOFE was responsible for the many bomb attacks on pipelines, bridges and electric installations in the months preceding the military coup of September 11 [1973].

General Prats’ Resignation from the Armed Forces

On August 9, Allende reorganized his cabinet and brought in the three joint chiefs of staff, Carlos Prats (Army), Cesar Ruis Danyau (Air force) and Raul Montero (Navy) into a so-called “National Security Cabinet”. Allende was only intent upon resolving the Transport Strike, which was paralyzing the country’s economy, he was anxious to gain whatever support was left within the Armed Forces.

The situation was not ripe for a military coup as long as General Carlos Prats was member of the cabinet, commander in Chief of the Army and Chairman of the Council of Generals.

Towards mid-August, the armed forces pressured Allende and demanded Prats’ resignation and retirement ” due to basic disagreements between Prats and the Council of Generals”. Allende made a final attempt to retain Prats and invited General Prats, Pinochet (now [September 1973] head of the Military Junta), Bonilla now Minister of the Interior), and others for dinner at his private residence. Prats resigned officially on August 23, both from the Cabinet and from the Armed Forces:

“I did not want to be a factor which would threaten institutional discipline… or serve as a pretext to those who want to overthrow the constitutional government”

The Generals’ Secret Meeting

With General Carlos Prats out of the way, the road was clear for a consolidated action by the Army, Navy and Air Force. Prats successor General Augusto Pinochet convened the Council of 24 generals in a secret meeting on August 28. The purpose and discussion of this meeting were not made public. In all likelihood, it was instrumental in the planning of the September 11 military coup.

The reshuffle of Allende’s National Security Cabinet took place on the same day (28 August). It resulted after drawn out discussions with party leaders of the Unidad Popular coalition, and in particular with Socialist Party leader Carlos Altamirano.

The following day, August 29, Altamirano in a major policy speech made the following statement:

“We hope that our Armed Forces have not abandoned their historical tradition, the Schneider Doctrine … and that they could follow a course leading to the installation of a reactionary Brazilian style [military] dictatorship … We are convinced that our armed forces are not prepared to be instrumental in the restoration of the privileges of the financial and industrial elites and landed aristocracy. We are convinced that if the Right wing golpe (coup) were to succeed, Chile would become a new Vietnam.”

On the weekend preceding the military coup, leaders of the National Party and Christian Democratic Party made major political statements, declaring Allende’s government illegal and unconstitutional. Sergio Onofre Jarpa of the National Party declared:

“After the Marxist downfall, the rebirth of Chile! … We will continue our struggle until we see out of office those who failed to fulfill their obligations. From this struggle, a new solidarity and a new institutional framework (institucionalidad) will emerge.”

A few days later, the Presidential Palace was bombed and Allende was assassinated. The rebirth of Chile, and a new institutional framework had emerged.

Michel Chossudovsky

Universidad Católica de Chile,

Santiago de Chile, September 1973 [written in the days following the coup]


Selected References on the Role of Henry Kissinger in the 1973 military coup

Articles

Christopher Hitchens, The Case against Henry Kissinger, Harpers Magazine, February 2001,  http://www.findarticles.com/cf_0/m1111/1809_302/69839383/p1/article.jhtml?term=kissinger

Henry Kissinger, US Involved in 1970 Chilean Plot, AP, 9 Sept 2001,  http://www.globalpolicy.org/intljustice/general/2001/0909cbskiss.htm

Kissinger May Face Extradition to Chile, Guardian,  June 12, 2002, http://www.globalpolicy.org/intljustice/wanted/2002/0614kiss.htm

Marcus Gee, Is Henry Kissinger a War Criminal? Globe and Mail, 11 June 2002,  http://www.commondreams.org/views02/0611-03.htm

Jonathan Franklin, Kissinger may face extradition to Chile, Guardian, 12 June 2002,  http://www.guardian.co.uk/pinochet/Story/0,11993,735920,00.html

Kissinger’s Back…As 9/11 Truth-Seeker, The Nation, 2003, http://www.thenation.com/capitalgames/index.mhtml?bid=3&pid=176

Chile and the United States: Declassified Documents Relating to the Military Coup, September 11, 1973, http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/NSAEBB/NSAEBB8/nsaebb8i.htm

30th anniversary of Chile coup; Calls for justice, scrutiny of United States role, Santiago. 11 Sep 2003, http://www.newsahead.com/NewWNF/ChileCoup.htm

USA Regrets Role in Chile’s September 11 Tragedy: US Secretary of State, Colin Powell, admitted Washington’s participation in Chile coup of 1973, Pravda, 17 March 2003, http://english.pravda.ru/world/20/91/368/9766_chile.html     [this statement was made barely a week after the military occupation of Iraq by US and British troops.]

Larry Rohter, NYT, 13 Feb 2000, http://www.spartacus.schoolnet.co.uk/COLDallende.htm

Websites

ICAI, Kissinger Watch, http://www.icai-online.org/45365,45370.html

The Kissinger Page, Third World Traveler, http://www.thirdworldtraveler.com/Kissinger/HKissinger.html

Wanted for War Crimes, http://www.zpub.com/un/wanted-hkiss.html

Remember Chile.org,  http://www.remember-chile.org.uk/

War Crimes Bio of Augusto Pinochet http://www.moreorless.au.com/killers/pinochet.htm

Chile Information Project — “Santiago Times” http://ssdc.ucsd.edu/news/chip/h98/chip.19981116.html

Salvador Allende and Patricio Aylwin

Carta de Salvador Allende al presidente del Partido Demócrata Cristiano, señor Patricio Aylwin, publicada el día 23 de agosto de 1973
en el diario La Nación de Santiago. http://www.salvador-allende.cl/Textos/Documentos/cartaAylwin.pdf

Andrés Zaldívar, presidente del Senado: “Allende no divide a la Concertación”, Mercurio, 13 August 2003 http://www.mercuriovalpo.cl/site/apg/reportajes/pags/20030831030907.html

Salvador Allende Archive http://www.salvador-allende.cl/

Michel Chossudovsky’s Writings on the Chilean Military Junta’s Economic Reforms

Capital Accumulation in Chile and Latin America”, Yale University Lecture Series on Post-Allende Chile, North South, Canadian Journal of Latin American Studies, vol. IV, vol. XIII, no. 23, 1978, also published in Economic and Political Weekly.

“Acumulación de Capital en Chile”, Comercio Exterior, vol. 28, no. 2, 1978 (Spanish version of above article)

“Chicago Economics, Chilean Style”, Monthly Review, vol. 26, no. 11, 1975, in Spanish in a book published in Lima, Peru,

“Hacia el Nuevo Modelo Economico Chileno, Inflación y Redistribución del Ingreso, 1973-1974”, Cuadernos de CISEPA, no. 19, Catholic University of Peru, 1974, Trimestre Economico, no. 166, 1975, 311-347.

“The Neo-Liberal Model and the Mechanisms of Economic Repression: The Chilean Case”, Co-existence, vol. 12, no. 1, 1975, 34-57.

La Medición del Ingreso Minimo de Subsistencia y la Politica de Ingresos para 1974, documento de trabajo no. 19, Institute of Economics, Catholic University of Chile, Santiago, 1973, p. 37. (Initial  text on the economic reforms of the Chilean Military Junta published in December 1973)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

*** 

To commemorate the 50th anniversary of the other “9/11” —the 1973 Chilean coup, we repost his article by Shane Quinn which was originally published in September 2017.

On September 11, 1973, Salvador Allende’s democratic government in Chile was ousted by United States-backed forces in one of the Cold War’s defining moments. Allende himself was killed during the coup while his presidential palace, La Moneda, was extensively bombed. Many thousands of Chileans were either murdered, “disappeared”, imprisoned, and coerced to emigrate or enter exile. Allende’s widow and family were forced to go into hiding in Mexico for many years.

In replacing Allende the Americans installed General Augusto Pinochet, one of the most notorious of the post-Second World War dictators. During the next 17 years of Pinochet’s dictatorship around 40,000 Chileans were tortured – often under the most sadistic fashion and overseen by doctors in the Josef Mengele style (the Nazi doctor at Auschwitz). The doctors would ensure the victims would remain alive for as long as possible, administer medication to resuscitate them, so the torture could then recommence.

A Chilean who suffered such treatment in these chambers, but survived and later became an international lawyer, was asked where these doctors are today? He replied, “they’re practicing in Santiago”. There have been a number of Mengele-style doctors not only walking free in Chile, but resuming employment unhindered.

There have been no calls from the United States or Israel to bring these Nazi-style physicians to justice. Indeed, the Pinochet regime was already protecting Nazi war criminals such as SS Colonel Walter Rauff, creator of the gas chambers, and Mengele himself.

As the US’s population is approximately 18 times bigger than Chile’s, with an infinitely bigger landmass, the Chilean 9/11 was felt on a far greater scale. Indeed, it was also more destructive. In the US’s 9/11, the White House was not bombed, the President (George W. Bush) was not killed, its people were not imprisoned and tortured en masse after the initial crimes were committed, a brutal dictator and his death squads were not imposed.

Before the Chilean coup in 1973, the country had been a lively, vibrant place where people were welcoming and cheerful. The Pinochet years afflicted upon the population persistent feelings of terror and suspicion.

A few days after the coup was implemented National Security Adviser Henry Kissinger described the situation in Chile as,

“Nothing of very great consequence”.

U.S. Secretary of State Henry Kissinger with Pinochet in 1976 (Source: Wikimedia Commons)

Except to the people of Chile that is. Following Allende’s election three years before, Kissinger told CIA director Richard Helms over the phone,

“We will not let Chile go down the drain”, to which Helms responded, “I am with you”.

Kissinger, a future Nobel Peace Prize winner, had been implicated in other war crimes such as an open call for genocide in Cambodia in 1969, “Anything that flies on everything that moves”.

Disturbed by Allende’s election victory in early September 1970, US President Richard Nixon ordered the CIA to, “prevent Allende from coming to power or to unseat him”. Allende was not due to take office until two months later. The US State Department suggested to, “let Allende come in and see what we can work out”, – the words “work out” denoting a sinister undertone judging by the record books.

However, President Nixon rejected the State Department’s proposal, protesting the possibility of,

“Like another Castro? Like in Czechoslovakia? The same people said the same thing. Don’t let them do that”.

President Nixon expressed caution saying that,

“We don’t want a big story leaking out that we are trying to overthrow the government”, before warning Kissinger “to be sure the paper record doesn’t look bad”.

Kissinger forwarded to Secretary of State William Rogers that,

“The President’s view is to do the maximum possible to prevent an Allende takeover”.

The aim of the Nixon administration in attempting to overthrow Allende’s incoming government was to destroy independent nationalism, or what was called a “virus” that might “infect” others – the domino effect. After all Henry Stimson, the US Secretary of War during World War II, described Latin America as “our little region over here which has never bothered anybody”.

Chile obviously came under the auspices of “our little region”, despite the fact its capital Santiago is over 8,000 km from Washington. The rights of nations to manage their own affairs is an unacceptable prospect to US planners. We see examples of this to the present day.

In the meantime, “the maximum possible to prevent an Allende takeover” failed as the former physician successfully assumed office in November 1970. The CIA had been sent to work in building support for Allende’s rival, former President Jorge Alessandri, but to no avail. Instead the CIA exerted covert pressure, including paying millions of dollars to opposition groups to speed up Allende’s ousting.

The four-week tour of Chile by Cuban leader Fidel Castro in late 1971 further alarmed policymakers in the US. Allende himself had visited Cuba about a decade before, and had been impressed by the progress made by Castro’s revolution, before again visiting the island nation in 1972.

Image result for allende castro

Fidel Castro with Salvador Allende (Source: teleSUR / Twitter)

By the following year Allende was ousted and killed, with crucial CIA input, as Pinochet went about privatising the Chilean economy to suit American corporate requirements. The “Chicago boys”, neoliberal Chilean economists trained at University of Chicago, were welcomed into the government – and were supported by the IMF and the World Bank.

The Chicago boys’ policies had a disastrous effect on the population as unemployment more than doubled between 1974 and 1975, to over 18%. By 1983 unemployment further rocketed to 34.6%, far worse than the Great Depression in the US.

The population revolted at various stages but this is where Pinochet’s brutal methods of repression came in useful, and was no doubt welcomed by the US government, IMF, and so on. Furthermore, Pinochet was a major drug trafficker who sold cocaine to the US and Europe in the 1980s, amassing a personal fortune in the process, along with his cronies. Pinochet, who also had links to Colombian drug dealers, said

“Not a leaf moves in Chile if I don’t move it – let that be clear”.

Meanwhile, the population continued to slide into poverty and desolation.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons above. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Shane Quinn obtained an honors journalism degree. He is interested in writing primarily on foreign affairs, having been inspired by authors like Noam Chomsky. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

As agências de inteligência ocidentais estão aparentemente a preparar-se para enfrentar “sérias ameaças globais” devido às atuais mudanças geopolíticas. Num artigo recente para o Financial Times, os chefes da CIA e do MI6 – os principais serviços secretos americanos e britânicos – deixaram claro que os seus países veem o atual processo de reconfiguração geopolítica como uma ameaça, tendo um grande esforço por parte dos estes serviços de segurança para neutralizar possíveis “inimigos”.

Bill Burns e Richard Moore afirmaram que Londres e Washington estão a trabalhar em conjunto para manter a ordem mundial contemporânea, apesar das atuais tendências geopolíticas favorecerem mudanças radicais no sistema global. Segundo eles, alguns “atores estatais” estão tentando reconfigurar o cenário geopolítico, sendo necessário um esforço conjunto por parte dos países liberais para evitar essas mudanças.

Os autores apontam o início da operação militar especial da Rússia na Ucrânia como um ponto crucial neste processo de transição geopolítica, reconhecendo como os países emergentes começaram a desafiar a hegemonia ocidental após a iniciativa da Rússia. Os líderes das nações emergentes em todos os continentes abraçaram a agenda multipolar, encorajando uma série de reformas para diminuir a influência ocidental sobre os seus países – o que é obviamente visto como trágico e perigoso pelos políticos ocidentais.

Neste sentido, Burns e Moore deixam claro que os países ocidentais devem cooperar para neutralizar qualquer ameaça ao “status quo” global. Eles acreditam que a hegemonia liberal era o único sistema global capaz de trazer “paz e estabilidade” às relações internacionais, razão pela qual deveriam ser feitos esforços para protegê-la. Ao mesmo tempo, os autores sublinham que as suas agências – a CIA e o MI6 – já se estão a preparar para enfrentar estas novas ameaças.

“Não há dúvida de que a ordem mundial internacional – o sistema equilibrado que conduziu a relativa paz e estabilidade e proporcionou padrões de vida, oportunidades e prosperidade crescentes – está sob ameaça de uma forma que não víamos desde a guerra fria (.. .) Hoje, cooperamos num sistema internacional contestado, onde os nossos dois países enfrentam uma série de ameaças sem precedentes”, afirmaram os principais espiões no seu artigo conjunto.

Burns e Moore não identificam a Rússia como a única ameaça ao Ocidente, mas também a China. Enfatizam a “necessidade” de manter esforços conjuntos para enfrentar Pequim, endossando assim o tema central dos últimos documentos de estratégia de segurança dos EUA, que nomeiam a Rússia e a China como os principais inimigos – o que se deve ao papel proeminente que estes estados eurasianos desempenham na o atual processo de transição geopolítica.

“No século XXI, as crises não surgem sequencialmente. Embora estejam a ser mobilizados recursos e atenção significativos contra a Rússia, estamos a agir em conjunto noutros locais e espaços para combater o risco de instabilidade global. Tanto para a CIA como para o SIS, o aumento da China é o principal desafio geopolítico e de inteligência do século XXI, e reorganizamos os nossos serviços para refletir essa prioridade”, acrescentaram.

É curioso ver como o desespero ocidental está a levar os seus responsáveis ​​a agir de forma irracional. As estratégias de inteligência tendem a ser mantidas em segredo, dada a natureza sensível deste tipo de informação. A posição política de um país já deixa claro quais estados são identificados como ameaças pelas suas agências de inteligência, não havendo necessidade de expor publicamente esse conteúdo. Ao fazê-lo, Washington e Londres estão apenas a demonstrar desespero e falta de mentalidade estratégica, e estão também a dizer aos seus “inimigos” que devem esperar ainda mais manobras no futuro – dando assim à Rússia e à China uma oportunidade de se prepararem adequadamente na esfera de contrainteligência.

Além disso, é evidente que os ocidentais ainda não compreenderam adequadamente a nova realidade geopolítica. O mundo multipolar não está prestes a ser estabelecido – ele já existe. Os países emergentes já têm a oportunidade de agir soberanamente em oposição às potências ocidentais. Em África, na Ásia, nas Américas e até na Europa, cresce o número de Estados que tomam decisões que contradizem os interesses americanos, sem que Washington possa “punir” todos estes países ao mesmo tempo.

Ainda falta um tratado internacional que reconheça formalmente estas novas circunstâncias, reconfigurando as organizações internacionais e a arquitetura de segurança global, adaptando-as a um mundo policêntrico. No entanto, a transição geopolítica precede a ratificação de um tratado. A multipolaridade já existe e a perda de influência por parte do Ocidente não pode mais ser revertida.

Ao contrário de Burns e Moore, os responsáveis ​​dos países emergentes já não acreditam no mito liberal de um mundo “estável e pacífico”. A hegemonia dos EUA pós-Guerra Fria, mais do que uma utopia democrática global, foi um período de conflitos, intervencionismo, golpes de estado e genocídios no mundo emergente – razão pela qual há uma pressa por parte da maioria global para acabar com esta situação. era. As agências de inteligência poderão tentar sabotar esta transição, mas tais esforços irão certamente falhar.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

Artigo em inglês : Western intelligence agencies prepare to sabotage geopolitical transition process, InfoBrics, 9 de Setembro de 2024.

Imagem : InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

Bangladesh, once celebrated as an economic success story in the Indian subcontinent, is now navigating turbulent waters following a dramatic political crisis in August 2024. Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina’s resignation, her subsequent flight to India, and the installation of an interim government with US and Pakistan backing have sent ripples of uncertainty through the nation and beyond.

In August 2024, Bangladesh faced a major political upheaval as student protests over government job quotas escalated into widespread violence, resulting in over 130 deaths and a coup, with Hasina forced to resign and flee to India preceding protesters storming her residence and government offices.

Even before the political crisis erupted, Bangladesh grappled with several economic challenges that threatened to undermine its progress, such as declining exports and dwindling foreign exchange reserves. The country’s export-driven economy faced severe disruptions, particularly its crucial garment sector. Foreign exchange reserves had declined sharply, with gross reserves standing at $21.8 billion in June 2024, 35% lower than in June 2022, covering just over three months of current account payments.

At the same time, inflation hit a decade-high of 9.7% year-on-year in April 2024, putting immense pressure on the cost of living for average Bangladeshis. The IMF reported the debt-to-GDP ratio as 41% for 2024, raising concerns among local economists, especially given the stagnant revenue growth. Two-fifths of Bangladesh’s young population lacks reliable employment, contributing to social unrest. In the first quarter of 2024, unemployment increased by 3.51% compared to the last quarter of 2023, with the total unemployment count growing to 2.59 million. Stagnating between 8% and 9% over the past decade, the low revenue-to-GDP ratio is significantly lower than in neighbouring countries like India (20.2%), limiting the government’s fiscal capacity.

These factors led to S&P Global Ratings on July 30 to downgrade Bangladesh’s long-term foreign and local currency credit ratings to ‘B+’ from ‘BB-‘

The political upheaval has exacerbated existing economic issues and created new challenges that threaten to derail Bangladesh’s economic progress and severely impact trade relations, which reached $13 billion in the 2023-24 fiscal year. The political uncertainty has led to a slowdown in trade activities and investments, such as in the garment industry, which accounts for 85% of the country’s exports. Garment factories have remained closed, leaving workers struggling with unpaid wages and unable to cover basic expenses.

Due to the declining economy, there are concerns about increased extremism and regional instability. The political vacuum created by Hasina’s departure has raised fears about the potential resurgence of extremist groups within Bangladesh, with possible spillover effects on regional security.

Not only are there concerns about rising extremism, but the crisis has complicated Bangladesh’s relationships with key allies, such as India, which can affect diplomatic and economic ties. One such concern is the creation of uncertainty surrounding foreign aid and investment. The taka, the national currency, has dropped sharply against the dollar, worsening economic instability and increasing import costs. This comes as the banking sector shows signs of stress, contributing to the overall fragility of the economic environment.

Despite the current turmoil, it’s crucial to acknowledge the significant economic progress made under Sheikh Hasina’s leadership. Under her watch, Bangladesh experienced steady GDP growth ranging from 6% to 8% from the end of the global financial crisis to the start of the COVID-19 pandemic. This consistent growth helped elevate the country’s economic status.

Bangladesh also undertook several emblematic megaprojects, boosting infrastructure and development. However, the loans associated with these projects are now falling, adding to the economic stress.

Hasina also helped oversee the reduction in the poverty rate from 44% in 1991 to 18.7% in 2022, marking a substantial improvement in the living standards of millions of Bangladeshis, while the country’s economy quadrupled from $102 billion in 2009 to $437 billion in 2023, making it the second-largest economy in the region after India. This culminated in the highest per capita GDP in the Indian subcontinent, reaching $2,529 in 2023, surpassing that of its neighbours, reflecting the country’s economic progress.

It cannot be overlooked that the ongoing political turmoil in Bangladesh could also have significant implications for Indian businesses and investors with interests in the country. Indian companies, particularly those in the textile sector, may face challenges due to possible disruptions in trade and delayed payments. Given that Indian firms own approximately a quarter of textile manufacturing units in Bangladesh, the instability could prompt some to consider relocating their operations back to India.

Bangladesh stands at a critical crossroads, facing the dual challenge of political instability and economic uncertainty. The achievements made under Hasina’s leadership, including sustained economic growth and poverty reduction, are now at risk. The interim government faces the daunting task of addressing immediate economic concerns while laying the groundwork for long-term stability and growth.

The country’s heavy reliance on the garment industry, low tax-to-GDP ratio, and rising debt levels present significant vulnerabilities. Additionally, the potential loss of investor confidence and international support could further complicate economic recovery efforts. The projected decrease in GDP growth to below 6% for the next two years reflects the challenging road ahead.

With the interim government under Muhammad Yunus recently stating that attacks on Hindus were an “exaggeration” and that the attacks were not communal in nature, it is unclear whether he was justifying the attacks and whether the violence will continue. If violence continues, stability in Bangladesh will turn into a distant dream. This will ultimately affect the economy and the people as a whole. It remains to be seen how the interim government tackles all the issues at hand.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: The mother of an 18-year-old missing worker, Rina, waits for her lost daughter in front of a barricade in Savar, Dhaka, Bangladesh, 24 July 2013. (Credit: Taslima Akhter)

On September 6, the United States hosted the 24th meeting of the so-called Ukraine Defense Contact Group (UDCG) at the Ramstein Air Base in Germany. It was chaired by US Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin and was the first UDCG meeting in nearly three months (the last one was held in NATO HQ on June 13).

During the event, Austin stated that “the meeting would address Ukraine’s most urgent needs”, namely the Kiev regime’s dwindling air defense capabilities and long-range strike platforms. Apart from Austin and Volodymyr Zelensky, the meeting was attended by the latter’s Defense Minister Rustem Umerov, as well as the US Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, USAF General Charles Q. Brown.

Zelensky formally thanked NATO for its so-called “military aid” deliveries, but still didn’t miss the opportunity to complain about the “need for more”, insisting that many of the pledged SAM (surface-to-air missile) systems are yet to be handed over to the Kiev regime forces.

The 24th UDCG meeting saw the official approval of the latest $250 million weapons package that the troubled Biden administration promised to the Neo-Nazi Kiev regime.

However, according to the mainstream propaganda machine, the package didn’t include the longer-range missiles that Zelensky has been “begmanding” intensively for the last several months. It did include the “standard” HIMARS munitions (although it’s not entirely clear what that entails), air defense systems and SAMs, artillery rounds, as well as handheld systems such as the “Stinger” MANPADS, among other things. The package was pushed through by the so-called “Presidential Drawdown Authority” (PDA), which allows the troubled Biden administration to draw weapons from US military stockpiles. This is part of the highly controversial $95 billion “military aid” deal that went into effect back in April. Nearly 65% of it (or $61 billion) went to the Kiev regime, with the rest going to Israel and Taiwan.

Strangely enough, Austin showed some restraint when it comes to the Kiev regime’s requests for these NATO-sourced weapons to be used against targets deeper within Russia. Namely, when asked if the US would support this, Austin responded that “no single capability would be a game changer” in the NATO-orchestrated Ukrainian conflict.

“I don’t believe that one specific capability is going to be decisive. Our approach to integrating things and to making sure that they have the right skill sets to employ those capabilities and those capabilities are linked to specific objectives,” he said, adding: “I think Ukraine has a pretty significant capability of its own to address targets that are well beyond the range of ATACMS or even ‘Storm Shadow’ for that matter. There are a lot of targets in Russia, a big country, obviously. And there’s a lot of capability that Ukraine has in terms of UAVs and other things to address those targets.”

Austin also stated that the Russian military supposedly “pulled back much of its military assets, leaving them out of range of the ATACMS”, obviously referring to the tactical ballistic missiles with a range of 300 km that Washington DC delivered late last year. The statement obviously shows that the Neo-Nazi junta certainly has weapons with a range to strike targets hundreds of km into Russia, but what it really needs is US/NATO ISR (intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance) support for more accurate long-range strikes that could destroy high-priority targets.

However, after the unsuccessful assassination attempt on President Vladimir Putin and Defense Minister Andrei Belousov back in late July, Washington DC might be reluctant to provide such support, as they cannot guarantee that the Kiev regime wouldn’t use NATO-sourced long-range weapons to try it again or at least strike major Russian cities, including Moscow. Considering the fact that the Kremlin told the Pentagon, in no uncertain terms, what awaits NATO if another attack on a high-ranking Russian official happens, the political West might actually pause for a second (if nothing else). Warmongers and war criminals in Washington DC might be far from mentally stable, but it’s very possible that some form of survival mechanism in their minds still functions (although that doesn’t stop them from making plans to wage thermonuclear war against the entire world). However, it seems Zelensky doesn’t have such considerations in the slightest and just wants an escalation.

“We need to have this long-range capability, not only on the divided territory of Ukraine, but also on the Russian territory, so that Russia is motivated to seek peace,” he said, adding: “We need to make Russian cities and even Russian soldiers think about what they need: peace or Putin.”

Obviously, such a threat cannot be ignored and Moscow simply wants to make it clear to the US-led political West that they would also feel the consequences of such attacks. Just like the Russian Aerospace Forces (VKS) sent their superfast, high-flying MiG-31BM interceptors to disrupt NATO ISR operations over the Black Sea, (launched in support of terrorist attacks on Russian civilians), the Kremlin will surely repeat the same with any other similar attempt that may lead to consequences for its people and leadership.

In addition, these long-range terror strikes on Russian cities accomplish nothing, as they rarely hit military targets. The victims are almost exclusively civilians who have nothing to do with military operations. However, as Zelensky said, this is precisely the goal, one that was already announced by the Neo-Nazi government and the U.K intelligence apparatus  This is precisely why Moscow is likely to respond quite strongly if this continues.

It can also be argued that the Kiev regime’s strategy of perpetual escalation is giving no results, as its forces in Donbass are getting obliterated nonetheless. Attempts to achieve PR “victories” and shift attention away from the Neo-Nazi junta’s string of lost battles are only making things worse for global security, as NATO-sourced weapons used in the Kursk oblast (region) incursion can only reinforce Russia’s readiness to respond directly to the world’s most vile racketeering cartel.

The political West might think it’s making the Kremlin look “weak” because the latter is yet to retaliate more violently, but what they’re really achieving is that the US and NATO simply look more bellicose and even barbaric. The world wants peace, but the most aggressive power pole on the planet is determined to ensure it can never be achieved. However, even the political West pauses when it realizes it went too far. Still, we shouldn’t live in the illusion they won’t try again, as their entire modus operandi is to probe near-peer adversaries and see how far they go.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

As America’s strategic capabilities keep sinking (primarily due to its growing technological backwardness), the world’s most aggressive thalassocracy is determined to use its current imperial overstretch to jeopardize several adversaries simultaneously.

Namely, the Pentagon is deploying previously banned medium and intermediate-range missiles in the vicinity of Russia, China and North Korea.

The United States believes this could give it the best first-strike capabilities and possibly even put Moscow, Beijing and Pyongyang into a checkmate position.

Warmongers and war criminals in Washington DC are surely aware that this approach is extremely risky, but they’re convinced that they could pull it off. This is precisely why they’re escalating their belligerence toward the two (Eur)Asian giants (as well as their North Korean allies). Namely, the US decided to install the previously banned missiles in Japan in a very clear message to China.

The system in question is the “Typhon”, a modular platform that can fire land-based SM-6 multipurpose and “Tomahawk” cruise missiles.

The latter can hit targets at ranges of approximately 1,600 km. Their ability to carry the W80 thermonuclear warheads means that the old GLCM (Ground Launched Cruise Missile, officially designated as the BGM-109G “Gryphon”) is effectively resurrected, while the very usage of the name “Typhon” indicates that the system is a successor to the “Gryphon”. The multipurpose SM-6 missiles have a range of up to 500 km and effectively play the role of SRBMs (short-range ballistic missiles). On September 4, US Secretary of the Army Christine Wormuth said that America informed Japan it will be deploying the “Typhon” missile systems there. According to her statement during a Defense News conference in Virginia, “[the US] made the interest in this clear with the Japanese Self-Defense Forces”.

Secretary Wormuth also said that the US wants to keep these missiles in Japan “for several months”, adding that the US Army’s goal is to “really try to have as much combat-credible capability forward in the Indo-Pacific west of the international dateline”.

She insisted that the deployment “strengthens deterrence in the region” and that the “Typhon” missile system “has gotten the attention of China”. Wormuth also added that “there is a lot of potential for moving US troops and equipment around Japan’s southwestern islands”, which are close to Taiwan. These could certainly be used to jeopardize Chinese naval forces, particularly as the SM-6’s capabilities include the role of an anti-ship missile. And while Washington DC insists that these troops are there to supposedly “deter” Beijing, the truth is that these are highly offensive forces that China certainly sees as a direct threat to the full restoration of its territorial integrity.

Worse yet, foreign troops stationed so close to the Asian giant’s shores are jeopardizing both its sovereignty and basic national security interests. Despite US claims that it would like to “avoid war”, its actions suggest the complete opposite, as they’re actually increasing the likelihood of a conflict exponentially. It would seem that’s exactly the goal, as Washington DC is determined to deploy a “dragon trap” against Beijing, just like it did to Russia with a “bear trap” in Ukraine. This is designed to force a reaction, which the US could then present as “proof” of how supposedly “aggressive” the targeted country is. However, while this usually didn’t have consequences of global proportions when used against relatively small and helpless countries, it’s a whole different story when it comes to superpowers such as China and Russia. Poking the “Bear” and the “Dragon”, simultaneously, mind you (among others), is a really great way to start WW3.

Needless to say, given how heavily armed top military superpowers are, such a confrontation would surely turn into a global thermonuclear annihilation. Unfortunately, Washington DC doesn’t really care about that. Last year, Secretary Wormuth herself stated that “the US is preparing to fight and win a war with China”, adding that “[she] personally is not of the view that an amphibious invasion of Taiwan is imminent”, but that “[America] obviously has to [be] prepared”. This is certainly not the first time that top-ranking US officials are calling for war with China. In addition, late last year, Washington DC made a similar “Typhon” deployment to the Philippines, where the missile system likely remains to this day. The move was also conducted under the guise of “deterrence”. The latest announcement about the imminent deployment to Japan would mean that the US is capable of targeting mainland China from both the East and South China Sea.

In addition, the very usage of the name “Typhon” has more symbolism than just the similarity to the word “Gryphon”. Namely, the term could also be seen as a wordplay, as it’s quite close to “typhoon”, revealing that its primary purpose is to devastate targets along Beijing’s Asia-Pacific shoreline. To that end, the Pentagon has also been expanding its military presence in the Philippines, Guam and elsewhere in the region. This includes the deployment of similar “Tomahawk” launchers by the US Marine Corps (USMC), while the US Navy already has numerous sea-based “Tomahawk” launch platforms. As previously noted, all this clearly indicates a concerted effort to surround China with hostile military bases and infrastructure that would force it to respond accordingly. And while Beijing might prioritize peace talks and detente, it will not do so at all costs, particularly if it concludes that the US simply doesn’t respect civilized and diplomatic solutions.

Beijing certainly doesn’t desire war, but the barbarism of the Washington DC warmongers and war criminals is a harsh reality that the world needs to take into account. The Asia-Pacific is an increasingly contested region and its busy sea lanes are of vital importance to the Asian giant’s heavily export-oriented economy. Any sort of dangerous deployments that could jeopardize them will not be tolerated or left unanswered, particularly as Chinese hypersonic capabilities far eclipse that of the US. The same goes for Russia and its positions in Europe, where the political West is also conducting a crawling aggression, including with the deployment of the exact same weapons systems. This has already prompted Moscow to respond, resulting in the return to a dangerous ’80s-era standoff that could’ve easily ended in the destruction of Europe and the world. Unfortunately, the US-led political West is replicating the same scenario everywhere.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from the US Army

28 year old Madeleine Danielle Petite was a teacher and also coached volleyball and basketball at Elberta High School and Foley Middle School

She was diagnosed with Stage 4 Lung Cancer while 24 weeks pregnant and at age 28.

As a teacher, she was mandated COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines in late 2021 at age 25.

“Early 2024, Madeleine was diagnosed with Stage 4 metastatic lung cancer at 24 weeks pregnant.”

“The cancer had spread to her liver, lymph nodes, adrenal gland, bones and her brain.”

“She underwent radiation treatments for 15 tumors in her brain”.

“The cancer had spread rapidly in just a short time without her even knowing it.”

My Take… 

Stage 4 lung cancer at age 28 is unheard of.

The only thing that makes any of these stories possible, and there are thousands of them, is mandating COVID-19 mRNA vaccines on young, healthy people.

This is a very typical example, you could say “textbook example” of turbo cancer. Features include:

  1. Teachers were mandated COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines to keep their job
  2. Stage 4 Presentation at age 28
  3. Diagnosed during pregnancy (risk factor)
  4. Extremely aggressive spread
  5. No response to chemotherapy or radiation therapy
  6. Death within months

When the reckoning comes for doctors who denied this phenomenon and lied about it, it’s not going to be pretty.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Pavel Durov Still Does Not Get It

September 10th, 2024 by Stephen Karganovic

After being released on bail from a French prison, Russian entrepreneur Pavel Durov made several statements which indicate that he is labouring under grave illusions about the nature of his predicament. He described the action of the French authorities, which resulted in his arrest and detention on French territory, as “surprising and misguided.” He then went on to question the legal premise of his detention and subsequent indictment, which is that he could be held “personally responsible for other people’s illegal use of Telegram.”

It is disappointing to see a 39 years old sophisticated cosmopolitan adult, traumatised as he must be by his recent experiences, reasoning like a child.  One should have expected a person of Durov’s wealth to secure competent legal assistance to help him understand the legal “facts of life” pertaining to his case.

There are two basic facts that the lawyer selected by Durov to represent him should have explained to his client. Incidentally, that lawyer is extremely well wired into the French establishment and the judicial system which is persecuting his bewildered protégé. It would not be uncharitable to say that his loyalties are dubious.

The first and most fundamental of these facts is the political nature of the case. Durov’s predicament cannot be properly understood apart from that reality. Recognition of that fact does not exclude entirely the effective use of legal arguments and remedies but it marginalises their practical impact. The second important fact that a conscientious legal professional already in the first interview would have made clear to his client is that in the real world in which Durov is facing grave criminal charges, indulging intuitive notions of justice, including the premise that a person cannot be held criminally liable for third-party acts, is a naïve and utterly misguided approach.

Pavel Durov is a highly intelligent and, in his field, very accomplished individual. But on another level he is just a computer nerd and his incoherent actions and statements are proof of that. Contrary to what he seems to think possible, and as incompatible as that may appear to be with the concept of natural justice, under specific circumstances an individual can be criminally charged for the acts of third parties. Mechanisms that make that possible already are firmly in place. We would not necessarily be wrong to characterise those mechanisms as repugnant to the natural sense of justice, or even as quasi-legal. But formally they are well established and are integral components of criminal law. Tyrannical political systems are free to invoke those instruments whenever they decide to target a bothersome non-conformist such as Pavel Durov.

Whilst on the one track relentless pressure is undoubtedly being applied to the conditionally released but still closely supervised Durov to accede to the demands of deep state structures and turn Telegram’s encryption keys over to security agencies, on a parallel track the legal case against him is being constructed. It will be based on some variant or derivative of the theory of strict liability. The exact contours of that variant are yet to be defined as the case proceeds, and everything will depend on how the defendant responds to the combination of carrots and sticks that are now being put in front of him. Since no evidence is being offered to prove that acting personally in his capacity as Telegram CEO Durov was complicit in any of the incriminating activities listed in the charge sheet, the only conclusion that can be drawn is that some version of strict liability will be the vehicle of choice to make the accusations stick. Unless he capitulates, the objective is to put him away for a long time, or at least to threaten him credibly with such an outcome in order to exact his cooperation. Strict liability is a convenient tool because it offers many shortcuts to the Prosecution. It achieves the desired effect in the absence of proof of specific intent and regardless of the defendant’s mental state, thus eliminating major evidentiary hurdles for the prosecution.

Furthermore, from the beginning of the Durov case groundwork was notably being laid for the application of the Joint Criminal Enterprise [JCE] doctrine as developed by the Hague Tribunal, its category III to be precise. Even seasoned lawyers practicing at the Hague Tribunal were at a loss what to make of that legal improvisation. But their incomprehension did not prevent successive chambers from sentencing defendants to decades of prison, wholly or in part based on it.

Durov is being charged on 12 counts, including complicity in distributing child pornography, drug dealing and money laundering. It should again be recalled that it is not even alleged that Durov personally committed or intentionally participated in the commission of any of those offences. The charges stem from the accusation that Telegram’s lax moderation rules allow for the widespread criminal use of the platform by others, with whom it is not claimed that Durov entertained any direct personal link or that he was even aware of their existence.

But the marvellous feature of the category III JCE doctrine, specially invented by the chambers of the Hague Tribunal to accommodate the Prosecution in situations in which it could not contrive even the semblance of a nexus between the defendant and the crimes being imputed to him, is that it does not require any of those things. A vaguely inferred commonality of purpose, coupled with the assumption that the defendant should have been able to foresee but failed to prevent the illicit conduct of the third parties with whom he is being associated by the Prosecution, and with whom he needn’t have had direct communication or even personal acquaintance, serves as a sufficient link. If in the chambers’ considered judgment the defendant contributed substantially to generating conditions conducive to third-party unlawful conduct, that is enough. Proof that the third parties had committed the charged acts is sufficient basis to convict and no disavowal of criminal liability is practically possible.

If in relation to the third parties the defendant is situated in a position that the court deems culpable, nothing more is needed for liability for their conduct to be imputed to him.

The system’s prosecutors are eager to make those and perhaps some even more ingenious arguments to sympathetic judges. Woe to the person sitting in the dock.

That is precisely the general direction in which the Durov case is moving. In an ominous but highly indicative development, the French prosecutors are highlighting the alleged paedophile offences of an individual user of Telegram, who for the moment is identified cryptically only as “X,” or “person unknown,” and who is suspected of having committed crimes against children. The prosecution’s objective is to individualise and dramatise Durov’s guilt by connecting him to a specific paedophile case, the details of which can be disclosed later. If that sticks, some or all of the remaining charges in due course may even be dropped, without prejudice to the prosecution’s overarching goal of incarcerating Durov for a long period of time, unless he compromises. Paedophilia and child abuse alone merit a very lengthy prison sentence, without the necessity of combining them with other nasty charges.

In that regard, equally ominous for Durov is the activation, as it were on cue, of his ex-whatever in Switzerland, with whom he is alleged to have sired at least three out-of-wedlock children. Prior to his detention in France, Durov had capriciously terminated her 150,000-euro monthly apanage. This was a financial blow which naturally left her disgruntled and receptive to the suggestion of the investigative organs to come up with something to take revenge on her former companion. The woman is now accusing Durov of having molested one of the children that he had conceived with her. That is an independent and serious new charge whose potential for further mischief should not be underestimated.

Pavel Durov should stop wasting his time attempting to lecture his French captors on the wrongfulness of the persecution to which they are subjecting him. They are completely uninterested in the philosophical and legal principles to which Durov is referring. Like their transatlantic colleagues, who display juridical virtuosity by indicting ham sandwiches, with equal facility and with as little professional remorse French prosecutors are prepared to indict bœuf bourguignon, if that is what the system they serve demands of them. Far more than a legal strategy, Durov now needs an effective negotiating position (and perhaps also a crash course in poker) to preserve the integrity of his enterprise and to fully regain his freedom without sacrificing honour. For an excellent introduction to the Western rules based order, Durov need look no further than the woeful predicament of Dr. Reiner Fuellmich, the German-American lawyer who for months has been  languishing in a German prison after being targeted on trumped-up charges for exposing the fraud of the recent “health emergency” that we all vividly recall.

Properly understood, the Durov affair should come as a sobering lesson not only for its principal but more importantly for the edification of the frivolous Russian intelligentsia who still entertain adolescent illusions about where the grass is greener and continue to nourish a petulant disdain for their own country, its way of life, and culture.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Stephen Karganovic is president of “Srebrenica Historical Project,” an NGO registered in the Netherlands to investigate the factual matrix and background of events that took place in Srebrenica in July of 1995. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image source


Rethinking Srebrenica eBook : Karganovic, Stephen, Simic, Ljubisa: Amazon.co.uk: BooksRethinking Srebrenica

By Stephen Karganovic

Rethinking Srebrenica examines the forensic evidence of the alleged Srebrenica “massacre” possessed by the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia (ICTY) in The Hague. Even though the ICTY created more than 3,500 autopsy reports, many of these autopsy reports were based on bone fragments, which do not represent complete bodies. An examination of the matching femur bones found reveals that there were only about 1,900 complete bodies that were exhumed. Of these, some 1,500 autopsy reports indicated a cause of death consistent with battlefield casualties. Only about 400 autopsy reports indicated execution as a cause of death, as revealed by ligatures and blindfolds. This forensic evidence does not warrant the conclusion of a genocide having taken place.

Karganovic examines the events that took place in Srebrenica in July 1995 in a wholistic manner instead of restricting it to a three-day event. The ten chapters cover:

1) Srebrenica: A Critical Overview;

2) Demilitarization of the UN Safe Zone of Srebrenica;

3) Genocide or Blowback?;

4) General Presentation and Interpretation of Srebrenica Forensic Data (Pattern of Injury Breakdown);

5) An Analysis of the Srebrenica Forensic Reports Prepared by the ICTY Prosecution Experts;

6) An Analysis of Muslim Column Losses Attributable to Minefields, Combat Activity, and Other Causes;

7) The Genocide Issue: Was there a Demonstrable Intent to Exterminate All Muslims?;

8) ICTY Radio Intercept Evidence;

9) The Balance Sheet; and

10) Srebrenica: Uses of the Narrative.

  • ASIN:‎ B0992RRJRK
  • Publisher: ‎Unwritten History, Inc.; 2 edition (July 8 2021)
  • Language: ‎English

Click here to purchase

Read part I:

World War III Is On But the Empire Has Already Lost

By Richard C. Cook, September 09, 2024

.

.


How Did We Get Here?

We cannot understand the present dilemma without reference to history. This was why I wrote my most recent book, Our Country, Then and Now. Encompassing American history from the first Puritan settlers, with extensive reference to Native Americans and blacks brought first as slaves, the story focuses on the gradual descent from various peoples’ search for freedom to today’s growing submission to the globalists and the financial oligarchy. This oligarchy derives its power from the 500-year course of Western fractional reserve banking and the reign of usury.

The following narrative is based on the section of the book which begins in the late 19th and early 20th century, when the U.S. succumbed to greed in becoming a major component of the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire.

Characteristics of the Empire

The Empire embodied the convergence of two major historical currents:

1) the transformation of the British Empire into a larger global enterprise knit together at first by British maritime power until this expanded by the mid-20th century into a gigantic naval/air power managed primarily by the U.S. military; and

2) the development of a nihilist social-political construct exemplified by the Terror of the French Revolution, the appearance and growth of Communist internationalism after Marx’s publication in 1867 of Das Kapital, the conquest of Tsarist Russia aka, the “Russian Revolution”; and the subversion of American consciousness by the commercialism and philistinism of a social, educational, medical, and media system controlled by the Rockefellers and other Western oligarchs.

The net effect of these developments was today’s reign of the billionaires, combined with the complete and absolute subservience of the individual to the power of a state/corporatist apparatus whose primary purpose is violent world-conquest and massive larceny of all planetary resources. The best literary depiction of this apparatus remains the epochal novel 1984.

These developments merged by around 1905, and through the agency of the British “clubs” and the monetary power of Cecil Rhodes and Nathaniel Rothschild and their “Round Table,” the Empire that had come into existence set out:

1) in Rhodes’s words, “to recover American for the British Empire”; and

2) to annihilate Britain’s main continental rival; namely Germany.

Side-by-side with these measures was the growth of Zionism, which began to influence world events after the Balfour Declaration issued by the British government in 1917 granted the region of Palestine, then part of the Ottoman Empire, to the Jews as a perpetual “homeland.”

It is essential to emphasize that even though the creation of Israel in 1947-1948 was claimed to be a reaction to the WWII “Holocaust,” the decision to implant a Jewish national state in Palestine was made long before.

Among the reasons the British brought the U.S. into World War I was to free a large portion of the British army stationed on the Western Front to be sent to seize Palestine from the Ottomans, with the intention of future Jewish occupation.

Later, during World War II, British Prime Minister Winston Churchill made a secret deal with Hitler, whereby Germany would recall its North African army poised to seize the Suez Canal and Palestine, in exchange for British acquiescence in Germany’s invasion of the Soviet Union. The bringing about of this invasion with full knowledge that Germany would thereby be destroyed, was the cornerstone of Churchill’s World War II strategy. These historical facts have been explained in Guido Giacomo Preparata’s masterful Conjuring Hitler: How Great Britain and America Created the Third Reich and Destroyed Europe.

It was the destruction of Christian Europe, with the German-speaking world at its core, that became the overriding objective of the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire and has remained so to this day. An early key to this strategy was the so-called “Russian Revolution,” carried out by Jewish forces controlled by Rabbinic Talmudism whose primary front was the Zionist movement. Again, the best source on this aspect of the world conspiracy is British journalist Douglas Reed’s The Controversy of Zion.

We can also observe that the creation of an oligarchical anti-Christian state based on banking and finance—usury—was at the core of a long-term project of transferring priorities and practices from the Italian city-state of Venice throughout the rest of Western Europe that began to influence England around the year 1520. For more detail see Francis Leader’s Substack of September 3, 2024, based on a lecture by Gerry Rose entitled The Venetian Takeover of England. Shakespeare wrote The Merchant of Venice around 1596-1598 based on Italian sources.

Shakespeare was wired into the highest echelons of English society, and we may take his drama as a warning of what was going on at a time when usury was becoming widespread. Many aristocratic youth were falling victim to both Jewish and gentile money-lenders operating freely in Renaissance London. Shylock’s “pound of flesh” is an effective symbol of the deadly stakes of the game.

Dollar Hegemony

In the field of economics, the Empire’s program is to secure economic, social, and political control of the world through dollar hegemony, based, as stated above, on fractional reserve banking and usury. This system, originating in Venice and now over 500 years in the making, was intended to assure the constant flow of all money (spending power/liquidity/means of exchange) into the hands of the Western bankers. The door was opened to this historical disaster when the Papacy rescinded its centuries-long prohibition on usury under pressure from the wealthy class.

The money thence stolen from society would be valued in terms of gold. Fractional reserve banking would multiply the amount of paper money—credit—released into circulation. The gold would be held by the bankers in their vaults. Every weekday morning a group of the wealthiest men in England would meet at the Rothschild Bank in the City of London to set the price of gold during the upcoming day’s trading. They thus controlled the monetary value of every article bought or sold in the world.

The London Gold Fix was first held on September 12, 1919, to kick-start London’s gold market after the end of the First World War. For 85 years until 2004 the five member banks of the London Gold Fix would meet face-to-face at the offices of N.M. Rothschild, erstwhile chairman of the Gold Fix, on St. Swithins Lane in the City of London.

The money thus accumulated as bankers’ profits would be selectively doled out to proxies, eventually including the mass media, to first control the minds of the masses, then their incomes, living conditions, health care, food supply, etc.

A key part of population control would become the manufacture and distribution of addictive drugs by the CIA and other Deep State agencies. Closely related was the prescription drug regime of Big Pharma. The profits from both legal and illegal drug sales today support the Deep State’s “black” agenda, enrich the monetary centers, especially the City of London and Wall Street, and prop up the global financial system, always on the verge of over-extension and collapse as happened with the Global Financial Crisis of 2008-2009.

Targeting of Germany

Germany was the original target of the Empire. Germany was targeted not only because, as everyone knows, the German Empire, formed in 1870, was Britain’s chief naval and commercial rival, but also because Germany, during the 19th century, had become the focal point within Europe of numerous profound spiritual currents related to Europe’s Christian heritage.

These currents not only promised to revitalize Christianity, but also hoped to attain breakthroughs in spiritual fields related to study of Eastern religions, including those of India, China, and Japan, tolerance and unity with Islam sheltered by a budding alliance between Germany and the Ottomans, and the appearance of advanced teachings of comparative spirituality.

The latter were exemplified, for instance, by the discourses of Rudolf Steiner and the even more important teachings of Bô Yin Râ (Joseph Anton Schneiderfranken, 1876-1943), whose books garnered over a million readers in the German-speaking world.

The way had been paved by the rich traditions of German music, culminating in the works of composer Richard Wagner, German literature exemplified by Goethe, Schiller, Schopenhauer, and the Grimm Brothers, and scientist/historians like Leibnitz and those he influenced.

Further back were the treasures of medieval and Renaissance mysticism, exemplified by Meister Eckhart and religious reformers like Martin Luther and the German Anabaptists. Thousands of German artists, musicians, and writers carried these teachings forward around the world, with special impact in Japan and America. The brilliant fiction of America’s greatest woman writer, Willa Cather, testifies to this movement with her persistent motifs of Germany thought and spirit, especially regarding Wagner.

It took World Wars I & II to reduce Germany to ashes, but the German economic miracle of the 1950s and 1960s showed that nation’s irrepressible spirit. Once again, the Empire has targeted Germany by forcing it to buy into Project Ukraine at the cost of its own cheap energy sources from Russia. But the failure of the Empire’s assault on Russia in Ukraine may also lead to the liberation of Germany and the rest of the E.U. from the shackles the Empire so painstakingly forged through the wars of the 20th century.

Role of Wagner

The great German composer Richard Wagner, persecuted in his youth as a social radical, had figured out the bankers’ tricks. In the Ring of the Nibelung, Wagner portrayed the evil dwarf that sought to control the world through the power of the ring made of gold he stole from the safekeeping of the Rhine Maidens. This ring gave power over everything in the world. Tolkien’s Lord of the Rings is the English-language version of the story.

The British bankers knew they were the evil dwarves Wagner had discovered and that the Germans now knew it too. So Germany had to go. Wagner had also discovered, through his production of Parsifal, that there existed in the world an order of high spiritual guardians who kept the secret of the Holy Grail—Christ’s path to the Spirit. The path to the Grail’s power had been interrupted by human failings, but a new community of innocents was discovering it, so Wagner had to be eliminated on those grounds too. Young people especially were not to be allowed to realize that a new spiritual age was dawning.

Of course, today’s money masters have attempted to scare people away from Wagner by harping on the fact that Hitler liked to listen to his music. But so have millions of people around the world for almost two centuries now.

Similarly, the Empire felt compelled to destroy Russian culture along with the German. A quick look at Netflix tells you what they replaced them with and why a majority of people today are without fundamental values.

[This is Part II of a seven-part series.]

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on VT Foreign Policy.

Richard C. Cook is a co-founder and lead investigator for the American Geopolitical Institute.  Mr. Cook is a retired U.S. federal analyst with extensive experience across various government agencies, including the U.S. Civil Service Commission, FDA, the Carter White House, NASA, and the U.S. Treasury. As a whistleblower at the time of the Challenger disaster, he exposed the flawed O-ring joints that destroyed the Shuttle, documenting the event in his book “Challenger Revealed.” After serving at Treasury, he became a vocal critic of the private finance-controlled monetary system, detailing his analysis in “We Hold These Truths: The Hope of Monetary Reform.” He served as an advisor to the American Monetary Institute and worked with Congressman Dennis Kucinich to advocate for replacing the Federal Reserve with a genuine national currency. See his new book giving a revisionist view of U.S. history: Our Country, Then and Now, Clarity Press, 2023.

Featured image source

A talk by Yossef Ben-Meir, President of the High Atlas Foundation in Morocco, at the Integrated Management of Cultural Tourism Conference on 11 June 2024 hosted by Egypt’s Ministry of Tourism and Antiques and the United States Agency for International Development

*

The High Atlas Foundation (HAF) has initiated a positive intercultural and development project that is now gaining scale, and we have been able to secure domestic and international public and private investment for it.

How, in the community’s determination of development priorities, can we simultaneously interject matters of interfaith partnerships and cultural preservation? It begins with human development and participatory planning among the beneficiaries.

HAF, a U.S.-Moroccan nonprofit organization, is dedicated to community development and supports the projects that local people identify as most important to them. So naturally, as agriculture in Morocco accounts for 80 percent of rural incomes, we focus heavily on that sector. Clean drinking water also continues to remain a priority of the people, along with irrigation systems, family literacy, and cultural preservation.

Based on our expertise in assisting communities to identify and discover what they want most of all in their lives, HAF initiates programs based on the specific priorities expressed by community members and then builds partnerships to achieve them. We launch this process with a four-day empowerment exploration process that brings about a sense of priorities and an action plan reflecting the will of what local communities want to achieve in their futures.

However revelatory, this process is also an intense emotional experience that brings the people to that outcome. Participants look at the social relationships in their lives and the things they feel doubt and fear about. They look at their inner emotions and outlooks about money and work, all things that bear upon people’s ability and determination in knowing what they want and pursuing what they most seek.

The conditions of rural life in Morocco underscore the necessity of growing fruit trees. The contribution of land is what prevents farming families across the nation from building community nurseries for cultivating young trees. They cannot set aside a portion of their land normally used for growing barley and corn in order to grow a seed into a sapling. They must harvest every year.

HAF seeks the contribution of land from public and civil agencies. In doing the kind of process described, we found land available next to an historic Moroccan Jewish cemetery, about 30 minutes outside of Marrakech, and we asked the Moroccan Jewish community for permission to use the land to build a people’s tree nursery.

That inquiry began what is now a heritage initiative gaining broader and broader scale, called our House of Life program. We were not necessarily seeking heritage and an intercultural partnership but rather pursuing the will of the people first: the people wanted trees most of all.

The Moroccan Jewish community said yes to the land, which happens to be adjacent to a 700-year-old cemetery. In this case, the nursery now generates over 70,000 trees (olive, fig, and pomegranate) each year, and it has been an ongoing project for about ten years. The USAID Farmer-to-Farmer Program was very important in this pilot in building local people’s technical skills in nursery management.

As the nursery began to take hold, HAF engaged not just with those immediately surrounding the nursery but with communities in the region. Similarly, the four-day empowerment experience began with women’s groups in the nearest villages, supported by the the U.S. Department of States Alumni Engagement Innovation Fund.

These communities identified, based on their tradition and the skills that they have gained from their previous generations, the desire to make carpets and other clothing articles derived from their cultural history and as symbols of their cultural past. They dye wool from their sheep using medicinal plants that grow endemically in the area.

Now, in the interim, the engagement with communities has continued and expanded. The nursery serves a broader region, and the community dialogue around new priorities and implementation of their dreams is ongoing.

Of course, a pervasive issue that we have in rural Morocco is clean drinking water. We have municipalities where many girls fetch water instead of going to middle school. We have a terrible prevalence of water-borne diseases. We have higher infant mortality in rural places.

To address the widespread priority of clean drinking water with partners, in this case Yves Saint Laurent Fashion, we implemented clean drinking water initiatives and integration of irrigation infrastructure utilizing clean energy, including a solar water pump system for the nursery financed by the Moroccan company, FENELEC. From these projects, the community is in a position to enable even greater tree planting.

The other investment that we secured was connecting the 700-year-old cemetery with a road, about a kilometer in length, to the women’s co-op so that visitors of the cemetery can also visit the cooperative. Again, there are layers to this process. It began with an intercultural partnership for community planning and then moved towards cooperative building driven by women making carpets of local materials and designs based on their heritage.

This empowerment then allowed for developments in clean drinking water, irrigation, and fruit tree planting. HAF with Reforest is now in the process of supporting the community’s planting of 23,000 olive trees.

The High Atlas Foundation, with a full-time staff of nearly 100 people, is currently supporting nine nurseries in Morocco that house over 3.2 million trees. Just this season, we have transplanted 800,000 and we have monitored about 820,000, including trees from prior years. This is a pilot within a broader program, including the newly added overlay of tree monitoring for carbon offset credits. Now, in addition to receiving land from the Moroccan Jewish community, we have also received land from the Moroccan government and the National Agency of Waters and Forests for tree nurseries.

From this pilot creating these layers of human development with a cultural gateway, the number of visitors has grown beyond what we could have imagined. Since the start of 2023, visitors from some 40 universities (Moroccan, U.S., and European) have toured this pilot site and engaged in intercultural dialogues with the community members.  Starting in 2021, HAF administered the USAID Dakira program for cultural preservation in Morocco, and these dialogues meet this initiative’s goals.

We have been visited by dozens of tourist groups, because, if people have half a day and have not had the experience of a genuine rural community visit to learn about rural life conditions, here lies this pilot just outside of Marrakech where they can see and internalize Moroccan culture, Moroccan agriculture, matters of public health related to water, and school infrastructure. In a single location, visitors can see all of these different dimensions of broad-based community development. The more people that are drawn to this experience, the more advocacy and public awareness that comes about, encouraging even more to visit.

Income generated by the Achbarou Women’s Cooperative from selling carpets and other goods to visitors keeps their families financially afloat. The European Union funded Achbarou’s family literacy program and other essential skills-building activities. In some cases, the women’s supplemental income has more than doubled the overall household income for the families. With some further investment by the Moroccan government’s National Initiative for Human Development (NIHD) and Planeterra, the cooperative has been able to reinvest revenue from their entrepreneurial efforts into the purchase of land to build a new workplace and storefront facility. Without the scores of visitors from universities and tourism, this would not have been possible.

The Moroccan government, which for generations has prioritized Moroccan multiculturalism, saw this opportunity. Now, every time we replicate—we are currently building the fourth of such intercultural tree nurseries—the Moroccan government, through the NIHD, puts $50,000 into that nursery. In short, the Moroccan government funds a tree nursery on Moroccan Jewish community land for the greater public of that region.

The regions and areas described are not ones that are typically visited by outside groups. Through this process, it brings people to places where visitors are not going.

There may be pilgrims to the Jewish cemeteries, but they will not typically go into the surrounding villages and meet the members of cooperatives or initiatives. Their visits are limited to the cemeteries and typically at only at certain times of the year such as the anniversary of the passing of some of the recognized saints in Moroccan Jewish-Muslim-Amazigh culture. These are also very rare visits, and so what we have to do is expand the desired travel destinations of those coming to Morocco.

The policy context of Morocco has created the opportunity for organizations like the High Atlas Foundation and cooperatives like Achbarou to learn and pursue local hopes, with the support of all sectors and tiers, and in pursuit of scale. Even still, the actual achievement comes with an enormity of expended energy and time, withstanding trials such as the 2023 earthquake, and with the loving heart of the Moroccan people to unite across their diversity of identities as they have done for centuries.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Dr. Yossef Ben-Meir is President of the High Atlas Foundation in Morocco. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: The Akrich tree nursery (located in Morocco’s Al Haouz province) that benefits farming communities of the region, built on land lent without cost by the Moroccan Jewish Community (photo by HAF, 2024).

In the course of the next few weeks, Global Research will be publishing several important articles and documents pertaining to the 9/11 attacks. 

9/11 analysis: An important document of the US Senate

The following 1997 document of the Senate  Republican Policy Committee reveals that the Clinton administration had supported operatives of  “The Military Islamic Network” in Bosnia.

What this document confirms is that:  

1. The US Administration did not cease its support of Al Qaeda in the wake of the Cold War.
2. On record, both the Democratic and Republican administrations had consistently supported Al Qaeda prior to 9/11.


The document is no longer available in the Archives of the US Senate, office of (former) Senator Larry Craig. It was published by Pars Times in 1997

MILITANT ISLAMIC BASE Congressional Press Releases January 16, 1997, Thursday

U.S. Senate Republican Policy Committee – Larry E. Craig, Chairman – Jade West, Staff Director

Extended Bosnia Mission Endangers U.S. Troops

Clinton-Approved Iranian Arms Transfers Help Turn Bosnia into Militant Islamic Base

 

BYLINE: LARRY CRAIG , SENATOR [representing Idaho from 1991 to 2009]  U.S SENATE 

CLINTON-APPROVED IRANIAN ARMS TRANSFERS HELP TURN BOSNIA INTO A MILITANT ISLAMIC BASE

January 16, 1997

Copyright, Federal Document Clearing House, Congressional Press Releases, 1997. For fair use only.

The original Global Research article can be consulted at http://globalresearch.ca/articles/DCH109A.html

Global Research Introductory Note 

Global Research, 21 September 2001

Since the Soviet-Afghan war, recruiting Mujahideen (“holy warriors”) to fight covert wars on Washington’s behest has become an integral part of US foreign policy.

A 1997 document of the US Senate reveals how the Clinton administration –under advice from the National Security Council headed by Anthony Lake– had “helped turn Bosnia into a militant Islamic base” leading to the recruitment through the so-called “Militant Islamic Network,” of thousands of Mujahedin from the Muslim world.

The “Bosnian pattern” has since been replicated in Kosovo, Southern Serbia and Macedonia.

Among the foreign mercenaries now [1999] fighting with the Kosovo Liberation Army(KLA) in Macedonia are Mujahideen from the Middle East and the Central Asian republics of the former Soviet Union.

Also within the ranks of the Kosovo Liberation Army are senior US military advisers from a private mercenary outfit on contract to the Pentagon as well as “soldiers of fortune” from Britain, Holland and Germany.

“Americans have many questions tonight. Americans are asking, ‘Who attacked our country?'” said George W. Bush in his address to the US Congress on 20 September 2001.

“This group and its leader, a person named Osama bin Laden are linked to many other organizations in different countries.”

What the President failed to mention in his speech was the complicity of agencies of the US government in supporting and abetting Al Qaida and its alleged leader Osama bin Laden.

The Bush Administration has misled the American people.

What is the hidden agenda? The largest military operation since the Vietnam War is being launched against Osama bin Laden and the Al Qaeda network, when the evidence amply confirms that Osama had been “harbored” since the Soviet-Afghan war by agencies of the US government.

We are reproducing below the 1997 Senate Press release, which provides detailed evidence from official sources of the links between the Islamic Jihad and the US government during the Clinton Administration.

The CRG does not necessarily share or endorse the conclusions of the document which emanates from the U.S. Senate Republican Policy Committee

Michel Chossudovsky, 21 September 2001

Washington Post quotation

“TWRA is believed to be connected with such fixtures of the Islamic terror network as Sheik Omar Abdel Rahman (the convicted mastermind behind the 1993 World Trade Center bombing) and Osama Bin laden, a wealthy Saudi emigre believed to bankroll numerous militant groups.” [WP, 9/22/96]

Clinton-Approved Iranian Arms Transfers

Help Turn Bosnia into Militant Islamic Base

Congressional Press Release, US Congress, 16 January 1997

Posted at globalresearch.ca 21 September 2001

Note:

The [ …  ] brackets are in the original Senate document, indicating the source of quotations.

The emphasis is not in the original text. (Added)

Help Turn Bosnia into Militant Islamic Base

“‘There is no question that the policy of getting arms into Bosnia was of great assistance in allowing the Iranians to dig in and create good relations with the Bosnian government,’ a senior CIA officer told Congress in a classified deposition. ‘And it is a thing we will live to regret because when they blow up some Americans, as they no doubt will before this … thing is over, it will be in part because the Iranians were able to have the time and contacts to establish themselves well in Bosnia.”‘  “Iran Gave Bosnia Leader $ [“Iran Gave Bosnia Leader $ 500,000, CIA Alleges: Classified Report Says Izetbegovic Has Been ‘Co-Opted,’ Contradicting U.S. Public Assertion of Rift,” Los Angeles Times, 12/31/96. Ellipses in original. Alija Izetbegovic is the Muslim president of Bosnia.]

“‘If you read President Izetbegovk’s writings, as I have, there is no doubt that he is an Islamic fundamentalist,’ said a senior Western diplomat with long experience in the region. ‘He is a very nice fundamentalist, but he is still a fundamentalist. This has not changed. His goal is to establish a Muslim state in Bosnia, and the Serbs and Croats understand this better than the rest of us.”‘ [“Bosnian Leader Hails Islam at Election Rallies,” New York Times, 9/2/96]

Introduction and Summary

In late 1995, President Bill Clinton dispatched some 20,000 U.S. troops to Bosnia-Hercegovina as part of a NATO-led “implementation force” (IFOR) to ensure that the warning Muslim, Serbian, and Croatian factions complied with provisions of the Dayton peace plan. [NOTE: This paper assumes the reader is acquainted with the basic facts of the Bosnian war leading to the IFOR deployment. For background, see RPC’s “Clinton Administration Ready to Send U.S. Troops to Bosnia, “9/28/95,” and Legislative Notice No. 60, “Senate to Consider Several Resolutions on Bosnia,” 12/12/95] Through statements by Administration spokesmen, notably Defense Secretary Perry and Joint Chiefs Chairman General Shalikashvili, the president firmly assured Congress and the American people that U S. personnel would be out of Bosnia at the end of one year. Predictably, as soon as the November 1996 election was safely behind him, President Clinton announced that approximately 8,500 U.S. troops would be remaining for another 18 months as part of a restructured and scaled down contingent, the “stabilization force” (SFOR), officially established on December 20, 1996.

SFOR begins its mission in Bosnia under a serious cloud both as to the nature of its mission and the dangers it will face. While IFOR had successfully accomplished its basic military task – separating the factions’ armed forces – there has been very little progress toward other stated goals of the Dayton agreement, including political and economic reintegration of Bosnia, return of refugees to their homes, and apprehension and prosecution of accused war criminals. It is far from certain that the cease-fire that has held through the past year will continue for much longer, in light of such unresolved issues as the status of the cities of Brcko (claimed by Muslims but held by the Serbs) and Mostar (divided between nominal Muslim and Croat allies, both of which are currently being armed by the Clinton Administration). Moreover, at a strength approximately one-third that of its predecessor, SFOR may not be in as strong a position to deter attacks by one or another of the Bosnian factions or to avoid attempts to involve it in renewed fighting: “IFOR forces, despite having suffered few casualties, have been vulnerable to attacks from all of the contending sides over the year of the Dayton mandate. As a second mandate [Dayton mandate. As a second mandate [i.e., SFOR] evolves, presumably maintaining a smaller force on the ground, the deterrent effect which has existed may well become less compelling and vulnerabilities of the troops will increase.” [“Military Security in Bosnia-Herzegovina: Present and Future,” Bulletin of the Atlantic Council of the United States, 12/18/96]

The Iranian Connection

Perhaps most threatening to the SFOR mission – and more importantly, to the safety of the American personnel serving in Bosnia – is the unwillingness of the Clinton Administration to come clean with the Congress and with the American people about its complicity in the delivery of weapons from Iran to the Muslim government in Sarajevo. That policy, personally approved by Bill Clinton in April 1994 at the urging of CIA Director-designate (and then-NSC chief) Anthony Lake and the U.S. ambassador to Croatia Peter Galbraith, has, according to the Los Angeles Times (citing classified intelligence community sources), “played a central role in the dramatic increase in Iranian influence in Bosnia.” Further, according to the Times, in September 1995 National Security Agency analysts contradicted Clinton Administration claims of declining Iranian influence, insisting instead that “Iranian Revolutionary Guard personnel remain active throughout Bosnia.” Likewise, “CIA analysts noted that the Iranian presence was expanding last fall,” with some ostensible cultural and humanitarian activities “known to be fronts” for the Revolutionary Guard and Iran’s intelligence service, known as VEVAK, the Islamic revolutionary successor to the Shah’s SAVAK. [[LAT, 12/31/96] At a time when there is evidence of increased willingness by pro-Iranian Islamic militants to target American assets abroad – as illustrated by the June 1996 car-bombing at the Khobar Towers in Dhahran, Saudi Arabia, that killed 19 American airmen, in which the Iranian government or pro-Iranian terrorist organizations are suspected [“U.S. Focuses Bomb Probe on Iran, Saudi Dissident,” Chicago Tribune, 11/4/96] – it is irresponsible in the extreme for the Clinton Administration to gloss over the extent to which its policies have put American personnel in an increasingly vulnerable position while performing an increasingly questionable mission.

Three Key Issues for Examination

This paper will examine the Clinton policy of giving the green light to Iranian arms shipments to the Bosnian Muslims, with serious implications for the safety of U.S. troops deployed there. (In addition, RPC will release a general analysis of the SFOR mission and the Clinton Administration’s request for supplemental appropriations to fund it in the near future.) Specifically, the balance of this paper will examine in detail the three issues summarized below:

  1. The Clinton Green Light to Iranian Arms Shipments (page 3): In April 1995, President Clinton gave the government of Croatia what has been described by Congressional committees as a “green light” for shipments of weapons from Iran and other Muslim countries to the Muslim-led government of Bosnia. The policy was approved at the urging of NSC chief Anthony Lake and the U.S. ambassador to Croatia Peter Galbraith. The CIA and the Departments of State and Defense were kept in the dark until after the decision was made.
  2. The Militant Islamic Network (page 5): Along with the weapons, Iranian Revolutionary Guards and VEVAK intelligence operatives entered Bosnia in large numbers, along with thousands of mujahedin (“holy warriors”) from across the Muslim world. Also engaged in the effort were several other Muslim countries (including Brunei, Malaysia, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, and Turkey) and a number of radical Muslim organizations. For example, the role of one Sudan-based “humanitarian organization,” called the Third World Relief Agency, has been well documented. The Clinton Administration’s “hands-on” involvement with the Islamic network’s arms pipeline included inspections of missiles from Iran by U.S. government officials.
  3. The Radical Islamic Character of the Sarajevo Regime (page 8): Underlying the Clinton Administration’s misguided green light policy is a complete misreading of its main beneficiary, the Bosnian Muslim government of Alija Izetbegovic. Rather than being the tolerant, multiethnic democratic government it pretends to be, there is clear evidence that the ruling circle of Izetbegovic’s party, the Party of Democratic Action (SDA), has long been guided by the principles of radical Islam. This Islamist orientation is illustrated by profiles of three important officials, including President Izetbegovic himself; the progressive Islamization of the Bosnian army, including creation of native Bosnian mujahedin units; credible claims that major atrocities against civilians in Sarajevo were staged for propaganda purposes by operatives of the Izetbegovic government; and suppression of enemies, both non-Muslim and Muslim.

The Clinton Green Light to Iranian Arms Shipments

Both the Senate Intelligence Committee and the House Select Subcommittee to Investigate the United States Role in Iranian Arms Transfers to Croatia and Bosnia issued reports late last year. (The Senate report, dated November 1996, is unclassified. The House report is classified, with the exception of the final section of conclusions, which was released on October 8, 1996; a declassified version of the full report is expected to be released soon.) The reports, consistent with numerous press accounts, confirm that on April 27, 1994, President Clinton directed Ambassador Galbraith to inform the government of Croatia that he had “no instructions” regarding Croatia’s decision whether or not to permit weapons, primarily from Iran, to be transshipped to Bosnia through Croatia. (The purpose was to facilitate the acquisition of arms by the Muslim-led government in Sarajevo despite the arms embargo imposed on Yugoslavia by the U.N. Security Council.) Clinton Administration officials took that course despite their awareness of the source of the weapons and despite the fact that the Croats (who were themselves divided on whether to permit arms deliveries to the Muslims) would take anything short of a U.S. statement that they should not facilitate the flow of Iranian arms to Bosnia as a “green light.”

The green light policy was decided upon and implemented with unusual secrecy, with the CIA and the Departments of State and Defense only informed after the fact. [“U.S. Had Options to Let Bosnia Get Arms, Avoid Iran,” Los Angeles Times, 7/14/96] Among the key conclusions of the House Subcommittee were the following (taken from the unclassified section released on October 8):

  • “The President and the American people were poorly served by the Administration officials who rushed the green light decision without due deliberation. full information and an adequate consideration of the consequences.” (page 202)
  • “The Administration’s efforts to keep even senior US officials from seeing its ‘fingerprints’ on the green light policy led to confusion and disarray within the government.” (page 203)
  • “The Administration repeatedly deceived the American people about its Iranian green light policy.” (page 204)

Clinton, Lake, and Galbraith Responsible

Who is ultimately accountable for the results of his decision – two Clinton Administration officials bear particular responsibility: Ambassador Galbraith and then-NSC Director Anthony Lake, against both of whom the House of Representatives has referred criminal charges to the Justice Department. Mr. Lake, who personally presented the proposal to Bill Clinton for approval, played a central role in preventing the responsible congressional committees from knowing about the Administration’s fateful decision to acquiesce in radical Islamic Iran’s effort to penetrate the European continent through arms shipments and military cooperation with the Bosnian government.” [“‘In Lake We Trust’? Confirmation Make-Over Exacerbates Senate Concerns About D.C.I.-Desipate’s Candor, Reliability,” Center for Security Policy, Washington, D.C., 1/8/97] His responsibility for the operation is certain to be a major hurdle in his effort to be confirmed as CIA Director: “The fact that Lake was one of the authors of the duplicitous policy in Bosnia, which is very controversial and which has probably helped strengthen the hand of the Iranians, doesn’t play well,” stated Senate Intelligence Chairman Richard Shelby. [“Lake to be asked about donation,” Washington Times, 1/2/97]

For his part, Ambassador Galbraith was the key person both in conceiving the policy and in serving as the link between the Clinton Administration and the Croatian government; he also met with Imam Sevko Omerbasic, the top Muslim cleric in Croatia, “who the CIA says was an intermediary for Iran.” [“Fingerprints: Arms to Bosnia, the real story,” The New Republic, 10/28/96; see also LAT 12/23/96] As the House Subcommittee concluded (page 206):

“There is evidence that Ambassador Galbraith may have engaged in activities that could be characterized as unauthorized covert action.” The Senate Committee (pages 19 and 20 of the report) was unable to agree on the specific legal issue of whether Galbraith’s actions constituted a “covert action” within the definition of section 503(e) of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. Sec. 413(e)), as amended, defined as “an activity or activities … to influence political, economic, or military conditions abroad, where it is intended that the role of the United States Government will not be apparent or acknowledged publicly.”

The Militant Islamic Network

The House Subcommittee report also concluded (page 2):

“The Administration’s Iranian green light policy gave Iran an unprecedented foothold in Europe and has recklessly endangered American lives and US strategic interests.” Further – ” … The Iranian presence and influence [” … The Iranian presence and influence [in Bosnia] jumped radically in the months following the green light. Iranian elements infiltrated the Bosnian government and established close ties with the current leadership in Bosnia and the next generation of leaders. Iranian Revolutionary Guards accompanied Iranian weapons into Bosnia and soon were integrated in the Bosnian military structure from top to bottom as well as operating in independent units throughout Bosnia.

The Iranian intelligence service [intelligence service [VEVAK] ran wild through the area developing intelligence networks, setting up terrorist support systems, recruiting terrorist ‘sleeper’ agents and agents of influence, and insinuating itself with the Bosnian political leadership to a remarkable degree. The Iranians effectively annexed large portions of the Bosnian security apparatus [known as the Agency for Information and Documentation (AID)] to act as their intelligence and terrorist surrogates. This extended to the point of jointly planning terrorist activities. The Iranian embassy became the largest in Bosnia and its officers were given unparalleled privileges and access at every level of the Bosnian government.” (page 201)

Not Just the Iranians

To understand how the Clinton green light would lead to this degree of Iranian influence, it is necessary to remember that the policy was adopted in the context of extensive and growing radical Islamic activity in Bosnia. That is, the Iranians and other Muslim militants had long been active in Bosnia; the American green light was an important political signal to both Sarajevo and the militants that the United States was unable or unwilling to present an obstacle to those activities – and, to a certain extent, was willing to cooperate with them. In short, the Clinton Administration’s policy of facilitating the delivery of arms to the Bosnian Muslims made it the de facto partner of an ongoing international network of governments and organizations pursuing their own agenda in Bosnia: the promotion of Islamic revolution in Europe. That network involves not only Iran but Brunei, Malaysia, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Sudan (a key ally of Iran), and Turkey, together with front groups supposedly pursuing humanitarian and cultural activities.

For example, one such group about which details have come to light is the Third World Relief Agency (TWRA), a Sudan-based, phoney humanitarian organization which has been a major link in the arms pipeline to Bosnia. [“How Bosnia’s Muslims Dodged Arms Embargo: Relief Agency Brokered Aid From Nations, Radical Groups,” Washington Post, 9/22/96; see also “Saudis Funded Weapons For Bosnia, Official Says: $ 300 Million Program Had U.S. ‘Stealth Cooperation’,” Washington Post, 2/2/96]

TWRA is believed to be connected with such fixtures of the Islamic terror network as Sheik Omar Abdel Rahman (the convicted mastermind behind the 1993 World Trade Center bombing) and Osama Bin laden, a wealthy Saudi emigre believed to bankroll numerous militant groups. [WP, 9/22/96] (Sheik Rahman, a native of Egypt, is currently in prison in the United States; letter bombs addressed to targets in Washington and London, apparently from Alexandria, Egypt, are believed connected with his case. Binladen was a resident in Khartoum, Sudan, until last year; he is now believed to be in Afghanistan, “where he has issued statements calling for attacks on U.S. forces in the Persian Gulf.” [on U.S. forces in the Persian Gulf.” [WP, 9/22/96])

The Clinton Administration ‘s “Hands-On ” Help

The extent to which Clinton Administration officials, notably Ambassador Galbraith, knowingly or negligently, cooperated with the efforts of such front organizations is unclear. For example, according to one intelligence account seen by an unnamed U.S. official in the Balkans, “Galbraith ‘talked with representatives of Muslim countries on payment for arms that would be sent to Bosnia,’ … [would be sent to Bosnia,’ … [T]he dollar amount mentioned in the report was $ 500 million-$ 800 million. The U.S. official said he also saw subsequent ‘operational reports’ in 1995 on almost weekly arms shipments of automatic weapons, rocket-propelled grenade launchers, anti-armor rockets and TOW missiles.” [TNR, 10/28/96] The United States played a disturbingly “hands-on” role, with, according to the Senate report (page 19), U.S. government personnel twice conducting inspections in Croatia of missiles en route to Bosnia. Further — “The U.S. decision to send personnel to Croatia to inspect rockets bound for Bosnia is … subject to varying interpretations. It may have been simply a straightforward effort to determine whether chemical weapons were being shipped into Bosnia. It was certainly, at least in part, an opportunity to examine a rocket in which the United States had some interest. But it may also have been designed to ensure that Croatia would not shut down the pipeline.” (page 21)

The account in The New Republic points sharply to the latter explanation: “Enraged at Iran’s apparent attempt to slip super weapons past Croat monitors, the Croatian defense minister nonetheless sent the missiles on to Bosnia ‘just as Peter [i.e., Ambassador Galbraith] told us to do,‘ sources familiar with the episode said.” [episode said.” [TNR, 10/28/96] In short, the Clinton Administration’s connection with the various players that made up the arms network seems to have been direct and intimate.

The Mujahedin Threat

In addition to (and working closely with) the Iranian Revolutionary Guards and VEVAK intelligence are members of numerous radical groups known for their anti-Western orientation, along with thousands of volunteer mujahedin (“holy warriors”) from across the Islamic world. From the beginning of the NATO- led deployment, the Clinton Administration has given insufficient weight to military concerns regarding the mujahedin presence in Bosnia as well as the danger they pose to American personnel. Many of the fighters are concentrated in the so-called “green triangle” (the color green symbolizes Islam) centered on the town of Zenica in the American IFOR/SFOR zone but are also found throughout the country.

The Clinton Administration has been willing to accept Sarajevo’s transparently false assurances of the departure of the foreign fighters based on the contention that they have married Bosnian women and have acquired Bosnian citizenship — and thus are no longer “foreign”! or, having left overt military units to join “humanitarian,” “cultural,” or “charitable” organizations, are no longer “fighters.” [See “Foreign Muslims Fighting in Bosnia Considered ‘Threat’ to U.S. Troops,” Washington Post, 11/30/95; “Outsiders Bring Islamic Fervor To the Balkans,” New York Times, 9/23/96; “Islamic Alien Fighters Settle in Bosnia,” Pittsburgh PostGazette, 9/23/96; “Mujahideen rule Bosnian villages: Threaten NATO forces, non-Muslims,” Washington Times, 9/23/96; and Yossef Bodansky, Offensive in the Balkans (November 1995) and Some Call It Peace (August 1996), International Media Corporation, Ltd., London. Bodansky, an analyst with the House Republican Task Force on Terrorism and Unconventional Warfare, is an internationally recognized authority on Islamic terrorism.] The methods employed to qualify for Bosnian citizenship are themselves problematic: “Islamic militants from Iran and other foreign countries are employing techniques such as forced marriages, kidnappings and the occupation of apartments and houses to remain in Bosnia in violation of the Dayton peace accord and may be a threat to U.S. forces.” [“Mujaheddin Remaining in Bosnia: Islamic Militants Strongarm Civilians, Defy Dayton Plan,” Washington Post, 7/8/96]

The threat presented by the mujahedin to IFOR (and now, to SFOR) – contingent only upon the precise time their commanders in Tehran or Sarajevo should choose to activate them has been evident from the beginning of the NATO-led deployment. For example, in February 1996 NATO forces raided a terrorist training camp near the town of Fojnica, taking into custody 11 men (8 Bosnian citizens – two of whom may have been naturalized foreign mujahedin and three Iranian instructors); also seized were explosives “built into small children’s plastic toys, including a car, a helicopter and an ice cream cone,” plus other weapons such as handguns, sniper rifles, grenade launchers, etc. The Sarajevo government denounced the raid, claiming the facility was an “intelligence service school”; the detainees were released promptly after NATO turned them over to local authorities. [“NATO Captures Terrorist Training Camp, Claims Iranian Involvement,” Associated Press, 2/16/96; “Bosnian government denies camp was for terrorists,” Reuters, 2/16/96; Bodansky Some Call It Peace, page 56] In May 1996, a previously unknown group called “Bosnian Islamic Jihad” (Jihad means “holy war”,) threatened attacks on NATO troops by suicide bombers, similar to those that had recently been launched in Israel. [“Jihad Threat in Bosnia Alarms NATO,” The European, 5/9/96]

Stepping-Stone to Europe

The intended targets of the mujahedin network in Bosnia are not limited to that country but extend to Western Europe. For example, in August 1995, the conservative Paris daily Le Figaro reported that French security services believe that ,Islamic fundamentalists from Algeria have set up a security network across Europe with fighters trained in Afghan gerrilla camps and [[in] southern France while some have been tested in Bosnia.” [[(London) Daily Telegraph, 8/17/95] Also, in April 1996, Beligan security arrested a number of Islamic militants, including two native Bosnians, smuggling weapons to Algerian guerrillas active in France. [in France. [Intelligence Newsletter, Paris, 5/9/96 (No. 287)] Finally, also in April 1996, a meeting of radicals aligned with HizbAllah (“Party of God”), a pro-Iran group based in Lebanon, set plans for stepping up attacks on U.S. assets on all continents; among those participating was an Egyptian, Ayman al- Zawahiri, who “runs the Islamist terrorist operations in Bosnia- Herzegovina from a special headquarters in Sofia, Bulgaria. His forces are already deployed throughout Bosnia, ready to attack US and other I-FOR (NATO Implementation Force) targets.” [“States- Sponsored Terrorism and The Rise of the HizbAllah International,” Defense and Foreign Affairs and Strategic Policy, London, 8/31/96 Finally, in December 1996, French and Belgain security arrested several would-be terrorists trained at Iranian-run camps in Bosnia.[“Terrorism: The Bosnian Connection,” (Paris) L’Express, 12/26/96]

The Radical Islamic Character of the Sarajevo Regime

Underlying the Clinton Administration’s misguided policy toward Iranian influence in Bosnia is a fundamental misreading of the true nature of the Muslim regime that benefited from the Iran/Bosnia arms policy.

“The most dubious of all Bosniac [i.e., Bosnian Muslim] claims pertains to the self-serving commercial that the government hopes to eventually establish a multiethnic liberal democratic society. Such ideals may appeal to a few members of Bosnia’s ruling circles as well as to a generally secular populace, but President Izethbegovic and his cabal appear to harbor much different private intentions and goals.” [“Selling the Bosnia Myth to America: Buyer Beware,” Lieutenant Colonel John E. Sray, USA, U.S. Army Foreign Military Studies Office, Fort Leavenworth, KS, October 1995]

The evidence that the leadership of the ruling Party of Democratic Action (SDA), and consequently, the Sarajevo-based government, has long been motivated by the principles of radical Islam is inescapable. The following three profiles are instructive:

Alija Izetbegovic: Alija Izetbegovic, current Bosnian president and head of the SDA, in 1970 authored the radical “Islamic Declaration,” which calls for “the Islamic movement” to start to take power as soon as it can Overturn “the existing non- Muslim government…[Muslim government…[and] build up a new Islamic one,” to destroy non-Islamic institutions (“There can be neither peace nor coexistence between the Islamic religion and non-Islamic social institutions’), and to create an international federation of Islamic states. [The Islamic Declaration: A Programme for the Islamization of Muslims and the Muslim Peoples, Sarajevo, in English, 19901 Izetbegovic’s radical pro-Iran associations go back decades: “At the center of the Iranian system in Europe is Bosnia-Hercegovina.”

President, Alija Izetbegovic, . . . who is committed to the establishment Of an Islamic Republic in Bosnia- Hercegovina.” [“Iran’s European Springboard?”, House Republican Task Force on Terrorism and Unconventional Warfare, 9/1/92 The Task Force report further describes Izetbegovic’s contacts with Iran and Libya in 1991, before the Bosnian war began; he is also noted as a “fundamentalist Muslim” and a member of the “Fedayeen of Islam” organization, an Iran-based radical group dating to the 1930s and which by the late 1960s had recognized the leadership of the Ayatollah Khomeini (then in exile from the Shah).

Following Khomeini’s accession to power in 1979, Izetbegovic stepped-up his efforts to establish Islamic power in Bosnia and was jailed by the communists in 1983. Today, he is open and unapologetic about his links to Iran: “Perhaps the most telling detail of the [detail of the [SDA’s September 1, 1996] campaign rally … was the presence of the Iranian Ambassador and his Bosnian and Iranian bodyguards, who sat in the shadow of the huge birchwood platform…. As the only foreign diplomat [platform…. As the only foreign diplomat [present], indeed the only foreigner traveling in the President’s [only foreigner traveling in the President’s [i.e., Izetbegovic’s] heavily guarded motorcade of bulky four-wheel drive jeeps, he lent a silent Islamic imprimatur to the event, one that many American and European supporters of the Bosnian Government are trying hard to ignore or dismiss.” [trying hard to ignore or dismiss.” [NYT, 9/2/96] During the summer 1996 election campaign, the Iranians delivered to him, in two suitcases, $ 500,000 in cash; Izetbegovic “is now ‘literally on their [on their [i.e., the Iranians’] payroll,’ according to a classified report based on the CIA’s analysis of the issue.” LAT, 12/31/96. See also “Iran Contributed $ [LAT, 12/31/96. See also “Iran Contributed $ 500,000 to Bosnian President’s Election Effort, U.S. Says,” New York Times, 1/l/97, and Washington Times, 1/2/97] Adil Zulfikarpasic, a Muslim co- founder of the SDA, broke with Izetbegovic in late 1990 due to the increasingly overt fundamentalist and pro-Iranian direction of the party. [See Milovan Djilas, Bosnjak: Adil Zulfikarpasic, Zurich, 1994]

Hassan (or Hasan) Cengic: Until recently, deputy defense minister (and now cosmetically reassigned to a potentially even more dangerous job in refugee resettlement at the behest of the Clinton Administration), Cengic, a member of a powerful clan headed by his father, Halid Cengic, is an Islamic cleric who has traveled frequently to Tehran and is deeply involved in the arms pipeline. [“Bosnian Officials Involved in Arms Trade Tied to Radical States,” Washington Post, 9/22/96] Cengic was identified by Austrian police as a member of TWRA’s supervisory board, “a fact confirmed by its Sudanese director, Elfatih Hassanein, in a 1994 interview with (lazi Husrev Beg, an Islamic affairs magazine. Cengic later became the key Bosnian official involved in setting up a weapons pipeline from Iran…. Cengic … is a longtime associate of Izetbegovic’s. He was one of the co- defendants in Izetbegovic’s 1983 trial for fomenting Muslim nationalism in what was then Yugoslavia. Cengic was given a 10- year prison term, most of which he did not serve. In trial testimony Cengic was said to have been traveling to Iran since 1983. Cengic lived in Tehran and Istanbul during much of the war, arranging for weapons to be smuggled into Bosnia.” [WP, 9/22/961 According to a Bosnian Croat radio profile: “Hasan’s father, Halid Cengic … is the main logistic expert in the Muslim army. All petrodollar donations from the Islamic world and the procurement of arms and military technology for Muslim units went through him. He made so much money out of this business that he is one of the richest Muslims today. Halid Cengic and his two sons, of whom Hasan has been more in the public spotlight, also control the Islamic wing of the intelligence agency AID [Agency for Information and Documentation]. Well informed sources in Sarajevo claim that only Hasan addresses Izetbegovic with ‘ti’ [second person singular, used as an informal form of address] while all the others address him as ‘Mr. President,”‘ a sign of his extraordinary degree of intimacy with the president. [BBC Summary of World Broadcasts, 10/28/96, “Radio elaborates on Iranian connection of Bosnian deputy defense minister,” from Croat Radio Herceg-Bosna, Mostar, in Serbo-Croatian, 10/25/96, bracketed text in original] In late 1996, at the insistence of the Clinton Administration, Hassan Cengic was reassigned to refugee affairs. However, in his new capacity he may present an even greater hazard to NATO forces in Bosnia, in light of past incidents such as the one that took place near the village of Celic in November 1996. At that time, in what NATO officers called part of a pattern of “military operations in disguise,” American and Russian IFOR troops were caught between Muslims and Serbs as the Muslims, some of them armed, attempted to encroach on the cease-fire line established by Dayton; commented a NATO spokesman: “We believe this to be a deliberate, orchestrated and provocative move to circumvent established procedures for the return of refugees.” [“Gunfire Erupts as Muslims Return Home,” Washington Post, 11/13/96]

Dzemal Merdan: “The office of Brig. Gen. Dzemal Merdan is an ornate affair, equipped with an elaborately carved wooden gazebo ringed with red velvet couches and slippers for his guests. A sheepskin prayer mat lies in the comer, pointing toward Mecca. The most striking thing in the chamber is a large flag. It is not the flag of Bosnia, but of Iran. Pinned with a button of the Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini, Iran’s late Islamic leader, the flag occupies pride of place in Merdan’s digs — displayed in the middle of the gazebo for every visitor to see. Next to it hangs another pennant that of the Democratic Action Party, the increasingly nationalist Islamic organization of President Alija Izetbegovic that dominates Bosnia’s Muslim region…. Merdan’s position highlights the American dilemma. As head of the office of training and development of the Bosnian army, he is a key liaison figure in the U.S. [liaison figure in the U.S. [arm and train] program…. But Merdan, Western sources say, also has another job — as liaison with foreign Islamic fighters here since 1992 and promoter of the Islamic faith among Bosnia’s recruits. Sources identified Merdan as being instrumental in the creation of a brigade of Bosnian soldiers, called the 7th Muslim Brigade, that is heavily influenced by Islam and trained by fighters from Iran’s Revolutionary Guards. He has also launched a program, these sources say, to build mosques on military training grounds to teach Islam to Bosnian recruits. In addition, he helped establish training camps in Bosnia where Revolutionary Guards carried out their work.” [“Arming the Bosnians: U.S. Program Would Aid Force Increasingly Linked to Iran,” Washington Post, 1/26/96, emphasis added] General Merdan is a close associate of both Izetbegovic and Cengic; the central region around Zenica, which was “completely militarized in the first two years of the war” under the control of Merdan’s mujahedin, is “under total control of the Cengic family.” [“Who Rules Bosnia and Which Way,” (Sarajevo) Slobodna Bosna, 11/17/96, FBIS translation; Slobodna Bosna is one of the few publications in Muslim-held areas that dares to criticize the policies and personal corruption of the ruling SDA clique.] Merdan’s mujahedin were accused by their erstwhile Croat allies of massacring more than 100 Croats near Zenica in late 1993. [“Bosnian Croats vow to probe war crimes by Moslems,” Agence France Presse, 5/12/95]

The Islamization of the Bosnian Army

In cooperation with the foreign Islamic presence, the Izetbegovic regime has revamped its security and military apparatus to reflect its Islamic revolutionary outlook, including the creation of mujahedin units throughout the army; some members of these units have assumed the guise of a shaheed (a “martyr,” the Arabic term commonly used to describe suicide bombers), marked by their white garb, representing a shroud. While these units include foreign fighters naturalized in Bosnia, most of the personnel are now Bosnian Muslims trained and indoctrinated by Iranian and other foreign militants – which also makes it easier for the Clinton Administration to minimize the mujahedin threat, because few of them are “foreigners.”

Prior to 1996, there were three principal mujahedin units in the Bosnian army, the first two of which are headquartered in the American IFOR/SFOR zone: (1) the 7th Muslim Liberation Brigade of the 3rd Corps, headquartered in Zenica; (2) the 9th Muslim Liberation Brigade of the 2nd Corps, headquartered in Travnik (the 2nd Corps is based in Tuzla); and (3) the 4th Muslim Liberation Brigade of the 4th Corps, headquartered in Konjic (in the French zone). [Bodansky, Some Call It Peace, page 401 Particularly ominous, many members of these units have donned the guise of martyrs, indicating their willingness to sacrifice themselves in the cause of Islam. Commenting on an appearance of soldiers from the 7th Liberation Brigade, in Zenica in December 1995, Bodansky writes: “Many of the fighters … were dressed in white coveralls over their uniforms. Officially, these were ‘white winter camouflage,’ but the green headbands [bearing Koranic verses] these warriors were wearing left no doubt that these were actually Shaheeds’ shrouds.” [Some Call It Peace, page 12] The same demonstration was staged before the admiring Iranian ambassador and President Izethbegovic in September 1996, when white winter garb could only be symbolic, not functional. [[NYT, 9/2/96] By June 1996, ten more mujahedin brigades had been established, along with numerous smaller “special units’ dedicated to covert and terrorist operations; while foreigners are present in all of these units, most of the soldiers are now native Bosnian Muslims. [native Bosnian Muslims. [Some Call It Peace, pages 42-46]

In addition to these units, there exists another group known as the Handzar (“dagger” or 94 scimitar”) Division, described by Bodansky as a “praetorian guard” for President Izetbegovic. “Up to 6000-strong, the Handzar division glories in a fascist culture. They see themselves as the heirs of the SS Handzar division, formed by Bosnian Muslims in 1943 to fight for the Nazis. Their spiritual model was Mohammed Amin al-Husseini, the Grand Mufti of Jerusalem who sided with Hitler. According to LJN officers, surprisingly few of those in charge of the Handzars … seem to speak good Serbo-Croatian. ‘Many of them are Albanian, whether from Kosovo [the Serb province where Albanians are the majority] or from Albania itself.’ They are trained and led by veterans from Afghanistan and Pakistan, say LTN sources.” [“Albanians and Afghans fight for the heirs to Bosnia’s SS past,” (London) Daily Telegraph, 12/29/93, bracketed text in original]

Self-Inflicted Atrocities

Almost since the beginning of the Bosnian war in the spring of 1992, there have been persistent reports — readily found in the European media but little reported in the United States — that civilian deaths in Muslim-held Sarajevo attributed to the Bosnian Serb Army were in some cases actually inflicted by operatives of the Izetbegovic regime in an (ultimately successful) effort to secure American intervention on Sarajevo’s behalf. These allegations include instances of sniping at civilians as well as three major explosions, attributed to Serbian mortar fire, that claimed the lives of dozens of people and, in each case, resulted in the international community’s taking measures against the Muslims’ Serb enemies. (The three explosions were: (1) the May 27, 1992, “breadline massacre.” which was reported to have killed 16 people and which resulted in economic sanctions on the Bosnian Serbs and rump Yugoslavia; (2) the February 5, 1994, Markale “market massacre,” killing 68 and resulting in selective NATO air strikes and an ultimatum to the Serbs to withdraw their heavy weapons from the area near Sarajevo; and (3) the August 28, 1995 “second market massacre,” killing 37 and resulting in large-scale NATO air strikes, eventually leading to the Dayton agreement and the deployment of IFOR.) When she was asked about such allegations (with respect to the February 1994 explosion) then-U.N. Ambassador and current Secretary of State-designate Madeleine Albright, in a stunning non sequitur, said: “It’s very hard to believe any country would do this to their own people, and therefore, although we do not exactly know what the facts are, it would seem to us that the Serbs are the ones that probably have a great deal of responsibility.” [“Senior official admits to secret U.N. report on Sarajevo massacre,” Deutsch Presse-Agentur, 6/6/96, emphasis added]

The fact that such a contention is difficult to believe does not mean it is not true. Not only did the incidents lead to the result desired by Sarajevo (Western action against the Bosnian Serbs), their staging by the Muslims would be entirely in keeping with the moral outlook of Islamic radicalism, which has long accepted the deaths of innocent (including Muslim) bystanders killed in terrorist actions. According to a noted analyst: “The dictum that the end justifies the means is adopted by all fundamentalist organizations in their strategies for achieving political power and imposing on society their own view of Islam. What is important in every action is its niy ‘yah, its motive. No means need be spared in the service of Islam as long as one takes action with a pure niy’ Yah.” [Amir Taheri, Holy Terror, Bethesda, MD, 1987] With the evidence that the Sarajevo leadership does in fact have a fundamentalist outlook, it is unwarranted to dismiss cavaliery the possibility of Muslim responsibility. Among some of the reports:

Sniping: “French peacekeeping troops in the United Nations unit trying to curtail Bosnian Serb sniping at civilians in Sarajevo have concluded that until mid-June some gunfire also came from Government soldiers deliberately shooting at their own civilians. After what it called a ‘definitive’ investigation, a French marine unit that patrols against snipers said it traced sniper fire to a building normally occupied by Bosnian [i.e., Muslim] soldiers and other security forces. A senior French officer said, ‘We find it almost impossible to believe, but we are sure that it is true.”‘ [“Investigation Concludes Bosnian Government Snipers Shot at Civilians,” New York Times, 8/l/951

The 1992 “Breadline Massacre”: “United Nations officials and senior Western military officers believe some of the worst killings in Sarajevo, including the massacre of at least 16 people in a bread queue, were carried out by the city’s mainly Muslim defenders — not Serb besiegers — as a propaganda ploy to win world sympathy and military intervention…. Classified reports to the UN force commander, General Satish Nambiar, concluded … that Bosnian forces loyal to President Alija Izetbegovic may have detonated a bomb. ‘We believe it was a command-detonated explosion, probably in a can,’ a UN official said then. ‘The large impact which is there now is not necessarily similar or anywhere near as large as we came to expect with a mortar round landing on a paved surface.” [“Muslims ‘slaughter their own people’,” (London) The Independent, 8/22/92] “Our people tell us there were a number of things that didn’t fit. The street had been blocked off just before the incident. Once the crowd was let in and had lined up, the media appeared but kept their distance. The attack took place, and the media were immediately on the scene.” [Major General Lewis MacKenzie, Peacekeeper: The Road to Sarajevo, Vancouver, BC, 1993, pages 193-4; Gen. MacKenzie, a Canadian, had been commander of the U.N. peacekeeping force in Sarajevo.]

The 1994 Markale “Market Massacre”: “French television reported last night that the United Nations investigation into the market-place bombing in Sarajevo two weeks ago had established beyond doubt that the mortar shell that killed 68 people was fired from inside Bosnian [Muslim lines.” [people was fired from inside Bosnian [Muslim] lines.” [“UN tracks source of fatal shell,” (London) The Times, 2/19/94] “For the first time, a senior U.N. official has admitted the existence of a secret U.N. report that blames the Bosnian Moslems for the February 1994 massacre of Moslems at a Sarajevo market…. After studying the crater left by the mortar shell and the distribution of shrapnel, the report concluded that the shell was fired from behind Moslem lines.” The report, however, was kept secret; the context of the wire story implies that U.S. Ambasador Albright may have been involved in its suppression. [DPA, 6/6/961 For a fuller discussion of the conflicting claims, see “Anatomy of a massacre,” Foreign Policy, 12/22/94, by David Binder; Binder, a veteran New York Times reporter in Yugoslavia, had access to the suppressed report. Bodansky categorically states that the bomb “was actually a special charge designed and built with help from HizbAllah [“Party of God,” a Beirut-based pro-Iranian terror group] experts and then most likely dropped from a nearby rooftop onto the crowd of shoppers. Video cameras at the ready recorded this expertly-staged spectacle of gore, while dozens of corpses of Bosnian Muslim troops killed in action (exchanged the day before in a ‘body swap’ with the Serbs) were paraded in front of cameras to raise the casualty counts.” [Offensive in the Balkans, page 62]

The 1995 “Second Market Massacre”: “British ammunition experts serving with the United Nations in Sarajevo have challenged key ‘evidence’ of the Serbian atrocity that triggered the devastating Nato bombing campaign which turned the tide of the Bosnian war.” The Britons’ analysis was confirmed by French analysts but their findings were “dismissed” by “a senior American officer” at U.N. headquarters in Sarajevo. [“Serbs ‘not guilty’ of massacre: Experts warned US that mortar was Bosnian,” (London) The Times, 10/i/95 A “crucial U.N. report [(London) The Times, 10/i/95] A “crucial U.N. report [stating Serb responsibility for] the market massacre is a classified secret, but four specialists – a Russian, a Canadian and two Americans – have raised serious doubts about its conclusion, suggesting instead that the mortar was fired not by the Serbs but by Bosnian government forces.” A Canadian officer “added that he and fellow Canadian officers in Bosnia were ‘convinced that the Muslim government dropped both the February 5, 1994, and the August 28, 1995, mortar shells on the Sarajevo markets.”‘ An unidentified U.S. official “contends that the available evidence suggests either ‘the shell was fired at a very low trajectory, which means a range of a few hundred yards – therefore under [a range of a few hundred yards – therefore under [Sarajevo] government control,’ or ‘a mortar shell converted into a bomb was dropped from a nearby roof into the crowd.”‘ [“Bosnia’s bombers,” The Nation, 10/2/95 ]. At least some high-ranking French and perhaps other Western officials believed the Muslims responsible; after having received that account from government ministers and two generals, French magazine editor Jean Daniel put the question directly to Prime Minister Edouard Balladur: “‘They [i.e., the Muslims] have committed this carnage on their own people?’ I exclaimed in consternation. ‘Yes,’ confirmed the Prime Minister without hesitation, ‘but at least they have forced NATO to intervene. “‘ [“No more lies about Bosnia,” Le Nouvel Observateur, 8/31/95, translated in Chronicles – A Magazine of American Culture, January 1997]

Suppression of Enemies

As might be expected, one manifestation of the radical Islamic orientation of the Izetbegovic government is increasing curtailment of the freedoms of the remaining non-Muslims (Croats and Serbs) in the Muslim-held zone. While there are similar pressures on minorities in the Serb- and Croat-held parts of Bosnia, in the Muslim zone they have a distinct Islamic flavor. For example, during the 1996-1997 Christmas and New Year holiday season, Muslim militants attempted to intimidate not only Muslims but Christians from engaging in what had become common holiday practices, such as gift-giving, putting up Christmas or New Year’s trees, and playing the local Santa Claus figure, Grandfather Frost (Deda Mraz). [“The Holiday, All Wrapped Up; Bosnian Muslims Take Sides Over Santa,” Washington Post, 12/26/96] hi general: “Even in Sarajevo itself, always portrayed as the most prominent multi-national community in Bosnia, pressure, both psychological and real, is impelling non-Bosniaks [i.e., non- Muslims] to leave. Some measures are indirect, such as attempts to ban the sale of pork and the growing predominance of [to ban the sale of pork and the growing predominance of [Bosniak] street names. Other measures are deliberate efforts to apply pressure. Examples include various means to make nonBosniaks leave the city. Similar pressures, often with more violent expression and occasionally with overt official participation, are being used throughout Bosnia.” [“Bosnia’s Security and U.S. Policy in the Next Phase A Policy Paper, International Research and Exchanges Board, November 1996]

In addition, President Izetbegovic’s party, the SDA, has launched politically-motivated attacks on moderate Muslims both within the SDA and in rival parties. For example, in the summer of 1996 former Prime Minister Haris Silajdzic. (a Muslim, and son of the former imam at the main Sarajevo mosque) was set upon and beaten by SDA militants. Silajdzic claimed Izetbegovic himself was behind the attacks. [was behind the attacks. [NYT, 9/2/96] h-fan Mustafic, a Muslim who cofounded the SDA, is a member of the Bosnian parliament and was president of the SDA’s executive council in Srebrenica when it fell to Bosnian Serb forces; he was taken prisoner but later released. Because of several policy disagreements with Izetbegovic and his close associates, Mustafic was shot and seriously wounded in Srebrenica by Izetbegovic loyalists. [[(Sarajevo) Slobodna Bosna, 7/14/96] Finally, one incident sums up both the ruthlessness of the Sarajevo establishment in dealing with their enemies as well as their international radical links: “A special Bosnian army unit headed by Bakir Izetbegovic, the Bosnian president’s son, murdered a Bosnian general found shot to death in Belgium last week, a Croatian newspaper reported … citing well-informed sources. The Vjesnik newspaper, controlled by the government, said the assassination of Yusuf Prazina was carried out by five members of a commando unit called ‘Delta’ and headed by Ismet Bajramovic also known as Celo. The paper said that three members of the Syrian-backed Palestinian movement Saika had Prazina under surveillance for three weeks before one of them, acting as an arms dealer, lured him into a trap in a car park along the main highway between Liege in eastern Belgium and the German border town of Aachen. Prazina, 30, nicknamed Yuka, went missing early last month. He was found Saturday with two bullet holes to the head. ‘The necessary logistical means to carry out the operation were provided by Bakir Izetbegovic, son of Alija Izetbegovic,, who left Sarajevo more than six months ago,’ Vjesnik said. It added that Bakir Izetbegovic ‘often travels between Brussels, Paris, Frankfurt, Baghdad, Tehran and Ankara, by using Iraqi and Pakistani passports,’ and was in Belgium at the time of the assassination. Hasan Cengic, head of logistics for the army in Bosnia- Hercegovina, was ‘personally involved in the assassination of Yuka Prazina,’ the paper said.” [Yuka Prazina,’ the paper said.” [Agence France Presse, 1/5/94]

Conclusion

The Clinton Administration’s blunder in giving the green light to the Iranian arms pipeline was based, among other errors, on a gross misreading of the true nature and goals of the Izetbegovic regime in Sarajevo. It calls to mind the similar mistake of the Carter Administration, which in 1979 began lavish aid to the new Sandinista government in Nicaragua in the hopes that (if the United States were friendly enough) the nine comandantes would turn out to be democrats, not communists, despite abundant evidence to the contrary. By the time the Reagan Administration finally cut off the dollar spigot in 198 1, the comandantes — or the “nine little Castros,” as they were known locally — had fully entrenched themselves in power.

To state that the Clinton Administration erred in facilitating the penetration of the Iranians and other radical elements into Europe would be a breathtaking understatement. A thorough reexamination of U.S. policy and goals in the region is essential. In particular, addressing the immediate threat to U.S. troops in Bosnia, exacerbated by the extention of the IFOR/SFOR mission, should be a major priority of the of the 105th Congress.

The Ukraine Sacrifice – Kursk Invasion Hastens Ukraine Defeat, Boris Johnson’s Disastrous Legacy, War Crimes in Kursk

By Rodney Atkinson, September 09, 2024

Up to a million Ukrainians are now killed or wounded in the futile war. The 20 year long attack on Ukraine by the West, overturning elected governments, using the country as a battering ram to bring about “regime change in Moscow” and “break up Russia” has been a catastrophe for the people of Ukraine.

The Hidden Face of War. NATO-Sponsored War Professionals in Russian Region of Kursk. Manlio Dinucci

By Manlio Dinucci, September 10, 2024

The Ukrainian armed forces are not only armed and trained by the US and NATO, but that US-NATO military companies and special forces operate directly in the theatre of war in command and management roles of sophisticated weaponry, such as long-range missiles and drones, for the use of which military satellite networks are needed, which Ukraine does not have.

The U.S. Has Been at War in Yemen for 20 Years, But Houthis Can Still Choke the Red Sea

By Nick Turse, September 10, 2024

Yemen’s Iran-backed Houthi Rebels attacked two oil tankers in the Red Sea on Monday with ballistic missiles and a one-way attack drone, according to U.S. Central Command, which characterized the strikes as “reckless acts of terrorism.” 

Magnesium 101 — A Comprehensive Guide to Its Health Benefits

By Dr. Joseph Mercola, September 10, 2024

There’s growing interest in magnesium, and the discourse about it has skyrocketed in recent years. An article published in Vogue says that social media is partly responsible for the renewed interest in this nutrient, with various videos promoting it as a “miracle mineral” with a wide array of health benefits.

World War III Is On But the Empire Has Already Lost

By Richard C. Cook, September 09, 2024

We have seen many dire warnings that the crises in Ukraine and the Middle East risk escalation into World War III, a war between the U.S. and its “allies” vs. Russia, Iran, and China (RIC), three nations labeled officially by U.S. military propaganda as “threats” or “adversaries.” Not far behind on the hit list are North Korea, Venezuela, and a host of fence-sitting nations from the “Global South.”

CNN Shared a Glimpse of Just How Bad Everything Has Become for Ukraine

By Andrew Korybko, September 09, 2024

The Ukrainian Armed Forces are in the midst of converging crises caused by the failed counteroffensive, the forcible conscription policy, and Zelensky’s Kursk blunder, which are leading to more desertions, defeats, and ultimately more desperation.

Africa Continues Being Colonized by the West

By Peter Koenig, September 09, 2024

More than 60 years ago, Africa gained supposedly her independence from the different Western colonial powers. However, Africa is to this day not free. Africa continues to be colonized by the same Western colonizers, plus all the different so-called development institutions they have created after WWII – just before the so-called liberation movement.

Rainbow Flag Genocide Vs MAGA Hat Genocide

September 10th, 2024 by Caitlin Johnstone

Kamala Harris has enthusiastically accepted the endorsement of Dick Cheney.

The degree of comfort US liberals have with men like Cheney is more evidence that they don’t view people in the global south as fully human. If they did, his endorsement would be rejected with the same revulsion they’d show endorsements from NAMBLA or neo-Nazis. The emotional comfort they receive from all this warm cozy talk about “unity” between Democrats and Bush-era war criminals matters more to them than the lives of millions of Iraqis.

Any political worldview that’s worth a damn necessarily includes a deep and visceral hatred of Dick Cheney, and an abhorrence toward any ideology which sympathizes with him.

American democracy means getting to choose between genocide wearing a MAGA hat and genocide waving a rainbow flag.

Mark my words: the same people telling you Harris is the better vote to save Gaza will make all kinds of excuses for her when she becomes president and you point out that she isn’t saving Gaza. Happened with Trump, happened with Obama. Same schtick over and over again.

*

New rule: I’m just going to ignore anyone who tries to tell me Trump will do things if re-elected that he didn’t do the first time he was president. If you say he’s going to End The Wars and fight the Deep State, I’m ignoring that. If you say he’s going to turn America into a Nazi dictatorship where LGBT people are kept in concentration camps, I’m ignoring that. If he was going to do those things he would have done them.

Trump said a lot of offensive things and received a lot of incendiary coverage, but in terms of actual policy and governance he was a standard shitty Republican. His actual administration was very similar to that of his predecessors, and was evil not in some new way but in all the same ways those prior administrations were evil. If you need to concoct some weird fantasy that goes against all the evidence of his previous term in office to defend your position, your position is too weak to deserve attention.

*

I talk about the US election not because I think it matters but to stress the fact that it doesn’t. This fake charade that consumes all political oxygen every four years will result in no meaningful changes to the behavior of the globe-spanning empire centralized around Washington.

So long as Americans are looking to their electoral system to address the murderousness, tyranny and injustice of their government, that murderousness, tyranny and injustice will continue. The first step to escaping from a burning building is to stop pushing on the fake fire exit that’s been painted on the wall. These fake elections are there to keep you trapped in the burning building. The real exit lies elsewhere.

Next month will mark the one-year anniversary October 7th, that terrible day when more than a thousand people were brutally massacred in southern Israel by Israeli helicopters and Israeli tanks and also by Hamas a bit.

*

A new poll says 70 percent of Jewish Israelis think it should be forbidden to express any sympathy for civilians in Gaza on social media platforms. Israelis will murder, oppress and steal from an ethnic group they’ve designated as less than human for 75 years, cry victim when that group retaliates, commit genocide in response to the retaliation, and then say you should be forcefully banned from criticizing them for this.

*

Can’t wait til things calm down in the middle east so I can stop getting accused of being an antisemite and go back to the old wholesome accusations of being a Russian agent.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Featured image is from the author

Washington has been deepening its ties with the so-called pro-democracy forces in Myanmar, and, amid today’s New Cold War, this has prompted Beijing to warn against “external interference” in the country. China has been leading mediation efforts in the neighboring country, including talks between the ruling military junta and armed groups related to ethnic factions. Amid this delicate situation, the United States intentions in the nation are seen with suspicion.

The average Western person may have never heard of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar, also known as Burma, but it is the largest country (by area) in Mainland Southeast Asia, with a population of about 55 million. It is a Dialogue Partner of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization, and a member of the Non-Aligned Movement, and ASEAN, but is not a Commonwealth of Nations member, even though it used to be part of the British Empire. Although very rich in natural resources, (including oil, natural gas, and minerals), it is one of the least developed countries in the region. It is bordered by India and Bangladesh to its northwest, and by China to its northeast, while also sharing borders with Thailand and Laos.

Due to geography, the nation has historical links to China and India, and it also has a history of colonial exploitation and ethnic tensions, which helps explain why it faces today one of the planet’s longest-running civil wars, with the corruption, instability and poor infrastructure one can expect amid such a scenario. The military is involved in major sectors of the economy, including oil production, transportation, and even tourism.

The main ethnic group, the Bamars (about 68% of the population) is a Sino-Tibetan speaking group, their native language Burmese being the official language. It is also spoken in China, in parts of the Yunnan province (Dehong), which borders Myanmar.

Some history here might be pertinent. The country was once the largest Southeast Asia empire for a while, in the 16th century (under the Taungoo dynasty), but it was taken over by the British East India Company, after the three Anglo-Burmese wars, thus becoming a British colony in the 19th century. It was also later occupied by the Japanese, and then reconquered by the Allies, to become independent in 1948 – its post-independence history has also been marked by conflict, with a Burma Socialist Programme Party military dictatorship, then a 1988 transition to a multi-party system in name only (with a military council refusing it and governing the nation to this day). There was a controversial 2010 general election after which the military junta was officially dissolved in 2011, with a (nominally) civilian government taking power. In 2020 however the military once again seized power in what has been described by a coup d’état, followed by demonstrations.

One needs to remember that under Western (British) rule, the Burmese were placed at the very bottom of the social hierarchy, with White Europeans at the very top and some Christian minorities in the middle. Moreover, under the spirit of laissez-faire free-market, the British rules had the country open up to massive migration to the point of making Rangoon (now called Yangon, the country’s largest city and its former capital) the world’s greatest immigration port in the 1920, even exceeding New York City.

Indian immigrants suddenly became a majority of the population in largest cities, such as Rangoon itself, Moulnein, Bassein, and Akyab. According to historian Thant Myint-U: “This was out of a total population of only 13 million; it was equivalent to the United Kingdom today taking 2 million people a year”. In that context part of the oppressed Burmese population predictably reacted with a “racism that combined feelings of superiority and fear”, writes Thant Myint-U, in his 2006 classic “The River of Lost Footsteps” (New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux).

With such a history, it is no wonder then that Myanmar is plagued with ethnic conflicts to this very day, which account for most human rights problems. Historically, the United States and the European Union have imposed sanctions on the country (over the issue of human rights violations), while foreign investment comes mainly from China, India, Thailand, and Singapore. It is not hard to see how any further engagement with the US-led West has the potential to further polarize the country.

One may recall Washington passed the 2022 BURMA Act, which authorized nonlethal aid to pro-democracy rebel groups plus sanctions against the ruling junta. It even allowed Myanmar’s opposition, the so-called National Unity Government (NUG) to set up a liaison office in Washington, even though it has not even been formally recognized as the country’s legitimate government by the US itself. In April, Michael Haack (an expert in Myanmar who has conducted research on its politics for the Yale University MacMillan Center) wrote that the American “nonlethal” aid to Myanmar ethnic rebels could backfire: “the terms on which Washngton is offering nonlethal aid in Myanmar risk creating the outcome it has been seeking to avoid.”

In a rather underreported development, the US Congress earlier this year amazingly passed a $1.2 trillion funding package. According to Haack: “Washington has been here before. The language used in the appropriation was taken from a previous funding authorization relating to Syria, where nonlethal aid included body armor and intelligence about enemy troop positions. That appropriation led eventually to the covert deployment of lethal equipment. The immediate impact of the U.S. move will be to irritate Myanmar’s neighbors, who will see it as an intensification of American involvement in the conflict.”

China certainly has stakes in the neighboring country, which it has made large economic investments in – it is also seen as a pathway for the Indian Ocean. The US is largely seen as an “outside” player, which does not have a full grasp of the complexities of the region. One might thus see yet another focal point for tensions unfolding in a global situation which already has plenty.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Uriel Araujo, PhD, is an anthropology researcher with a focus on international and ethnic conflicts. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

The Forward Observations Group, a private military company based in the United States, published a photo of its war professionals in the Russian region of Kursk, a presence confirmed by a video showing the destruction by the Russian armed forces of Forward Observations Group armoured vehicles and commandos in Kursk. This US military company, whose role is described by the authoritative Military Watch magazine as ‘very obscure’ (evidently, it is linked to US intelligence services), has been engaged for more than two years with Ukrainian forces against Russia with the task of carrying out special operations, including preparing attacks with toxic chemicals.

There is documented evidence that Ukraine is involved in the preparation of attacks with chemical and biological weapons. This US military company is not the only one operating covertly in the theatre of war against Russia. Based on precise documentation Military Watch writes:

‘Numerous facts have emerged about the role of military personnel from NATO member states (including Royal Marines and British SAS commandos) in supporting Ukrainian war operations against Russia. Military advisers, both logisticians and combatants, and other personnel have been operating since 2022 in the theatre of war with a range of newly delivered complex weaponry.’

This confirms that the Ukrainian armed forces are not only armed and trained by the US and NATO, but that US-NATO military companies and special forces operate directly in the theatre of war in command and management roles of sophisticated weaponry, such as long-range missiles and drones, for the use of which military satellite networks are needed, which Ukraine does not have.

At the same time, the US is deploying nuclear weapons (bombs and missiles) at intermediate range in Europe, increasingly close to Russia. Even the missile defence systems, which they deploy in Europe on the official grounds of protecting European populations from the ‘Russian nuclear threat’, are in fact prepared for nuclear attack. The two US Aegis Ashore sites in Poland and Romania and the US Navy destroyers operating in the Baltic and Black Sea are equipped with Lockheed Martin’s MK-41 vertical launch systems, which, as the manufacturer itself documents, can be used for any warfare mission, including nuclear attack on land targets.

Italy actively contributes to the preparation of nuclear war. Violating the Non-Proliferation Treaty, it hosts US nuclear weapons (the new B61-12 bombs), which the Italian Air Force is trained to use, and through Leonardo it manufactures nuclear weapons. Now Italy has pledged to build – together with France, Germany and Poland – ground-launched cruise missiles with a range of more than 500 km, i.e. a more advanced version of the US intermediate-range nuclear missiles deployed at Comiso in the 1980s, which were eliminated by the 1987 INF Treaty, a treaty that the US tore up in 2019.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published in Italian on Grandangolo, Byoblu TV.

Manlio Dinucci, award winning author, geopolitical analyst and geographer, Pisa, Italy. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Featured image: “Plans love silence. There’ll be no announcement of the start.” Photo credit: Ukraine Defense Ministry

Yemen’s Iran-backed Houthi Rebels attacked two oil tankers in the Red Sea on Monday with ballistic missiles and a one-way attack drone, according to U.S. Central Command, which characterized the strikes as “reckless acts of terrorism.” 

The U.S. responded on Tuesday with an airstrike on a “Houthi missile system” that the U.S. claimed “presented an imminent threat to U.S. and coalition forces, and merchant vessels in the region.”

The Saudi-flagged Amjad and the Panama-flagged Blue Lagoon 1 struck on Monday are just the latest ships to be damaged by the Houthi rebels, who have attacked more than 80 merchant vessels since the war in Gaza began in October 2023, and have said the attacks will continue until Israel’s war on Gaza ends.

The Houthi campaign has led to a 90 percent decline in shipping activity through the Red Sea, according to a report from the Defense Intelligence Agency, and shows little sign of stopping, even though two U.S. aircraft carriers are now deployed in the region.

For more than two decades, the United States has been at war in Yemen. In these years, U.S. leaders have talked endlessly about fostering peace, stability, and prosperity in that Middle Eastern nation.

“Ultimately, peace in Yemen serves the interest of all Yemenis, just as it does those of our regional partners,” said U.S. Special Envoy for Yemen Timothy A. Lenderking earlier this year. “The United States stands ready to support.” 

Despite the rhetoric, the Yemeni people have suffered immensely — and the central target of U.S. military action in the country, the Houthi rebel group, is exerting more influence on the world stage than ever before.

One of the original battlegrounds in the U.S. war on terror, Yemen is just one of many majority-Muslim nations — from Afghanistan and Iraq to Niger and Somalia — ravaged in the forever wars. More than 940,000 people have died in America’s collection of post-9/11 conflicts due to direct violence, almost 4 million have died indirectly from causes like food insecurity and battered infrastructure, and as many as 60 million people have been displaced, according to Brown University’s Costs of War Project. 

Since 2002, the United States has conducted nearly 400 attacks in Yemen, ranging from commando raids and drone assassinations to cruise missile attacks and conventional airstrikes. U.S. drone strikes there repeatedly killed and maimed civilians. Other Yemenis, including women and children, were massacred by Navy SEALs in a ground raid in 2017. In the last week, the U.S. military has repeatedly struck targets there.

For years, the U.S. employed a low-profile proxy force to conduct secret counterterrorism missions in Yemen. America also provided weapons, combat training, and “logistical and intelligence support” for the Saudi Arabia-led coalition’s war in Yemen — launched in support of Yemeni President Abd-Rabbu Mansour Hadi, who was overthrown by the Iran-backed Houthi rebels — from 2015 until 2021.

A recent investigation by The Intercept revealed that the kingdom of Saudi Arabia has repeatedly stiffed the Defense Department on a bill for support of that Saudi war that killed hundreds of thousands of Yemenis and sparked a humanitarian catastrophe. For months — up to and since publication — the Pentagon has ducked The Intercept’s requests for comment on the unpaid bill.

Despite the unpaid debt of $15 million — the remaining balance of a $300 million bill for aerial refueling missions which the Pentagon has repeatedly attempted to collect — the Biden administration recently lifted its ban on selling offensive weapons to Saudi Arabia, authorizing an initial shipment of air-to-ground munitions to the kingdom. The restriction did not apply to sales of so-called defensive arms and military services. Those sales have amounted to almost $10 billion over the past four years.

“For decades the United States has supported and partnered with autocrats in the region, arguing that these security relationships and assistance would lead to regional security and stability,” said Seth Binder of the Washington-based Middle East Democracy Center. “Instead, as we’ve seen in Yemen, it has too often brought conflict and immense suffering.” While Binder stressed that the U.S. does not bear most of the blame for the toll suffered by Yemenis, he said “it is undeniable that its policies have had a significant and destabilizing effect.”

The long-running humanitarian crisis in Yemen, despite a cessation in the conflict between the Houthis and Saudi Arabia, is growing worse. Yemen now finds itself on the edge of socioeconomic collapse, its health care system barely functions, and it’s beset by climate shocks and outbreaks of preventable diseases. The Fund for Peace ranks Yemen sixth out of 179 nations on its Fragile States Index, second only to Syria in the Middle East.

At least 17 million Yemenis are now food insecure, including 3.5 million who are acutely malnourished. Around 4.5 million are internally displaced, many of whom have suffered multiple displacements over several years. More than 18 million people, over half of Yemen’s population, require humanitarian assistance.

Fears of a wider regional conflict, stemming from the Gaza war, threaten to worsen an already catastrophic situation.

“The regional dimension of the conflict in Yemen is getting more and more pronounced,” Hans Grundberg, U.N. special envoy for that country, advised the U.N. Security Council in July. “I reiterate my warning to the Council that we risk a return to full-scale war and all the predictable human suffering and regional implications this entails.”

Since November 2023, the Houthis have attacked U.S. military forces in the Middle East, including ships and aircraft, as well as commercial shipping in the Red Sea and the Gulf of Aden in reaction to the U.S.-supported Israeli war in Gaza. In response, the U.S. has carried out many strikes against Houthi targets in Yemen, reportedly killing civilians.

Israel and the Houthis have also engaged in tit-for-tat attacks, further widening the Gaza war. Israel is already fighting Hamas on its southern front in Gaza and is regularly trading fire with Hezbollah, another Iran-backed militia, in Lebanon to the north.

After a Houthi one-way drone hit Tel Aviv in late July, the Israeli military attacked Yemen — with U.S.-made F-15 and F-35 fighter jets — hitting the Red Sea port city of Hudaydah and reportedly killing three people and injuring 87. A local official said the attack — the first ever by Israel in Yemen — caused at least $20 million in damage to a port that serves as a key entry point for food, fuel, and aid to already impoverished northern Yemen.

“Yemenis have suffered from war and conflict for far too long,” Binder told The Intercept. “Moments of optimism and hope have often been short lived and sadly, the Houthi response to the Gaza war again risks putting Yemenis through more violence and suffering.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Featured image source

See Dr. Makis’s commentary below.

.

.

.

.

.

.

 

My Take… 

This just happened on Saturday, Sep. 7, 2024, apparently 21-year-old Zachary Bourassa, hockey player from Quebec, suffered a cardiac arrest at the start of a tournament game.

I strongly suspect he had been forced or mandated to take COVID-19 mRNA vaccines in late 2021 at the age of 18 (as all Canadian athletes ages 12 and up were).

Drops dead without warning 3 years later at age 21.

I have been warning about the long-term effects of COVID-19 mRNA vaccines.

For my fellow Albertans, remember, the politicians know this is happening and they are allowing this to happen.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Magnesium 101 — A Comprehensive Guide to Its Health Benefits

September 10th, 2024 by Dr. Joseph Mercola

Magnesium is essential for over 80% of metabolic functions, but more than 50% of the U.S. population fail to meet the estimated average requirement, potentially leading to various health issues

Magnesium deficiency is linked to multiple diseases, including cardiovascular issues, diabetes, respiratory problems and neurological disorders. It’s crucial for calcium regulation and overall cellular health

Studies suggest magnesium may help ease anxiety and depression. Research indicates potential mental health benefits when combined with vitamin D3

Magnesium plays a vital role in brain health, potentially reducing the risk of Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s disease by curbing neuroinflammation and supporting cognitive functions

Adequate magnesium intake is important for heart health, bone strength and muscle function. It can be obtained through diet or supplements, with various forms available

*

There’s growing interest in magnesium, and the discourse about it has skyrocketed in recent years. An article published in Vogue1 says that social media is partly responsible for the renewed interest in this nutrient, with various videos promoting it as a “miracle mineral” with a wide array of health benefits.

However, many people are still not getting enough magnesium to reap its positive effects. In the U.S., more than 50% of the population fail to meet the estimated average requirement (EAR) for this vital nutrient.2

With that being said, let’s take a closer look at the myriad benefits magnesium offers so you’ll understand why it’s garnering so much attention, and why optimizing your levels is so important for your health.

Mighty Magnesium — How Does It Work in Your Body?

Dubbed “the MVP of minerals,”3 magnesium is the fourth most abundant mineral in the human body (after calcium, potassium and sodium),4 and is involved in 80% of metabolic functions.5 This macronutrient is needed for biological processes such as muscle contraction, maintaining your heartbeat, creating energy and activating nerves to send and receive messages.

According to an article in Bulletproof, magnesium is a “helper molecule,” or a cofactor.6 It assists around 600 enzymes required for cell metabolism and other processes,7 such as:8,9,10

Magnesium is found in almost every single cell in your body, which is why you simply cannot function without it. Carolyn Dean, author of “The Magnesium Miracle,” highlights the importance of this nutrient, saying, “All these minerals are essential but magnesium seems to do the most — it acts as a cell mineral ion gatekeeper, allowing the appropriate amount of the other minerals to enter the cells.”11

Magnesium Deficiency Puts You at Risk of Various Diseases

As mentioned above, magnesium acts as a gatekeeper for other nutrients, playing a significant role in transporting calcium and potassium across your cell membranes, which is crucial for “nerve impulse conduction, muscle contraction, vasomotor tone, and normal heart rhythm.”12

In addition, magnesium acts as a calcium channel blocker. According to Dr. Thomas Levy, a cardiologist who wrote the book “Magnesium: Reversing Disease,” excess calcium inside your cells is a primary contributor to most diseases, saying:

“[M]agnesium was the No. 1 calcium antagonist and general metabolic calcium function inhibitor. It mirrored everything. More calcium increased your chance of death by all causes, less decreased it. More magnesium decreased it, less magnesium increased it …”

Hence, it makes sense that having insufficient magnesium in your system can put you at high-risk of chronic pathologies. According to a 2023 study published in Nutrients,13 “Habitually low intakes of magnesium and in general the deficiency of this micronutrient induce changes in biochemical pathways that can increase the risk of illness and, in particular, chronic degenerative diseases.”

To give you an overview of just how instrumental magnesium is to your overall well-being, here are some of the potential diseases and health conditions associated with magnesium deficiency:14

In healthy individuals, it’s uncommon to be deficient in magnesium, since when you have low levels, your kidneys will simply regulate the amount that is excreted in the urine, helping conserve this nutrient.

However, deficiency can occur if you’re not getting the optimal amount from your diet (or through supplements) for prolonged periods. Taking certain medications like diuretics or having a medical condition like Type 2 diabetes can also cause you to become deficient.15

Some of the symptoms of magnesium deficiency16 are listed below — if you’re experiencing any of these, it’s best to evaluate your diet and increase your intake:

Magnesium May Help Ease Anxiety and Promote Mental Health

One of the reasons why magnesium’s popularity on social media has skyrocketed recently may be related to its effects on mental health. According to research, magnesium impacts your mental well-being, as having insufficient levels of this nutrient may lead to depression, anxiety and panic attacks.17

In July 2023, a photographer named Tyler Wesley posted a Tiktok video18 on how taking 500 milligrams of magnesium glycinate supplement, combined with vitamin D3, helped ease his anxiety. As of this writing, Wesley’s video has over 2.1 million likes and over 19.2K comments, many of whom say the supplement also worked for them. In an article published in The Guardian,19 Katie Holton, a nutritional neuroscientist at American University, further explains:

“Magnesium seems to have an overall calming effect. It may inhibit stress responses by preventing over-excitation through a neurotransmitter called glutamate. Too much glutamate can disrupt brain processes and has been associated with multiple mental health conditions.”20

There are many studies supporting the positive effects that magnesium has on mood and mental health. A 2020 systematic review published in the journal Nutrients looked at the efficacy of magnesium and its role in neurological and psychiatric diseases. The researchers noted that “magnesium could be considered a hallmark of pathology or could represent a biomarker of response to drug treatment in patients with mood disorders.”21

A systematic meta-analysis published in the Frontiers in Psychiatry also highlighted magnesium’s potential effects on depression.22 After reviewing seven clinical trials, they found that taking supplemental magnesium led to a significant decline in depression scores among adults with depressive disorder.

As Wesley mentioned in his video, he took a combination of vitamin D3 and magnesium to ease his anxiety. In fact, these two nutrients work harmoniously to help boost your mental well-being. You need magnesium to activate vitamin D, and deficiency may hamper your ability to convert vitamin D from sun exposure and/or oral supplementation. For more about this topic, I recommend reading my article “Can This Dynamic Duo Curb Your Anxiety and Depression?

Magnesium Helps Reduce Risk of Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s Disease

Having low levels of magnesium may influence how your brain works, as it is crucial in the proper transmission of nerve signals and in preserving the integrity of the blood-brain barrier. This nutrient acts as a buffer between neuron synapses, particularly those involved with cognitive functions (learning and memory).

Magnesium also plays a role in curbing neuroinflammation. One review23 published in the Journal of Molecular Sciences gives insight into how an imbalance in magnesium levels is associated with multiple sclerosis (MS), Parkinson’s and Alzheimer’s disease, all of which are rooted in neuroinflammation.

“Neuroinflammation drives tissue damage in neurodegeneration. Solid evidence suggests a role of Mg [magnesium] in taming neuroinflammation and in retarding some neurodegenerative diseases.

Therefore, a correct and, if possible, personalized dietary intake of Mg might represent a preventive measure, whereas supplementing Mg might be an adjunct option in neurodegeneration,” the researchers said.24

Some of their review’s highlights include:25

  • A meta-analysis of 21 studies26 published in the last 20 years found that Alzheimer’s patients had significantly lower levels of magnesium compared to healthy individuals
  • A multicenter case-control study27 conducted in Japan found that people who ate more magnesium-rich foods had a lower chance of developing Parkinson’s disease
  • Magnesium increases brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF),28 a neurotransmitter that is essential for dopamine production; this hormone is necessary for pleasure, memory and learning

Studies also stress the importance of both vitamin D and magnesium, and how improving your levels of both nutrients can play a significant role in cognitive function, especially among the elderly. One study, published in the European Journal of Nutrition, notes:29

“[O]ur findings suggest that participants who had high intake of magnesium or those with optimal vitamin D status ranging from 81-98 nmol/l are associated with better cognitive function.

In particular, among those who had sufficient vitamin D status (≥50 nmol/l), daily total magnesium intake meeting the RDA was related to better cognitive performance, indicating that both optimal levels of serum 25(OH)D and adequate magnesium intake may be required to protect against cognitive decline in older adults.”

Magnesium Helps Protect Against Cardiovascular Diseases

Magnesium is also particularly important for your heart health, as it helps maintain normal blood pressure levels and protect against stroke. According to an article in Everyday Health:30

“Magnesium is central to a healthy heart rhythm because it’s involved in transporting other electrolytes, such as calcium and potassium, into cells. Electrolytes are all important for nerve signals and the muscle contractions of a normal heartbeat … [M]agnesium also helps with muscle contraction or pumping of the heart.”

One study published in Antioxidants31 notes that “having low levels of this nutrient is a predictor for cardiovascular and all-cause mortality,” and that addressing deficiency may help protect against these health conditions.

A separate study, published in Nutrients,32 also notes that being deficient in magnesium not only causes severe muscle cramps but also increases the risk of irregular heartbeats (arrhythmia).

“[H]igh magnesium intake is related to lower probability of major CV risk factors (such as hypertension and diabetes), stroke, and total CVD. In addition, a reduced risk of ischemic and coronary heart disease is related to higher levels of circulating magnesium,” the authors comment.33

Magnesium Is Essential for Healthy Bones and Muscles

Elderly populations have a higher tendency to be chronically deficient in magnesium, mainly due to a reduction in both dietary intake and intestinal absorption.34 This can be detrimental, as magnesium significantly impacts bone and muscular health.

In the human body, magnesium is mostly stored in the bones, along with calcium and phosphorus — this is why this nutrient is vital to maintaining optimal bone health. Having low magnesium levels has been associated with lower bone mineral density, which can increase the risk of fractures, especially among older individuals.35,36

A comprehensive review37 published in 2023 looked at the effects of magnesium on skeletal muscle health, particularly its impact on muscle aging and integrity. Based on their analysis, the researchers found that supplementation enhances “muscle power, torque, exercise performance, lean body mass and handgrip strength.” They also noted a reduction in muscle soreness and markers of muscle damage.

“Magnesium plays multifaceted roles in muscle function, including its roles in contraction, electrolyte balance, energy provision, and anti-inflammatory and antioxidant defense, and has emerged as a critical mineral in preserving muscle health and functionality,” they conclude.38

Are You Getting Enough Magnesium?

The recommended dietary allowances (RDA) for magnesium depend on your age and gender. Below are the recommended RDAs, according to the National Institutes of Health:39

As mentioned above, elderly groups are more likely to be deficient, so they are advised to increase their intake of this nutrient. Pregnant and breastfeeding mothers also have slightly higher requirements.

Most of the magnesium in your system is stored in your cells (99%), mostly in your bones (50% to 65%), and soft tissues, muscle and organs (34% to 39%). Only 1% to 2% is stored in the blood and other fluids40 — this is why blood tests are not a reliable tool to determine if you’re meeting the recommended levels.

Hence, it would be wise to increase your intake of this nutrient through your diet. Some of the foods that are high in magnesium include:41,42

Oral Supplementation and Other Ways to Boost Your Levels

Ideally, it’s best to buy organic and unprocessed varieties of the foods above to ensure that you’re getting enough magnesium. However, some factors may affect your ability to absorb magnesium from these healthy choices.

For example, fruits and vegetables, even organic varieties, will have poor levels of this nutrient if they’re grown in magnesium-depleted soil. Herbicides like glyphosate also act as agricultural chelators, which can effectively obstruct the uptake of minerals from the soil in many foods. Cooking and processing can deplete magnesium levels in foods as well.

In this case, you may benefit from oral supplementation. My personal preference is magnesium threonate, as it appears to be the most efficient at penetrating cell membranes, including your mitochondria and blood-brain barrier.

You can take magnesium threonate with or without food. If you’re also taking calcium, I advise taking them together. If you exercise regularly, consider taking your calcium and magnesium in a ratio of one part calcium to two parts magnesium with your pre-workout meal.

While the ideal magnesium-to-calcium ratio is thought to be 1-to-1, take note that most people get far more calcium than magnesium from their diet. Hence, your need for supplemental magnesium may be two to three times greater than calcium.

It’s virtually impossible to overdose on magnesium, since your body has a built-in mechanism to prevent toxicity. Similar to vitamin C, when you consume too much oral magnesium, your body will simply excrete it in the form of loose stools — this is a sign that you’ve exceeded your ideal dose. Aside from oral supplements, there are other easy and inexpensive ways to get higher dosages of magnesium without having to deal with its laxative effects:

  • Take Epsom salt (magnesium sulfate) baths — The magnesium will effectively absorb through your skin.
  • Use a topical solution — I prepare a supersaturated solution of Epsom salt by dissolving 7 tablespoons of the salt into 6 ounces of water and heating it until all the salt has dissolved. I pour it into a dropper bottle and then apply it to my skin and rub fresh aloe leaves over it to dissolve it.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Notes

1, 4, 11 Vogue, June 14, 2024

2 Oregon State University, Micronutrient Inadequacies in the US Population: an Overview, Magnesium

3, 6, 10 Bulletproof, June 25, 2024

5, 12 Asian Journal of Complementary and Alternative Medicine, 2023, Volume 11 Issue 02

7, 17 Nutrients 2023, 15(14), 3135

8 Nutrients. April 2021; 13(4): 1136, Biochemistry of Magnesium to Understand the Consequences of Its Deficiencies

9 NIH Office of Dietary Supplements, Magnesium, Introduction

13 Nutrients. 2021 Apr; 13(4): 1136

14 Nutrients 2021, 13(2), 463

15 NIH Office of Dietary Supplements, Magnesium, Magnesium Deficiency

16 Cleveland Clinic, Magnesium-Rich Food

18 Tiktok, Tyler John Wesley, July 8, 2023

19, 20 The Guardian, January 9, 2024

21 Nutrients. 2020 Jun; 12(6): 1661, Discussion

22 Front. Psychiatry, December 22, 2023, Volume 14 – 2023

23, 25 Int J Mol Sci. January 2023; 24(1): 223

24 Int J Mol Sci. January 2023; 24(1): 223, Conclusions

26 Front Aging Neurosci. January 2022, 10:13:799824

27 J Neurol Sci. July 15, 2011;306(1-2):98-102

28 Int J Mol Sci. June 19, 2022;23(12):6827

29 Eur J Nutr. February 2021; 60(1): 465–474, Discussion

30 Everyday Health, June 13, 2023

31 Antioxidants 2020, 9(10), 907

32 Nutrients 2021, 13(4), 1136

33 Nutrients 2021, 13(4), 1136, Cardiovascular Diseases

34 Nutrients. December 2023; 15(24): 5127, Magnesium

35 Bone. January 2022:154:116233

36 Biometals. 2021; 34(4): 715–736

37 Nutrients. December 2023; 15(24): 5127

38 Nutrients. December 2023; 15(24): 5127, Conclusions

39 NIH Office of Dietary Supplements, Magnesium, Health Risks from Excessive Magnesium

40 Nutrients. 2021 Apr; 13(4): 1136, Introduction

41 NIH Office of Dietary Supplements, Magnesium, Sources of Magnesium

 42 USDA National Nutrient Database for Standard Reference Release 28, Nutrients: Magnesium, Mg (mg) (PDF) 

Featured image is from rawpixel.com

Now that the election is closer and the Democrats have switched out Biden for Harris, I feel like I should reiterate my position that you’re not actually punishing the Democrats if you refuse to vote for them in November. I often see people talking about making the Democratic Party pay a price for Gaza and for ignoring calls from progressives to end the genocide, but it doesn’t actually work that way. They don’t care.

They don’t care if you don’t vote for them. They don’t care if they lose. Their political careers will be fine either way.

It’s entirely okay and legitimate to not vote for Democrats, but don’t let that act dupe you into thinking your vote matters. It doesn’t matter how you vote, and it doesn’t matter how you don’t vote. The US power structure is set up to be completely unaffected by voters. Acting like you could teach the Democrats a lesson by refusing to vote for them only feeds into the illusion that voting matters inside a power structure that has been deemed too important to be left to the hands of the voters.

There’s a viral tweet from Glenn Greenwald going around that says “The US has no functional president and has not had one for months, and it’s barely noticeable and barely matters because there’s a permanent unelected machine that runs the government.”

Greenwald is correct. Nobody with any real power cares all that much who the president is. The president doesn’t even need to have a functioning brain. This whole show is being run by people who don’t ultimately care all that much whether Democrats or Republicans are in office, including the party leadership of the Democrats and the Republicans.

You think Democrats have enjoyed playing the face of the evil empire these last few years? You think they’ve enjoyed having their political rallies interrupted by anti-genocide protesters and having their feel-good progressive image completely discredited in front of everyone? They’d all be having a lot more fun if the terrible things being perpetrated by the Biden administration were being done by Trump instead, so they could go back to playing the good guys.

They’re happy to lose, which is why they’re acting like they’re happy to lose. They’re doing absolutely nothing to appeal to progressives or energize their base. They’re not articulating any real policies besides more of the same. They’re not changing anything about any of the stuff that makes normal people hate Democrats in the year 2024, and if they lose again in November they will continue to not change anything.

Americans don’t live in the kind of country where votes matter. I’m sorry, but that’s just the way it is. Vote or don’t vote however you want, but don’t make the mistake of believing you’ll be teaching the Democrats any kind of lesson that they will actually learn by doing so.

If real change comes to the United States, it won’t be because of how any Americans chose to vote or not vote in any of their fake elections. There are no solutions to these problems in electoral politics. Other solutions are needed.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Featured image is from Radio NZ

Osama Bin Laden: un guerrero de la CIA

September 10th, 2024 by Prof Michel Chossudovsky

What Is “Conspiracy Theory”?

September 9th, 2024 by Nowick Gray

“Conspiracy theory” is anything other people believe that you don’t.

A term invented by the CIA.

The terms “conspiracy theory” and “conspiracy theorist” were created by the Central Intelligence Agency following the assassination of President John F. Kennedy as a way of discrediting people who doubted the government’s official reports.

Joe Uscinski, a professor of political science at the University of Miami and an expert in conspiracism, confirmed the “conspiracy theory” label wasn’t created by the CIA. He said that allegation “doesn’t make any sense on its own.”

“One thing that conspiracy theorists say is that the term was either created or deployed to make people who questioned the Kennedy assassination look bad,” he told The Associated Press.

But the phrase “conspiracy theory” doesn’t automatically have a negative connotation, he said. “That’s what we have to attach to it, right? The CIA can’t control how language is used, or how we interpret language over time.”

Unsupported theories about Kennedy’s assassination remain very popular, Uscinski added. “So if there was some etymology game that the CIA was playing to tamp down those beliefs, it didn’t work.”  (AP, January 6, 2023)

Whatever lies outside the bubble called reality that your information providers blow for your consciousness to inhabit, you are instructed to call conspiracy theory.

When you lose an election, you explain it by fantasizing a conspiracy.

When you steal an election and others complain, they are conspiracy theorists.

Everyone knows conspiracies run the world, but to acknowledge it would disempower you and undermine your sense of innocence and agency in a world of your own imagining.

You take refuge in a theory of chaos, of blind chance, of disconnected events, of nothing making sense, of a narrative in your hands only, and all else is conspiracy theory.

You take part unconsciously in a conspiracy to delegitimize “the other party” by dismissing its followers as conspiracy theorists.

When your party conspires for power, it’s justified by the mission of “saving democracy.” When the other side conspires for power, it’s an impeachable offense, an act of terrorism.

Whatever the other side believes, however grounded in evidence and testimony, is out of bounds: thus “baseless” conspiracy theory.

Whatever your side believes—however cynical and far-fetched, however amplified to serve an agenda—is protected speech, denial of which is grounds for prosecution, cancellation, termination.

Anything that challenges the official narrative is conspiracy theory.

Anything the regime declares misinformation, disinformation, malinformation: conspiracy theory.

There can be only one official story, only one accredited college of experts, only one consortium of trusted media channels, only one code of ethics and politically correct behavior, only one sanctioned set of guidelines for acceptable speech. Anyone who questions the legitimacy of the above, or dares to uncover the documented origins, motives, and agenda of the above, is a conspiracy theorist.

Those who want to be in the in-group, who want to belong, who want to be one of us, who want to succeed and enjoy the perks of conformity, who want to enjoy the spoils of rapacious empire guilt-free, sign here with just a drop of your DNA-rich blood, and we will wipe your mind clean of any latent conspiracy theories.

Conspiracy theory is for thee, not for me.

Synonyms for conspiracy theory: dissent, free speech, research, independent media, right-wing, unofficial, unapproved, uncensored, unsanctioned, illegal, immoral, illegitimate, terrorist, hateful, racist, -phobic, denial, dangerous, unsafe, offensive, damaging, a threat to our democracy, fringe, extremist, weird, wacky, loony, misguided, under foreign influence, radical, unhinged, unaligned, unincorporated, unregulated, suspect, criminal, deranged, unfounded, defunded, unbranded, skepticism, critical thinking, debate, discussion, inquiry.

When our side conspires for the greater good, it’s not conspiracy, it’s democracy.

When the other side conspires against the greater good, it’s not conspiracy theory, it’s a threat to national security.

When you accuse our side of conspiracy, that’s a baseless conspiracy theory.

When we claim your side has conspired, it’s not conspiracy theory, it’s justice.

The opposite of conspiracy theory is cognitive dissonance: to keep you safe and secure.

To be without conspiracy theory is to own nothing, to know nothing, and to be happy.

Without conspiracy theory we have freedom to believe…

– that all assassinations are done by lone nuts.

– that Iraq had weapons of mass destruction.

– that the vax saved us from a deadly plague.

– that all wars are just wars, fought for honor and glory and self–defense.

– that we live in the best of all possible worlds, like it or not.

– that our country, right or wrong, is always right.

– that Joe Biden was sharp as a tack, until the day he wasn’t.

– that Kamala Harris was unelectable, until the day she was installed to lead the Party.

– that if the other side wins it will be the end of democracy, again.

– that our free economy is booming, thanks to our open borders.

– that all weather events are caused by manmade carbon dioxide.

– that all the world’s electricity can come from (we’ll think of something…).

– that humans are destined to discard obsolete notions of gender, family, nation and race.

– that with our party in power, all our needs and desires will be fulfilled.

– that if you vote for our party, all your needs and desires will be fulfilled too.

– that everything we claim to be true, must be true, by definition. For proof, it can be fact–checked in our updated dictionary, our expert–edited wikipedia page, our scrupulously scrubbed social media account, and our revised authoritative history.

Any questions? Please submit them in writing to our Bureau of Suspicious Inquiries, along with all applicable personal identification and tracking data.

We look forward to your compliance!

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on New World Dreaming.

Nowick Gray is a writer, editor, and researcher from British Columbia, Canada. This article first appeared on his Substack channel, New World Dreaming. Nowick is the author of a new book of essays, Covid Narrative Freedom: Two Years of Dissent. Visit his website at NowickGray.com. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from the author

Up to a million Ukrainians are now killed or wounded in the futile war. The 20 year long attack on Ukraine by the West, overturning elected governments, using the country as a battering ram to bring about “regime change in Moscow” and “break up Russia” has been a catastrophe for the people of Ukraine.

The country’s infrastructure and energy installations are largely destroyed, the valuable minerals and industrial base in the East have been lost, millions have fled the country, the youth is being destroyed on the battlefields, the birth rate is catastrophic and corruption is rife. In the history books this period should be known as “the Ukraine Sacrifice”. A sacrifice on the altar of US neocon imperial ideas, German Europe’s “Push to the East” and a decadent British political class (without public support) surrendering to Russophobia and leading the rhetorical charge.

On September 1st, the 500,000th Ukrainian soldier’s obituary was published in Ukraine. At least that number have in addition been wounded or are missing. The battlefields are notoriously covered with un-retrieved corpses, images of which never of course appear in western media, although recently the American Washington Post reporting on a video from a cemetery in Kharkov, quoted a Polish journalist:

 “It seems that there are twice as many graves of killed soldiers as there were… exactly a year ago.”

In recent days there have been reports of two catastrophic bombings of Ukraine training and deployment centres, one in Poltava where there were 200 dead and 340 wounded and a troop and military equipment concentration near Sumy where 80 died.

(These deaths contrast with 26th August Russian missile and drone attack on the whole of Ukraine – the biggest of the war so far – with BBC reporting only 4 killed! The targets were electricity substations, gas storage facilities and airfields.)

At the Poltava training centre two missiles hit the Poltava Institute of Military Communications—which housed not only a vital drone-technical program, and (according to the commander of the Ukrainian intelligence unit, Denis Yaroslavsky, young pilots) but valuable Swedish instructors for the forthcoming transfer of Swedish AWACS planes. 

The Swedish connection will not be lost on Russians who celebrate the famous battle of Poltava where Peter the Great defeated the Swedish army in 1709, ending Sweden’s imperial power in the region. A comment from Encyclopedia Britannicaseems ironically to echo the position of Ukraine today: “The Swedish invasion of Russia had already failed the previous winter, with the loss of their major supply column to the Russians and their failure to receive expected reinforcements. Despite the severe shortages of troops, artillery, and powder, Charles continued the war and besieged Poltava in May 1709”. The desperate Swedish strategy failed and they were defeated. For Charles then read Zelensky now!

War Going Badly for Ukraine

The Ukraine invasion of Russia in the Kursk region (it has been compared to Nazi Germany’s last desperate  campaign, the Battle of the Bulge in 1944) was a high risk tactic to force the Russians to withdraw forces from the battlegrounds of Donetsk and Luhansk and thus resist the very large advances into Ukraine held territory. It has not worked, not least because ammunition, troops and equipment were withdrawn to reinforce the Kursk invasion forces in which new recruits and foreign troops (including Americans, Polish and British) are taking part.

The Financial Times reports that the Ukrainian Armed Forces’ defence in Donbas was left without shells and soldiers after the offensive on the Kursk region, thus accelerating Russia’s breakthrough.

The initial attempt to reach Kursk and perhaps capture the Kursk nuclear power plant (as a future bargaining chip) failed and now Russian forces are pushing back.

The American Institute for the Study of War reports that Ukrainian friendly fire incidents have increased 400% due to poor training and severe fatigue and depletion of the forces. The Ukraine Armed forces chief Syrsky confirmed that new conscripts receive only 2 months training before being sent to the front line and others confirm that they are no match for the hardened professional Russian military.

Desertion and the Cost of Avoiding Conscription

According to a CNN report desertion and insubordination are becoming the main problem for the Ukrainian Armed Forces

“They go to their positions once, and if they survive, they never come back. They either abandon their positions, or refuse to go into battle, or try to find a way to leave the army.” 

In the first four months of 2024 alone, Ukrainian prosecutors opened criminal cases against nearly 19,000 soldiers who either abandoned their posts or deserted.

The desperate Ukrianian search for more conscripts as losses reach catastrophic levels is indicated by the rising price of the “White ticket” which has risen from $5,000 to $37,000, according to the MP Yurchenko. This is the cost now of the conscription exemption certificate charged by the corrupt Ukrainian TCC (Conscription Office) which daily captures men off the streets to send to the front. For some mobilization is a profitable business!

In general the war is going very badly for Ukraine as the Kursk advance is halted, Russia begins recapturing territory and large losses continue in the east. As the pro Ukrainian German journalist Julian Roepke of Bild Zeitung reports “The Ukrainian military is already mentally preparing to defend the Dnieper,” – in other words abandoning the Eastern provinces of Donetsk, Luhansk, Kherson and Zaporozhia.

While the Ukrainian army was able to take control of only one small Russian town of Sudzha with an official population of 6,000 people, the Russian army captured five Ukrainian settlements with a total population of more than 53,000 residents in August alone – including Novogrodovka, Krasnogorovka, Druzhba, Severnoye and New York. Krasnogorovka has fallen and Ukrainsk and Toretsk are about to fall and the strategic town of Pokrovsk (a critical rail and road communications node) is under grave threat. The populations of Pokrovsk and Kramatorsk are being evacuated. Roepke writes

“The Ukrainian soldiers I speak to can barely comprehend the catastrophe that is unfolding. Territory is sometimes being lost so quickly it is as if a retreat order had been given. They also consider the rotations that have already been carried out and planned to be dangerous for holding the front.”

Boris Johnson’s Catastrophic Legacy

In a recent interview the politician who sabotaged the Russian Ukrainian peace agreement at Istanbul in March 2022, Boris Johnson, (confirmed by the parliamentary leader of Zelensky’s own party David Arakhamia at the time) has just called for Ukraine conscription down to the age of 18 and long range weapon attacks on Russia. His deranged language included his assertion that “If I were a general I could lead the foreign troops against Russia”

The Johnson argument for more Ukrainian cannon fodder has been taken up by Zelensky who has urged Western leaders to help bring refugee men of fighting age back to Ukraine according to Bloomberg. There are some 650,000 Ukrainian men of conscription age in other countries. But there is a strange twist to this problem:

“Politicians from Poland to Hungary have said they will not send refugees back as long as the war continues,” and “much of Central and Eastern Europe is experiencing a labour shortage, and countries like Poland and the Czech Republic do not want to lose people.”

Russian Troop Build Up

The number of the Russian Armed Forces in Ukraine will reach 800,000 people by the end of the year, Ukrainian Deputy Defence Minister Gavrylyuk has said.

At the beginning of the year, this figure amounted to 440,000 military personnel, while now the Ukrainian Defense Ministry estimates the Russian Armed Forces grouping at 600,000 people.

Ukraine War Crimes in Kursk Attack

Ukrainian Armed Forces shot dead  a Monk at the Gornalsky Monastery during their invasion of the Kursk region. Archpriest Oleg Chebanov witnessed the shooting:

“The first thing they bombed and what was in their sights was the temple of the Gornalsky Monastery. It was not some administrative building and at that time, a service was going on there, and when the monks were hiding, and when they left, one of the novices was simply shot in the back.”

The Kiev government has for several years been running a campaign of harassment against the Russian Orthodox Church and its affiliated Ukrainian Orthodox Church whose members it has attacked and accused of treason. Two weeks ago the UOC was banned.

The Patrick Lancaster Channel has reported how Ukrainian soldiers in the Kursk region murdered a pregnant woman.

I investigate reports of civilians being targeted and killed by Ukrainian forces in the Kursk region of Russia. I found a man who says his pregnant wife was killed by a Ukrainian soldier while she was trying to protect her 1 year old son. The son was also injured. He asks the USA to make Ukraine give a Humanitarian corridor so he can retrieve his wife and unborn Child’s bodies and so other civilians can get to safety. He says Ukraine is making a genocide of Russians in the Kursk region. I show you what eyewitnesses say.

Kursk Residents Abducted: 83 of the hundreds of abducted residents of the Kursk region, who were taken by Ukrainian soldiers to the territory of Ukraine, received $25,000 for renouncing Russian citizenship. 

Will we see the International Criminal Court issuing arrest warrants for Kiev politicians for these abductions?

Britain Main Driver of Kursk Invasion

Although, according to some reports, the USA was surprised by the Kursk invasion, The New York Times reported that the USA and Britain provided Ukraine with satellite images and other information about the Kursk region after the Ukrainian Armed Forces’ invasion in order to track the transfer of Russian reinforcements and 

to enable the command staff to better monitor the movement of Russian reinforcements that could attack Ukrainian troops or cut off their possible escape route to Ukraine.

The UK has just restricted arms sales to Israel in case the government could be accused by the International Criminal Court of aiding war crimes. Might there not be scruples about supplying Kiev for its invasion of Russia? 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on Freenations.

Twenty-three years ago today, on September 9th, 2001, two days prior to the tragic events of 9/11, the Global Research website was launched at www.globalresearch.ca.

We started up in late August 2001 with a handmade web design on FrontPage. A student in philosophy gave me a hand in drafting the home page and putting the project online. (See below for screenshot.)

On the morning of September 8,  2001 (which happened to be my birthday), I took a two hour “crash course” on the use of file transfer FTP software from a young software specialist, who taught me how to upload articles to the website.

Among our first articles was a coverage of the dramatic events surrounding 9/11 and the subsequent invasion of Afghanistan on October 7.  

There was no organized online censorship against  independent media in September 2001.

Censorship was largely applied by the mainstream media including Le Monde diplomatique, CBC, Radio Canada among others with which I actively collaborated since my early years teaching at the University of Ottawa.

From these modest beginnings in 2001-2002, with virtually no resources, the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG)  evolved into a dynamic research and independent online media group.

Our thanks to our authors from all major regions of the World, from all walks of life, from committed independent voices, journalists, scholars, scientists, politicians, members of the military and intelligence communities, university, college and high school students, human rights and anti-war activists, environmentalists.

Over the years, more than 16,822 authors (September 03, 2024) have contributed to Global Research (in English, French and Spanish as well as in other languages).

The number of  published articles on Global Research is of the order of 100,000 (99,839, September 03 2024).

 

.

(Click here to view)

Today at Global Research, 23 Years Later 

Inevitably we have aged (with wisdom?).  But at the same time we have come to understand the complexities of what today constitutes the most serious crisis in modern history, affecting humanity in its entirety.

In recent years, digital online censorship has become increasingly sophisticated, largely committed to suppressing freedom of expression.

Global Research has been on the hit list of censorship since 2016.

Since the onslaught of the corona crisis, we have been witnessing the denial of fundamental human rights worldwide coupled with corruption at the highest levels of government.

Most Western governments have endorsed Israel’s genocide against the People of Palestine.

Distinguished authors, journalists and anti-war activists who are opposed to the outright “killing of civilians”, –which is a criminal act under international law– are being arrested.

The writings of eminent scholars including politicians –focussing on the dangers of nuclear war– are the object of censorship. 

And scientists and medical doctors who warn their patients and reveal that the Covid-19 mRNA vaccine is a dangerous drug, are threatened and in some cases arrested.

What we are witnessing is the criminalization of the State, coupled with a Worldwide process of impoverishment and economic and social chaos,  

Our commitment on the 23d anniversary of Global Research is as follows:

  1. Support The Truth,
  2. Support Humanity in its Entirety, More than 8 Billion People
  3. Endorse “The Criminalization of War”
  4. Endorse Fundamental Human Rights and “Real Democracy”

Truth is a powerful and “peaceful weapon”.

On our 23d anniversary, we call upon people worldwide:

Solidarity must prevail at the level of the entire planet.

We should embrace social diversity and cultural identities Worldwide in more than 190 countries.

When the Lie becomes the Truth, there is no moving backwards.

—Michel Chossudovsky, September 9, 2024

 

On behalf of the Global Research Team,

With the support of our readers and authors,  

Click to donate:

Click to make a one-time or a recurring donation


Click to become a member (receive free books!):

Click to view our membership plans


On behalf of the Global Research team, we extend our sincere thanks for your continued support and encouragement over all these years!

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on 23 Years Ago: Global Research Was Born. “When the Lie Becomes the Truth, There Is No Moving Backwards”

World War III Is On But the Empire Has Already Lost

September 9th, 2024 by Richard C. Cook

Introduction

We have seen many dire warnings that the crises in Ukraine and the Middle East risk escalation into World War III, a war between the U.S. and its “allies” vs. Russia, Iran, and China (RIC), three nations labeled officially by U.S. military propaganda as “threats” or “adversaries.” Not far behind on the hit list are North Korea, Venezuela, and a host of fence-sitting nations from the “Global South.”

I contend that the hot phase of WWIII actually began with the inauguration of U.S. President Joe Biden on January 20, 2021.

A more accurate name for what the U.S. is fronting is the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire, whose aim for over a century, as we shall analyze,  has been total world conquest.

In today’s warnings, World War III is equated with a global nuclear conflict. Of course, since the end of World War II, a nuclear “first strike” on Russia by U.S. military planners has never been off the table.

If we can say that World War III has already begun, I contend that we can also say that the Empire and its signature globalist ideology have already lost. The Empire is imploding. The globalists are in a panicked retreat, trying to cover their rear ends with noise, threats, provocations, and bluster.

The question then becomes, what happens next? I contend that the sequel has also already begun and is revealing itself within the U.S. as the American Civil War II, which is arguably a continuation of the Civil War of 1861-1865. This should not be surprising, as history repeats itself in long waves that engage the same underlying forces.

Europe has also begun to liberate itself from the Empire to which it has been subservient for a century. Besides Russia, the focal point of the next phase of European history is likely the German-speaking world.

But will the Empire blow up the world first?

Where Is the “Declaration of War”?

The more-than-semantic difficulty is that even though the U.S. has been at war with somebody almost continuously since World War II, “war” has never been declared by Congress, such declaration seeming to naïve people as being required for armed conflict by that relic of bygone days, the U.S. Constitution.

Instead, there have been various congressional “resolutions” authorizing force, such as the Gulf of Tonkin Resolution during the Vietnam War or the 2001Authorization for Use of Military Force (AUMF), days after 9/11. (Here we’ll refrain from talking about “false flags.”)

Soon after 9/11, the U.S. invaded Afghanistan and Iraq, bombed Libya, and inserted proxy jihadist forces into Syria against its legitimate government, with no congressional declaration of war. These conflicts came after the U.S./U.K./NATO destroyed Yugoslavia, finishing it off with Bill Clinton’s 1999 bombing campaign against Serbia. Not to mention U.S. support of a mind-numbing quantity of “color revolutions” fomented by the CIA and other Deep State agencies, including NGOs run by the Soros gang and multiple “think tanks” like RAND, to overthrow insufficiently-compliant regimes via “democratic” street demonstrations, etc. U.S. support of jihadist groups like ISIS has also been part of the mix, including in Syria and against Russia in Georgia and Ukraine.

So how in this environment of lunacy and ambiguity do you tell when a war has really begun? The problem became worse when initiativeslike the Wolfowitz Doctrine (1992—see below) opened the door to preemptiveattacks on countries that just might beplotting harm to the U.S. How could you even get a congressional resolution tojustify that? With the aforesaid “first strike” on Russia, it would bedifficult to gain surprise while the action was being debated in Congress!

Semantics aside, many aver that a full-blown hot world war may be in the offing, not just the U.S. picking off what they think are low-hanging fruit. Journalist Pepe Escobar defines what is happening as a final showdown between the Empire, which he calls the “Hegemon,” and Eurasia, with the RIC at its core and the growing BRICS+ community also coming into play.

Escobar writes from the standpoint of the Middle East crisis: “The Hegemon is calculating for a World War to halt multipolarity. It supports Israel’s Gaza genocide as a necessary evil to win hard in West Asia, figuring who’s going to care once the war goes global?

Conflict in Ukraine

The Ukrainian conflict is a proxy war by the U.S. and its NATO allies against Russia, with Ukrainian soldiers dying by the hundreds of thousands to satisfy U.S. desires in a vain attempt to weaken Russia and bring about regime change against the leadership of Vladimir Putin. Russia would then be Balkanized into a collection of “statelets” subservient to Western economic power.

The Ukrainian conflict is an extension of the U.S. desire to bring about a strategic defeat of Russia and thereby gain final victory in a rivalry that began with the post-World War II Cold War, was extended through the collapse of the Soviet Union during the 1990s, and continued with the push of NATO to the borders of Russia. Next to join NATO were to be Ukraine and Georgia, with Belarus also targeted, opening the door to the stationing of nuclear weapons on Russia’s doorstep.

Actually, the rivalry with Russia dates to the British “great game,” where Britain saw the expanding Russian Empire as endangering British hegemony in the Middle East and India. Napoleon tried to harness Russia in his own series of wars against Britain, an attempt which failed. By the time of World War I, the weakened and humiliated post-Napoleonic France had become subservient to the British imperium.

Today’s European war began with the U.S.-sponsored overthrow of Ukraine’s neutral regime in the pro-Western “Maidan” coup of 2014. Then came the arming and training of the Ukraine armed forces (AFU) by NATO, then the AFU’s assault on the Russian-speaking Donbass region of eastern Ukraine taking us into 2022. With this provocation, and the refusal of Ukraine, Germany, and France to uphold the UNSC-approved Minsk Accords, came the Russian invasion of Donbass in its Special Military Operation starting in February 2022. Russia annexed Crimea in 2014, location of its Black Sea port of Sevastopol, followed by four eastern Ukrainian oblasts in 2022. Each annexation was approved by popular vote.

U.S. President Joe Biden labeled the Russian invasion as “unprovoked.” It has been longstanding practice of the U.S. in war to goad the adversary into attacking first in order to persuade the voting public that the U.S. or its military was not at fault. This was done, for instance, by the Roosevelt administration when it beguiled Japan into attacking at Pearl Harbor on December 7, 1941. Something similar was done in provoking the 2022 Russian attack on Ukraine.

These events are documented in my recent book Our Country, Then and Now (Clarity Press, 2023).

The U.S. and its NATO partners deny that they are “parties” to the Ukraine war. But the massive amount of money, munitions, and other forms of support, including multiple anti-Russian economic sanctions, make it clear that without continual U.S. and NATO complicity, the war would be lost by Ukraine within weeks or even days. Sanctions against Russia, along with sabotage of the Nord Stream pipelines, have weakened the economies of Germany, Britain, and the E.U., while Russia has actually benefitted from increased economic self-reliance and the opening of new markets for Russian gas and oil.

The claim that the U.S. and NATO are not parties to the war is a lie perpetrated by the U.S., Britain, and their echo-chamber media. And the fact that the war has brought two nuclear-armed superpowers face-to-face in what for Russia at least is an existential conflict may confirm us in asserting that World War III in fact is underway. It can also be said that if Ukraine falls, so does NATO, and without NATO, the U.S. must revert to being an insular power. The best assessment of the Ukraine conflict has come from Andrei Martyanov, whose book America’s Final War (Clarity Press, 2024) I am in process of reviewing.

Israel and the Middle East

This brings us to Israel and the Middle East.

Yours truly, along with many others, were taken by surprise by the attack by Hamas against Israel, carried out on October 7, 2023. It has not yet been determined the extent to which Israel had prior warning of the attack, meaning that by allowing it, Israel and the IDF would have been executing a “false flag.” Others, including some in Hamas, have stated that October 7 was a preemptive attack against an Israel already plotting a genocidal assault against the Palestinians in order to hasten the creation of Eretz Israel, the seizure of oil and gas resources along the Gazan coastline, and the building of a new canal from the Red Sea to the Mediterranean.

The massive IDF retaliation, seen by much of the world as confirming its genocidal intentions against the Palestinians both in Gaza and the West Bank, showed a level of desperation unknown in Israel since the 1973 Yom Kippur War. As with Ukraine, neither Israel nor the IDF could survive a day without U.S. financial and military support, always guaranteed to be approved by the U.S. government—the president and Congress—by the overwhelming power of AIPAC and the Israel Lobby. This lobby is just as strong, though less overt, in the U.K.

What is new to Western public consciousness is the presence in and around Israel of the “Axis of Resistance,” made up not only of Hamas, but also of non-state actors in Lebanon—Hezbollah, and in Yemen—the Houthis (Ansar Allah), plus PMU militias in Iraq, all backed by the governments of Syria and Iran. Since October 8, 2023, Hezbollah, Yemen, and Iran have exposed Israel’s vulnerability to missile assault. Emigration by its citizens out of Israel is growing by the day, with tens of thousands displaced from their homes, while meanwhile the Israeli economy is collapsing.

As Pepe Escobar has indicated, the Israel government headed by Benjamin Netanyahu, seems to be trying to provoke a major regional war between the U.S. and Iran, thereby leading to a hot regional or world war. Netanyahu is backed by U.S. Neocons, who have been agitating ferociously for war with Iran for decades.

My own personal contacts with informants in the region have made it clear that they have no doubt whatsoever, that the “settler state” of Israel is on the cusp of being destroyed. For definitive detail, see Fadi Lama’s article in his personal Substack: Israel: The Jewish Settler State in the Levant: A Prognosis. Fadi Lama is one of the principals of the Three Sages Substack. Also see the on-line publication The Cradle and its series of commentaries on the war.

Presently in dire jeopardy is the project some believe has been in place during the entire history of Zionism, whereby those who control the Rabbinic Talmud will someday become the rulers of mankind. After all, they have already conquered America, Great Britain, and much of Western Europe ideologically. What irony, if their home base—Israel—were now to cease to exist, an outcome ranked as possible, if not likely, by numerous commentators. For a more complete explanation of the historical roots of the crisis, the classic source is British journalist Douglas Reed’s The Controversy of Zion.

So Has WWIII Begun?

In my estimation, the situation involving Israel and the Middle East, added to Ukraine, both reaching the boiling point after Biden’s inauguration, mark the start of World War III. With the U.S. seeming to be behind the 8-ball in these conflicts, the crazies very well could push the nuclear button rather than to face the consequences of the Empire’s collapse. Another factor is the ongoing loss of U.S. dollar hegemony at the hands of BRICS+ and other nations.

The circumstances that incite the West to its present state of growing panic have been brilliantly documented by Fadi Lama in his book WHY THE WEST CAN’T WIN: From Bretton Woods to a Multipolar World (Clarity Press, 2019).

For additional background, see my own analysis Is World War Three About to Start? on VT Foreign Policy along with Is World War Three About to Start or Has It Already?

[This is Part I of a seven-part series.]

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on VT Foreign Policy.

Richard C. Cook is a co-founder and lead investigator for the American Geopolitical Institute.  Mr. Cook is a retired U.S. federal analyst with extensive experience across various government agencies, including the U.S. Civil Service Commission, FDA, the Carter White House, NASA, and the U.S. Treasury. As a whistleblower at the time of the Challenger disaster, he exposed the flawed O-ring joints that destroyed the Shuttle, documenting the event in his book “Challenger Revealed.” After serving at Treasury, he became a vocal critic of the private finance-controlled monetary system, detailing his analysis in “We Hold These Truths: The Hope of Monetary Reform.” He served as an advisor to the American Monetary Institute and worked with Congressman Dennis Kucinich to advocate for replacing the Federal Reserve with a genuine national currency. See his new book giving a revisionist view of U.S. history: Our Country, Then and Now, Clarity Press, 2023.

Featured image is from VTFP

Paradox of Atoning for Holocaust by Facilitating Genocide

September 9th, 2024 by Bharat Dogra

Germany is a country from which several supporters of peace, human rights, democracy and environment protection have high hopes. However these hopes have been hurt in recent times, and remedial actions are urgently needed.

The greatest concerns relate to the stand that the government of Germany has taken in the context of Israel’s genocidal actions in Gaza during the last 11 months or so. Several top experts have described Israel’s highly disproportionate response to the completely wrong October 7, 2023 Hamas attack as genocide while the International Court of Justice has said that Israel’s excessive aggression can plausibly be described as genocide.

The fact that over 50,000 Palestinians have been killed directly in violence (including those buried in rubble), nearly double this number have been injured and disabled, the overwhelming majority of those living in Gaza have been displaced more than once speaks for itself. If the assumption of at least three times this number dying indirectly due to denial of basic needs including food and medical care as well as due to conflict related spread of disease (compared to the number dying directly in violence) is accepted (this is an assumption made in several credible estimates of costs of wars) then over 200,000 persons in Gaza have died as a result of Israel’s assault (50,000 plus 150,000), about 10% of the total population, in a period of just 11 months, while the majority have also suffered in many other ways, including extreme distress at the death of near and dear ones in very painful conditions. In addition the Palestinians in the West Bank region have also faced several cruel assaults and there are fears of these worsening further. 

Now it is very difficult for several well-wishers of Germany to accept Germany’s support for all this. Germany has been a leading and number two supplier of the highly destructive weapons with which this genocide has been carried out. The supply of weapons by Germany to Israel was already at a high level in 2022 but this was increased ten-fold in 2023, according to published reports, with much of the increase taking place after October 7. This has also raised troubling questions like how such a high increase could take place within such a short time, and whether there was some earlier understanding regarding this, and if so, on what basis.

Apart from being a major supplier of weapons and ammunition for the genocide, Germany has also provided strong diplomatic support to Israel at a time when most international experts and organizations known for their commitment to peace and justice have been extremely critical of Israel’s genocidal actions.

What is no less shocking for many well-wishers of Germany is that there have been efforts within Germany to clamp down on the supporters of the Palestinian cause within Germany, while those forces which try to spread disinformation regarding Muslims have been becoming stronger.

The strong support for Israel is sought to be justified on the basis that Germany, accepting responsibility for the holocaust, has a moral obligation to protect and support the Jewish state.

However the correct way for atoning for the holocaust would be to oppose wherever innocent people are killed, particularly on the basis of their identity based on faith, race, color etc. Whenever certain people are wrongly categorized as inherently evil or are even dehumanized by comparing them to various aggressive animals and pests, and then targeted and killed relentlessly on the basis of such wrong identification (as happened during the holocaust and while preparing for this), then this must be opposed very strongly. However what the Israeli regime and powerful persons linked closely to it have done in recent times is very similar to the policies of the Nazi regime towards Jews– dehumanizing the identity of the Palestinian people, comparing them to animals and pests, on this basis preparing soldiers and other aggressive elements to attack and kill them on a large scale, adopting policy based on ethnic cleansing towards them. Germany has been supporting all this, diplomatically and with weapons supply. So instead of atoning for the holocaust in a proper way by coming to the rescue of innocent endangered people all over the world, Germany has become complicit in a genocide.

Clearly Germany should urgently reconsider its support for Israel’s genocidal actions. Germany should firmly oppose such actions and stop weapons supply to Israel. In fact no country should supply any weapons to Israel as long as its genocidal actions against Palestinians continue. Germany can also contribute by strengthening the forces of peace within Israel as much as it can within the various constraints.

In some other contexts also policy change should be considered by Germany. After the coup in Ukraine in 2014 planned and assisted by the USA in particular, from day one anti-Russia policy for Ukraine was emphasized but this coup and this policy did not have the support of most people of Ukraine. Hence to impose this policy on Ukraine the most aggressive anti-Russian forces had to be identified, supported, armed and prepared for a stronger military role. These forces happened to be the extreme right and neo-Nazi forces. Hence the entire US-inspired policy for Ukraine based on opposing Russia has been necessarily based on strengthening and further militarizing of neo-Nazi forces. This may be OK for the USA neo-cons but would Germany like to be complicit in strengthening and militarizing neo-Nazi forces in any part of Europe, or anywhere else?

Then there is the question of economic and energy interests of Germany being harmed by the sabotaging of Nord Stream. Germany has not been able to even name the most likely culprits behind this sabotage of its very important energy infra-structure, not to speak of taking any suitable action. This raises questions regarding the exercise of its sovereignty by Germany for protecting its own economic interests, particularly in the context of such important matters as securing energy imports from most cost-effective sources and managing trade relations with important countries like China and Russia.

With the unfortunate history of a central role in two world wars and all the massive distress caused by this, Germany has every reason to seek a very different present and a very different future as a strong voice for peace. Unfortunately increasingly it appears that it is willing to be a junior partner of the most powerful country (USA) which is set firmly on a quest for world dominance. If it persists in such a role then Germany will again be used in large-scale violence against others, and in addition its people will also be exposed as targets of large-scale attacks by others (nuclear weapon attacks cannot be ruled out, the way things are escalating in some ongoing wars). 

Hence at this critical juncture of its history, there should be a lot of re-thinking in Germany regarding how it can move to a different and safer path where it can better protect its economic and security interests and at the same time can become a sincere voice for peace, justice and environment protection at world level.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include Planet in Peril, Protecting Earth for Children, Earth without Borders, Man over Machine and A Day in 2071. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

The Ukrainian Armed Forces are in the midst of converging crises caused by the failed counteroffensive, the forcible conscription policy, and Zelensky’s Kursk blunder, which are leading to more desertions, defeats, and ultimately more desperation.

CNN carried out a rare act of journalistic service with their detailed report about how “Outgunned and outnumbered, Ukraine’s military is struggling with low morale and desertion”. It candidly describes the numerous problems afflicting the Ukrainian Armed Forces (UAF) at this pivotal moment in the conflict as they continue to occupy part of Kursk but are still losing ground in Donbass. Their story begins by introducing a battalion commander who lost most of the around 800 men under his control.

This figure couldn’t take it anymore and thus transferred to a cushy military administrative job in Kiev. He and the five others who CNN spoke to when researching their report informed them that “desertion and insubordination are becoming a widespread problem, especially among newly recruited soldiers.” In the words of one commander,

“Not all mobilized soldiers are leaving their positions, but the majority are…They either leave their positions, refuse to go into battle, or try to find a way to leave the army.”

The reader is then informed that these troops are forcibly conscripted, thus adding context to why they desert, but they also claimed that morale problems began to infect the armed forces’ ranks during the now-resolved impasse over more American aid to Ukraine. While that likely played a role, CNN conspicuously omits to mention last summer’s failed counteroffensive, which proved that Ukraine is unable to reconquer its lost lands despite all the hype and the aid that it received up until that point.  

Moving along after having clarified the real reason behind the UAF’s plunging morale over the past year, drones have made the battlefield more unbearable than before, and the amount of time between rotations has grown since some troops simply can’t leave their positions without risking their lives. CNN then added that

“In just the first four months of 2024, prosecutors launched criminal proceedings against almost 19,000 soldiers who either abandoned their posts or deserted”.

They also acknowledged that

“It’s a staggering and – most likely – incomplete number. Several commanders told CNN that many officers would not report desertion and unauthorized absences, hoping instead to convince troops to return voluntarily, without facing punishment. This approach became so common that Ukraine changed the law to decriminalize desertion and absence without leave, if committed for the first time.”

The impending Battle of Pokrovsk, which could be a game-changer for Russia on the Donbass front, risks turning into a total disaster for the UAF since “some commanders estimate there are 10 Russian soldiers to each Ukrainian.” Just as alarming is the claim from one officer that “There have even been cases of troops not disclosing the full battlefield picture to other units out of fear it would make them look bad.” Communication problems are also reportedly rife between Kiev’s varied units there too.

The Kursk front isn’t as bad, but it might not have served its political purpose of boosting morale among the UAF unlike what Zelensky has claimed. CNN quoted some sappers who were unsure of the strategy involved, questioning why they were redeployed from defending Pokrovsk to invade Russia when the Donbass front is experiencing such difficulties as was already reported. The piece then ends with a psychological support expert declaring that he’s no longer going to be emotionally attached to anyone.

Reflecting on CNN’s surprisingly critical report, it’s clear that the UAF is in the midst of converging crises caused by the failed counteroffensive, the forcible conscription policy, and Zelensky’s Kursk blunder, which are leading to more desertions, defeats, and ultimately more desperation. In such circumstances, Ukraine can either stay the course by remaining in Kursk at the expense of losing more ground in Donbass, withdraw from Kursk to help hold Donbass, or asymmetrically escalate.

The first two scenarios are self-explanatory while the last could concern expanding the conflict into other Russian regions, Belarus, and/or Moldova’s breakaway Transnistria region, seriously damaging Russian nuclear power plants out of desperation to provoke a nuclear response, and/or assassinating top Russians. There are only a few months left before the winter impedes combat operations on both sides, after which the status quo will persist until spring, when one or both sides might go on the offensive.

This timeline adds urgency to the impending Battle of Pokrovsk, which Russia wants to win as soon as possible in order to push through the fields beyond, capture more territory, threaten the Kramatorsk-Slavyansk agglomeration from the south, and possibly prepare to make a move on Zaporozhye city from the northeast. If Ukraine can hold out into next year, then it could have more time to build more defenses beyond Pokrovsk, thus reducing the pace of Russia’s advance if it comes out on top there.  

Even if Ukraine holds on for at least several months or perhaps as long as half a year longer there, the problems touched upon in CNN’s piece will likely only exacerbate seeing as how more forcibly conscripted troops will be thrown into what might by then become the next infamous meat grinder. Morale will probably continue plummeting while defections could spike, both of which could combine to cripple the UAF and create an opening for Russia to exploit in Pokrovsk or elsewhere along the front.

The ideal solution for Kiev would be to reach a ceasefire for facilitating its voluntary withdrawal from part of Donbass (ex: Pokrovsk’s surroundings) in parallel with pulling out of Kursk, which are terms that Russia might entertain since they’d advance some of its political and military goals. It’s better for Ukraine from the perspective of its regime’s interests to have an orderly withdrawal than a chaotic one if Russia achieves a breakthrough, but Zelensky and his ilk aren’t known for their rational decisions.

Nevertheless, those like India and Hungary who are want to help politically resolve this conflict could propose something of the sort, perhaps also suggesting the revival of last month’s reported Qatari-mediated partial ceasefire proposal for eschewing attacks against the other’s energy infrastructure. Zelensky is unlikely to agree, especially since he’s under the influence of uber-hawk Yermak, but it would still be best to informally circulate some variant of the aforementioned proposal sooner than later.

Regardless of well-intentioned third parties’ proposals, the conflict appears poised to continue raging into the next year absent a complete military and/or political breakdown in Ukraine, neither of which can be ruled out though considering how bad everything has become per CNN’s latest report. Ukraine and its Anglo-American “deep state” allies could also stage a major provocation aimed at desperately “escalating to de-escalate” on more of their terms, so observers shouldn’t rule that scenario out either.

*

Outgunned and Outnumbered, Ukraine’s Military Is Struggling with Low Morale and Desertion

By and , CNN, September 8, 2024

As a battalion commander, Dima was in charge of around 800 men who fought in some of the fiercest, bloodiest battles of the war – most recently near Pokrovsk, the strategic eastern town that is now on the brink of falling to Russia.

But with most of his troops now dead or severely injured, Dima decided he’d had enough. He quit and took another job with the military – in an office in Kyiv.

Standing outside that office, chain smoking and drinking sweet coffee, he told CNN he just couldn’t handle watching his men die anymore.

Two and half years of Russia’s grinding offensive have decimated many Ukrainian units. Reinforcements are few and far between, leaving some soldiers exhausted and demoralized. The situation is particularly dire among infantry units near Pokrovsk and elsewhere on the eastern front line, where Ukraine is struggling to stop Russia’s creeping advances.

CNN spoke to six commanders and officers who are or were until recently fighting or supervising units in the area. All six said desertion and insubordination are becoming a widespread problem, especially among newly recruited soldiers.

Read the full article on CNN.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image is from Sputnik / Evgeny Kotenko

Africa Continues Being Colonized by the West

September 9th, 2024 by Peter Koenig

More than 60 years ago, Africa gained supposedly her independence from the different Western colonial powers. However, Africa is to this day not free. Africa continues to be colonized by the same Western colonizers, plus all the different so-called development institutions they have created after WWII – just before the so-called liberation movement.

Coincidence? Hardly.

Today’s colonization is not visible as in occupied by Western troops. It is foremost a financial, economic, and monetary colonization —with emphasis on monetary.

The huge production capacity imbalance between the West and Africa has hardly changed since Africa’s independence.

Africa has a huge under-capacity that is maintained by the West. Africa is not “free” to make their own investment decisions for productive capacity that suits them and their population best. And that despite hundreds of billions of (debt) investments by the World Bank, regional development institution, like the African Development Bank, and bilateral assistance programs.

Case in point is the Franc CFA (XAF) of the former 14 former French colonies, also called Françafrique – eight in West Africa (Benin, Burkina Faso, Côte d’Ivoire, Mali, Mauritania, Niger, Senegal, Togo); and six Central African countries (Cameroon, Central African Republic, Chad, and Republic of the Congo, plus Guinea-Bissau and Equatorial Guinea [the latter two no longer part of the CFA zone]).

They all have the same currency, the CFA Franc, though they are divided into two blocks, West and Central Africa, with two different African Central Banks, both dependent on the Bank of France (French Central Bank), but the CFA exchange rate versus formerly the French Franc and today the Euro are the same.

CFA stood originally for Colonies françaises d’Afrique (“French Colonies of Africa”). Later, it was renamed to Communauté française d’Afrique (“French Community of Africa”). The abbreviation and the monetary principles are the same.

The currencies are over-valued to serve the French interests. The IMF, supposedly working and regulating currencies for the interest of its member countries, i.e. Françafrique, watches the continuous decay of Africa, but does nothing, as Western power interests prevent it from interfering.

Today, the French Central bank still “guarantees” to about 70% the CFA franc, an almost total dependence on France. France allows what they can export to the world market, and what they must export to France at France-decided prices; and what they must buy from France – also at French established values.

Why does the IMF not help, as a first step, francophone Africa devalue the CFA, to make it more independent, more competitive? And second, help them establishing their own independent currency – getting out of the French Central Banks chokehold?

Maybe that is why: There is a saying, if francophone Africa (West and Central Africa) would abandon the CFA franc, France would lose between 20% and 30% of her GDP.

*

How is it possible that institutions like the World Bank, African Development Bank (AfDB) et al; plus, bilateral aid programs, did not address and invest in the needs of Africa, but rather the presumed and imposed “needs” that fits Western interests and agendas?

It is called “corruption”. Corruption is a two-edged sword: It takes a corrupter and a corruptee. 

The West has made sure that the “appropriate” leaders were in place before they granted African countries their “independence”. In many cases, these leaders were former Western administrators, paid by and responsible to the colonial powers. Hence, they know their paymaster. Subsequent leaders were again implanted, pretty much like they are designatednot elected – in the West – also to suit the decision-makers and the pay- or coercion masters.

*

Since colonial times and until this very day, there has been – and continues to be – a severe imbalance of production capacity between Africa and the West. Not by accident. It is to keep Africa poor and dependent on Western exports, rather than truly independent with production capacity that suits African needs and allows Africa to cater to their own markets, much of it, African-internal markets.

After more than 30 years with the World Bank, of which at least 8 to 10 years working in Africa, my observations summarize what 500 years of colonialism has done to an entire continent, and continues doing to this same continent with a cunning, factitious, falsehood-laden narrative.

To deviate from the colonial burden, Africa, including Moslem Africa, still shoulders, the West accuses it of terrorism, of bringing terrorism to the West by massive migration – well, most of you know how the Western elite [the unnamed paymasters] orders the creation of terrorism in Africa, to create false flags, and organizes massive migration into the West, Europe, and the United States – to destabilize these Western entities, to make them fit for the unnamed paymasters’ One World Order

Africa has never been a continent of terrorists. In fact, terrorism is not in the blood of Africans. It had to be implanted from outside – again, Western corruption, coercion and outright threats, are convenient tools.

So, the production imbalance is made to continue, as long as Africa allows it. The only true ally Africa has is China. Moral support; and needed investments? 

Many courageous Africans who wanted to free their countries, or even Africa as whole, from this “modern” monetary colonialism were punished severely, some with their lives. You may recall Thomas Sankara of Burkina Faso, who was also called the African Ché, killed in October 1987 instigated by France; and Muammar Gaddafi of Libya. Lynched by NATO troops (October 2011), ordered by then French President Sarkozy with the complicity of Washington. 

Remember Hillary’s disgustable laugh: “We came, we saw, he died”? 

The West has no real interest in reducing its “over-capacity” because it allows them to dump their over-production in Africa and other so-called developing countries. At these dumping prices, Africa could hardly start their own production and be profitable. Besides, Western over-capacity maintains Africa’s dependence on the West.

What to do?

China investing directly in African production?

That still does not free Africa from the Western monetary, especially dollar-dominance.

Today almost 60% of the formerly called convertible currencies, including the Chinese Yuan, flooding the world, are in US dollars, of course, non-backed, worthless dollars. Compare this with less than 5% of Chinese Yuan, backed by a solid economy, as well as in gold and commodities, the currency of the world’s strongest economy in PPP terms, and the second strongest in absolute terms, soon to overtake the US. 

It is difficult to fight this production imbalance in fair terms.

What China and Russia, leaders of the BRICS, are doing is gradually expanding BRICS membership in the Global South, creating an own trading currency, independent of the US dollar. Currently, there are 10 BRICS countries, maybe in October 2024 another 5-10 more, with a population that far outranks the population of the Global North, or the West.

This is not an overnight process. It takes time. 

It is the monetary independence, that may allow the Global South, especially Africa, to create its own production capacity – a gateway to true independence. And if they can also “gradually” get rid of their Western-corrupted leaders, there is hope.

As it stands today, many Western countries may also want to join the BRICS – or you might call them the Eastern – or Global South Association. For now, many do not dare as dollar sanction is looming. But once independent of the Western currency fraud, many may flock to the Global South alliance.

A good example is Turkey, a NATO country – presently applying to become a BRICS member.

There is hope for Africa.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the globe. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020). 

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

Is the World Walking Blindfolded Toward a Nuclear War?

By Prof Rodrigue Tremblay, September 08, 2024

During the fatidic year of 2024, the world’s attention was distracted, first by the on-going and expanding US-NATO provoked Ukraine war against Russia, “to weaken Russia” dixit Secretary of Defense, General Lloyd Austin, a proxy war planned a long time ago, in 1991, after the collapse of the Soviet Union.

You Can’t Arm a Genocidal State Into Moderation. So Why Does the West Keep Trying?

By Jonathan Cook, September 08, 2024

In committing a genocide, a state crosses a threshold. It cannot be armed into moderation. Nor can it be reasoned into peacemaking. It must be aggressively isolated and sanctioned. There is no sign western establishments are willing to do that for one very simple reason: they cannot afford to do it. 

Creating a Revolution in the Spiritual Desert Known as America

By Emanuel Pastreich, September 07, 2024

The efforts of intellectual saboteurs, paid in blood money by the extremely rich, to launch campaigns blaming the current destruction of our economy and society on socialists, attributing the transgender psychological operation carried out by Homeland Security subcontractors to a mythical “radical left,” pinning the COVID 19 scam on the Chinese Communist Party, and attributing the corporate fascism in the Democratic Party to communism, has reached a peak.

Was 9/11 a False Flag? America’s “Just War” Against Muslim Countries: “Self Defense” Against “The Civilizational War of Islam Against the West”

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, September 07, 2024

The war in the Middle East is edging towards Escalation. War Propaganda is the driving force. The official 9/11 consensus has created a counter-terrorism mandate embedded in US Foreign Policy. America’s “Global War on Terrorism” is not categorized as an outright “act of war” within segments of the peace movement. 

Netanyahu Refuses a Gaza Ceasefire on Any Terms

By Steven Sahiounie, September 08, 2024

Hundreds of thousands of Israelis are in the streets demanding that Netanyahu sign a ceasefire deal to release their hostages. Israeli opposition leaders and Israeli peace activists are demanding a ceasefire and a change in the government.

Bill Gates and the WHO Target 640,000 Palestinian Children

By Dr. Mark Trozzi, September 08, 2024

The Netanyahu regime and  Hamas, are currently taking daily  pauses from bombs, fires, and toxic fumes in Gaza; to administer an experimental genetically modified oral polio virus vaccine to six hundred and forty thousand children there. This experimental GMO polio virus is a project involving Bill Gates and the WHO.

Neo-Ottoman NATO Member Turkey in BRICS? Is It Really a Good Idea?

By Drago Bosnic, September 06, 2024

The BRICS+ format allows anyone to apply for membership, which could include NATO-aligned “Trojan horses”. This is perhaps best illustrated by the example of Turkey, not only a long-time NATO member, but one of the most important partners in the political West’s aggression against the world.

[This article was originally published in February 2015.]

When polio (poliomyelitis) became an epidemic in the U.S. and other parts of the world many people were understandably concerned. Diseases are absolutely frightening. During the 1950’s, polio made the public fearful. In April of 1952,

Dr. Salk announced at the University of Michigan that he had developed a vaccine against the polio virus.

That same day, the U.S. government approved a license for the immediate distribution of the polio vaccine. By 1954 the U.S. government allowed national testing for the newly developed vaccine which Dr. Salk himself developed by growing a live polio virus in kidney tissues in Asian Rhesus monkeys. He used formaldehyde to kill the virus. Dr. Salk injected the vaccine into humans with a small amount of the actual virus into the body so its natural defenses can build immunity or a defense mechanism against the virus. The first experimentations on humans resulted in 60%-70% who did not develop the virus although 200 people were reported to have caught the disease, 11 of them died as a result. The cause was a faulty batch, but regardless of the outcome, vaccine tests continued unabated. One year after the result, four million vaccinations were given in the U.S. By April 12th, 1955, the Salk vaccine was licensed for distribution after the results were officially published.

The release of the polio vaccine prompted criticism. In December 1960, a health news magazine called the ‘Herald of Health’ published a crucial report titled ‘The Great Salk Vaccine Fiasco: Misuse of statistics, blackout of vaccine cases, cited by eminent Chicago doctor’ By Ernest B. Zeisler, M.D. (which can be found at www.vaclib.org) who disagreed with Dr. Salk’s claims that the vaccine was safe or even useful against polio.  Dr. Zeisler wrote a personal note to the publisher of the magazine M. S. Arnoni and told him that “No newspaper, periodical or medical journal will touch this. Many authorities in this field agree with me, and some have written me to say so and to congratulate me for what they call my ‘courage.’But no medical man will agree with me publicly”.  

Dr. Zeisler wrote:

On April 12, 1955, results of a 1954 field test were published and the Salk vaccine became a licensed product. Prof. Paul Meier of the School of Hygiene and Public Health at Johns Hopkins University revealed that “the vaccines used in the field trial, which were produced by two of the manufacturers, had been extensively tested in three laboratories and had been found negative for live virus. Many of the lots of vaccine released after the field trial had been produced by other manufacturers and had been tested only by the producer. Therefore, the safety of these lots could not properly be judged from the results of the field trial. All manufacturers had rejected some lots because live virus had been found in them, and therefore Salk’s theory that safety was guaranteed by the method of preparation obviously did not apply

Dr. Zeisler’s report was well documented with evidence regarding the safety of the polio vaccines. He quoted Professor Meier’s statement which was published in 1957 report by Science Magazine. What was disturbing about the vaccine trials that it lacked proper controls and a little less than half was even considered “bias in favor of the vaccinated” which violated the basic principles of scientific research. Dr. Zeisler quoted K.A. Brownlee from the University of Chicago in the Journal of the American Statistical Association which was published in 1955 described what the field trials actually proved:

The field trial itself had violated the cardinal principles of scientific procedure. As said by Brownlee in the Journal of the American Statistical Association:

“. . . 59 per cent of the trial was worthless because of the lack of adequate controls. The remaining 41 per cent may be all right but contains internal evidence of bias in favor of the vaccinated. .. The reviewer . . . would point out that gamma globulin was triumphantly proclaimed effective by the National Foundation after a similar trial . . .”

Dr. Zeisler said that the U.S. Public Health service continued to promote “gamma globulin” or a human blood plasma made from donated human blood that contained antibodies to fight diseases as a way to combat polio. He wrote “It may be of interest to note that in May of 1954, several months after it had been shown to be valueless in preventing poliomyelitis, the U.S. Public Health Service continued to recommend and distribute gamma globulin “for use against poliomyelitis.” Zeisler criticized the Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA) for not publishing Brownlee’s criticism. However, the official report of the field trials which proved inaccurate was used by the ‘National Foundation for Infantile Paralysis’ several months later in an effort to promote the polio vaccine to the public in 1955.  So how safe was the polio vaccine according to Dr. Salk? He was interviewed by LIFE magazine in an article titled ‘Tracking the Killer’ and was asked if his “monkey vaccine was safe” and he answer was “There is no question of ‘how safe is it?’ It is safe, and it can’t be safer than safe’.” The deception committed by the medical establishment and the U.S. government was undeniable as Dr. Zeisler wrote that “the public was deceived into permitting mass vaccination of children with a vaccine which should have been known to be unsafe and which was not known to be of any value in preventing poliomyelitis.” With this proven fact, he added “that certain lots of vaccine had produced a number of cases of poliomyelitis, and within another four weeks all the vaccine was withdrawn from use.”

Was the Salk Vaccine Safe and Highly Effective? Two Conflicting Reports

The U.S. Public Health Service issued two conflicting reports.  In the first report it stated “that a single inoculation of the Salk vaccine used in 1955 was sufficient to give from 50 to 80 per cent protection against paralytic poliomyelitis” Dr. Zeisler also noted that the second report “two days later it issued another report stressing the safety of the current Salk vaccine.” JAMA released a statement by Dr. Herbert Ratner, an Associate Clinical Professor of Preventive Medicine and Public Health at the Stritch School of Medicine of Loyola University in Chicago and also a Health Commissioner of Oak Park, Ill which did not agree with the results from the U.S. Public Health Service claimed Dr. Zeisler. Dr. Ratner’s statement said:

The widespread national publicity that followed these reports naturally led the public and the medical profession at large to believe we now had a safe and highly effective vaccine. “However, what was not made sufficiently clear in the reports and press stories that covered the country was that the first report, stressing excellent effectiveness, referred to an earlier model of a Salk vaccine and Hurt the second report, stressing current safety referred to a later model, . . . the Salk vaccine, for which great effectiveness is claimed on the basis of one inoculation, is a product that is no longer on the market nor in the hands of physicians . . . The Salk vaccine, then, which we were encouraged to believe is both highly effective and safe on the basis of recent reports, turns out to be, when highly effective, a vaccine that is no longer on the market and, when safe, a vaccine that has yet to make its appearance and clinically prove its effectiveness . . . during the summer the promoters of the vaccine continued to urge mass inoculations in spite of recognized ignorance on their part

There was an Increase of polio cases in Chicago as of June of 1956. Dr. Herman Bundesen and Dr. John B. Hall (who did not believe the Salk vaccine was the cause) responded to the new findings which Dr. Zeisler noted from a Chicago Daily News report in June 1956:

Dr. Herman Bundesen, President of the Chicago Board of Health, was quoted as saying: “It’s too early to speculate on the efficacy of the vaccine.” This moment of candor was not to recur from then until now. On the same day, Dr. John B. Hall, director of the Cook County Board of Health, said, concerning six cases of polio in children who had received, the Salk vaccine. he did not think the vaccine caused the polio attacks in those who got the disease after inoculation”

During the month of July 1956, Zeisler wrote a letter to Dr. Hart E. Van Viper, A medical Director of the National Foundation for Infantile Paralysis asking why did he tell both doctors to “take leadership” in their community claiming that the vaccine was 75% effective and therefore it is deemed safe.  What if a real estate agent was trying to sell you a house that had a 75% chance of collapsing, but told you the house was safe regardless of the fact, would you still buy it?  Dr. Van Riper’s response contradicted what he said prior to Dr. Zeisler’s letter:

On July 3, 1956 the National Foundation for Infantile Paralysis sent a letter to all physicians over the signature of Hart E.Van Riper, its Medical Director, urging them to “give reassurance that the present Salk vaccine is safe and effective to patients, parents and others in your community who still needlessly doubt it … the vaccine is at least 75% effective in preventing paralytic poliomyelitis. . . . Won’t you take leadership in your community and among your patients to see that they get this safe, highly effective vaccine now?”

On July 9, I wrote to Dr. Van Riper, quoting Drs. Bundesen and Hall, and asking: “Why, if the vaccine has been proved to be 75% effective is it still too early even to speculate about its effectiveness? And why, if it has been proved safe is it possible for the head of a health department merely to think that it did not cause infection?”

In his reply, dated July 12, Dr. Van Riper said as to Dr. Bundesen’s remark that “it’s too early to speculate about the effectiveness of the vaccine”: “I can only assume that Doctor Bundesen intended to imply that we could expect an even greater degree of effectiveness in the prevention of paralytic poliomyelitis in 1956 as compared with 1955, . . .”

It seemed that Dr. Van Riper “was assuming” that Dr. Bundesen was betting that the vaccines were expected to be more effective than the previous year.  What was questionable to Dr. Bundesen’s implications was that he started to consider that the Salk vaccine was actually spreading the disease wrote Dr. Zeisler:

That this is not at all what Dr. Bundesen intended to imply is shown by the fact that only two days after expressing his doubt, he called a conference of health authorities to decide whether or not vaccination with the Salk vaccine should not be entirely discontinued in view of the accelerated rise of new cases of paralytic polio in Chicago. Dr. Bundesen obviously was considering the possibility that the Salk vaccine would help spread the disease.

On July 27, there were already 203 reported cases of paralytic polio in Chicago. But Dr. Bundesen said: “. . . there were no paralytic cases among children who had received all three shots.” On the same day I wrote Dr. Van Riper the following: “If no child in the area had received three injections, then the fact that none of those with paralytic polio had received three doses is irrelevant and inevitable. In the daily figures which have been given there is always the statement as to how many of those who have come down with paralytic polio had been vaccinated, but never any figure as to how many children in the area had been vaccinated compared to the total number in the area. . . . People are being urged to have their children vaccinated at once, and physicians are urged to further this, with the implication that such procedure will be effective in stemming the tide of the present epidemic. . . . Yet, inasmuch as the third dose is to be given seven months after the first, only the first two could have’ any possible effect this year.”

This letter elicited only double-talk from Dr. Van Riper in a letter dated August 9. Dr. Bundesen continued to issue reassuring statements. On August 9 he stated he was “concerned with the drop off in the number of persons returning for their second shots of vaccine . . . The situation may become critical unless parents bring their children in for their second and third shots when they are due, and for the first inoculation if they have not already had it.”

“Of the city’s 371 paralytic cases— the form against which the vaccine is effective—not a single case has been reported for any person who had the recommended three inoculations. There have been 54 among those getting only one and 13 among those with two”

He also explained how the numbers did not add up according to the Chicago-Sun Times report:

The obvious explanation for this division of the incidence of paralytic polio was, of course, that there were more persons who had one injection than two, and perhaps none who had all three. This was never suggested by the health authorities or by the medical societies or journals. Even Dr. Thomas Francis, Jr., of the University of Michigan School of Public Health, told the university’s medical alumni: “Of all the 113 polio cases in Michigan diagnosed as paralytic, not one case has been reported among those children who had previously received three shots of vaccine.”

On September 29, the U.S. Public Health Service said “three Salk shots have proved 100 per cent effective against polio so far this year.”

Still no indication that anyone had received all three injections! On September 30, I again wrote to Dr. Van Riper: “I have inquired from one of the foremost authorities in Chicago as to how many children in the Chicago epidemic area this summer had previously received -three injections. He said no one knew the answer, but that the number was certainly very small. I then asked him whether to his knowledge any of them had received all three injections, and he replied he did not know. I would greatly appreciate your reply to this question. . .” On October 26, after inconsequential interim correspondence, he finally answered: “I am sorry that to date there has not been sufficient time elapsed since the Chicago epidemic to enable anyone to give a definite answer to the question you have raised. I do know that a study is being made and feel sure this will be made public when it is completed.” But no time was needed after the epidemic to determine how many persons had had all three injections before the epidemic began. In any case, here was a clear admission that no one knew so the repeated assurances of the 100 per cent effectiveness of three doses of the Salk vaccine in preventing paralytic polio in this epidemic, admit of no possible explanation other than either deliberate falsehood with intent to deceive or unconscionable stupidity.

By late November the public had seemingly become so apathetic about Salk vaccination that the pharmaceutical houses and the health authorities enlisted the aid of President Eisenhower, and on November 27 induced him to express alarm that there were 17,000,000 doses of Salk vaccine unused on the shelf and that they could “prevent paralysis or even death.” The Sun-Times quoted Dr. Bundesen as saying: “If everyone 45 or under gets the complete series, there will not be a single case of paralytic polio in Chicago in 1957″(14) thereby asserting that the vaccine in three doses was 100 per cent effective. ” On January 3, 1957, U.S. Public Health Service reported that paralytic polio in the United States had dropped from 10,641 cases in 1955 to 6,708 cases in 1956. This was a decrease of 37 per cent.  The New York Times said “Health officials said the use of the Salk vaccine had undoubtedly reduced the disease but there was no way of knowing to what extent”

The propaganda methods used by the pharmaceutical corporations and the health authorities was to sell the notion that the vaccines were safe and effective despite the fact it was the opposite. Dr. Zeisler mentions a report about a meeting that took place in the New York Academy of Science with records of those who received all three doses of the Salk vaccine actually developed polio.  There were at least 150 cases including several deaths due to polio:

Health authorities said they had no explanation for this decrease. Later the same month it was reported at a meeting of the New York Academy of Sciences that there were records of more than 150 cases of paralytic polio, including several deaths, among persons who had received all three injections of Salk vaccine. Without ever referring to this, newspapers, medical journals and medical societies continued to plug for the vaccine

As Dr. Zeisler summarized in his closing argument proving that his research on the success of the polio vaccine was in fact questionable:

The considerable increase in paralytic poliomyelitis in the United States during the past two years, despite the progressive decrease in the number of the most susceptible persons (those under 40) who have not yet been triply-vaccinated, does not prove that the vaccine is valueless. But the evidence, biased as it is in favor of the vaccine, suggests that it may be of little or no value. Even more, it suggests the distinct possibility that the vaccine may actually be at least partly responsible for the increase by producing carriers who spread the disease

Before Dr. Jonas Salk’s new found invention of the polio vaccine was announced to the public, it was discovered that Salk performed illegal experimentations on mental patients according to www.naturalnews.com  report on the new discovery by Mike Adams titled ‘Dr. Jonas Salk, inventor of polio vaccine, exposed as criminal-minded scientist who conducted illicit medical experiments on mental patients’ describing Dr. Salk as a “criminal-minded scientist” who used mental patients to conduct his medical experiments:

Dr. Jonas Salk, one of the “gods” in the cult of pharmacology — a man who is credited with inventing the polio vaccine — has now been exposed as a medical criminal who conducted illegal medical experiments on mental patients. This fact has come to light courtesy of the Associated Press, believe it or not, which has been investigating the history of medical experiments as part of a press effort leading up to scheduled bioethics meetings in Washington.

According to the Associated Press, Dr. Jonas Salk co-authored a clinical trial that “injected experimental flu vaccine in male patients at a state insane asylum in Ypsilanti, Mich., then exposed them to flu several months later.” The victims of this medical experiment were described as “senile and debilitated,” meaning that obtaining their rational consent to participate in such experiments would have been impossible. And that means Dr. Jonas Salk — one of the most highly-worshipped figures throughout modern medicine — was conducting this trial in violation of medical ethics and in violation of the law

The article also explains how U.S. Pharmaceutical corporations experimented on prisoners as medical guinea pigs:

And on that topic, the true history of the criminal medical experiments that have been done in order to boost the profits of Big Pharma will absolutely shock you. As the AP reports:

“The late 1940s and 1950s saw huge growth in the U.S. pharmaceutical and health care industries, accompanied by a boom in prisoner experiments funded by both the government and corporations. By the 1960s, at least half the states allowed prisoners to be used as medical guinea pigs.”

This is the result of Big Pharma leaning on state authorities, of course. Where profits are to be made, human rights have never gotten in the way. In fact, as the historical record clearly shows, the U.S. government has repeatedly conspired with the drug industry to use innocent human beings as unwitting guinea pigs in dangerous, deadly medical experiments

However, by 1959, at least 90 countries received Dr. Salk’s polio vaccinations for their own citizens.  That same year an interesting turn of events took place; Dr. Bernice Eddy of the National Institutes of Health (NIH) made an accidental discovery. While she was examining the kidney cells of Rhesus monkeys, she noticed how the cells were systematically dying off. Why was this significant? It was where the polio vaccine originated from. Dr. Eddy’s discovery was quickly dismissed; of course today it would be considered a “conspiracy theory.” Dr. Maurice Hilleman and Dr. Ben Sweet of Merck & Co also managed to isolate the SV40 virus also known as “Simian Virus 40” in the polio vaccinations. In a November 3rd, 2003 issue of the Albany Law Journal of Science and Technology, a report in by Michael E. Horwin explains how the “Simian Virus 40” was found to cause cancer in laboratory animals confirming Dr. Eddy’s findings:

Dr. Eddy discovered that the cells would die without any apparent cause. She then took suspensions of the cellular material from these kidney cell cultures and injected them into hamsters. Cancers grew in the hamsters. Shortly thereafter, scientists at the pharmaceutical company Merck & Co. discovered what would later be determined to be the same virus identified by Eddy. This virus was named Simian Virus 40 or SV40 because it was the 40th simian virus found in monkey kidney cells

After Dr. Eddy’s discovery was made public, several prominent researchers and scientists including Dr. Salk defended the polio vaccine with little evidence to claim that it actually cured Polio.  Dr. Zeisler was not the only medical professional to doubt the effectiveness of the Polio vaccine; Dr. Suzanne Humphries M.D. also stated in the past that a cover-up took place to hide the fact from the public that the polio vaccine was actually spreading polio.  Dr. Humphries explains how a deadly live polio virus strain infected the Salk vaccines which led to an epidemic of a polio-type disease such as “aseptic meningitis” or “Acute Flaccid Paralysis” (AFP). Dr. Humphries wrote ‘Smoke, Mirrors, and the ‘Disappearance’ Of Polio’ in 2012 and said the following:

Unbeknownst to most doctors, the polio-vaccine history involves a massive public health service makeover during an era when a live, deadly strain of poliovirus infected the Salk polio vaccines, and paralyzed hundreds of children and their contacts. These were the vaccines that were supposedly responsible for the decline in polio from 1955 to 1961! But there is a more sinister reason for the “decline” in polio during those years; in 1955, a very creative re-definition of poliovirus infections was invented, to “cover” the fact that many cases of “polio” paralysis had no poliovirus in their systems at all. While this protected the reputation of the Salk vaccine, it muddied the waters of history in a big way

Another interesting fact that Dr. Humphries points out was a Statement made by Clinton R. Miller regarding ‘Intensive Immunization Programs’ on May 1962 before the Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce in the House of Representatives.  Mr. Miller told the committee the following:

The tendency of a mass vaccination program is to herd people. People are not cattle or sheep. They should not be herded. A mass vaccination program carries a built-in temptation to oversimplify the problem; to exaggerate the benefits; to minimize or completely ignore the hazards; to discourage or silence scholarly, thoughtful and cautious opposition; to create an urgency where none exists; to whip up an enthusiasm among citizens that can carry with it the seeds of impatience, if not intolerance; to extend the concept of the police power of the state in quarantine far beyond its proper limitation; to assume simplicity when there is actually great complexity; to continue to support a vaccine long after it has been discredited;… to ridicule honest and informed consent

Adolf Hitler was once quoted as saying if you “Make the lie big, make it simple, keep saying it, and eventually they will believe it.” More than 98 million people were given the polio vaccine through a well-crafted propaganda campaign committed by medical professionals aligned with Merck & Co. and others in the medical establishment and of course, the U.S. government. In today’s market, the Flu vaccine (High Dose) for people over 65 years old costs $54.99 per dose and the MMR (Measles, Mumps, and Rubella) vaccine costs on average $99.99 according to a Walgreen’s price list. Now imagine the total U.S. population as of 2015 stands at over 300 million. If you do the math, pharmaceutical corporations will reap billions of dollars in profits. The mainstream media (MSM) continues to push all types of prescription drugs and various types of vaccines to the public even during commercials. The U.S. and New Zealand are the only two countries in the world that advertises prescription drugs and vaccines to the public. Legal drugs is a lucrative business, you can even say dangerous especially when big pharmaceutical corporations, the media and elected officials in Washington collaborate on foreign and domestic policies regarding health as a national security issue.

However, the good news is the growing numbers of people worldwide who do not trust many big pharmaceutical corporations or the U.S. government when it is involved in vaccination campaigns, most notably the recent case of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation who might face a possible lawsuit by the Indian government. An investigation is still taking place.  According to a 2012 article published by www.mercola.com titled ‘Confirmed: India’s Polio Eradication Campaign in 2011 Caused 47,500 Cases of Vaccine-Induced Polio Paralysis’ by Dr. Mercola himself  wrote about that the increase of non-polio acute flaccid paralysis (NPAFP) was due to the oral polio vaccine (OPV).   NPAFP was now ”12 times higher” with 47,500 cases as the Indian Journal of Medical Ethics reported:

A paper published earlier this year in the Indian Journal of Medical Ethics should have made headlines around the globe, as it estimated there were 47,500 cases of a polio-like condition linked to children in India receiving repeated doses of oral polio vaccine in 2011 alone. The incidence of non-polio Accute Flaccid Paralysis (AFP) in India is now 12 times higher than expected and coincides with huge increases in OPV doses being given to children in the quest to “eradicate” wild type polio infection and paralysis.

Researchers reported:

“…while India has been polio-free for a year, there has been a huge increase in non-polio acute flaccid paralysis (NPAFP). In 2011, there were an extra 47,500 new cases of NPAFP. Clinically indistinguishable from polio paralysis but twice as deadly, the incidence of NPAFP was directly proportional to doses of oral polio received. Though this data was collected within the polio surveillance system, it was not investigated. The principle of primum-non-nocere [First, do no harm] was violated”

I agree with Dr. Mercola’s assessment on the growing distrust of vaccinations on a world wide scale when he said:

What you’re NOT learning from the mainstream media, however, is that there’s a growing public movement fighting the profound misinformation about these OPV campaigns being conducted repeatedly among children in India and other nations. One recent published paper has suggested that increased administration of OPV doses among children in India is associated with increases in Accute Flaccid Paralysis (AFP), which is as crippling and deadly as wild type polio paralysis

Dr. Jonas Salk became a legend in the field of medicine in the U.S. and the world. There is the Salk Institute for Biological Studies in La Jolla, San Diego, California, you have Salk scholarships awarded to students every year, the City College of New York (CCNY) and Salk’s “alma Mater” celebrates his accomplishments. In 2014, CCNY stated that it will “honor polio vaccine pioneer’s 100th birthday with symposium on disease he helped defeat.” They even established the Polio Hall of Fame, Yet the failures of the polio vaccines are ignored by the MSM, the U.S. government and the medical establishment. In this case, propaganda for the polio vaccine has won the battle for “Big Pharma” profits, but the war for our health will be won in the end by the people who do not trust any sort of corporate sponsored drugs or vaccines even when old and new diseases occur.  There are better ways to fight diseases, perhaps with a focus on ’Prevention’ rather than to depend on drugs that are produced for the sole purpose of profits.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary  

Timothy Alexander Guzman writes on his own blog site, Silent Crow News, where this article was originally published. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Jonas Salk Polio Vaccine: A Medical Breakthrough or a Propaganda Campaign for Big Pharma?
  • Tags:

A face oculta da guerra

September 8th, 2024 by Manlio Dinucci

O Forward Observations Group, uma empresa militar privada sediada nos Estados Unidos, publica uma foto de seus guerreiros profissionais na região russa de Kursk, presença confirmada por um vídeo que mostra a destruição de veículos blindados e comandos do Forward Observations Group em Kursk pelas forças armadas russas. Essa empresa militar dos EUA, cuja função é descrita pela conceituada revista Military Watch como “muito obscura” (evidentemente porque está ligada aos serviços de inteligência dos EUA), está envolvida há mais de dois anos com as forças ucranianas contra a Rússia com a tarefa de realizar operações especiais, incluindo a preparação de ataques com produtos químicos tóxicos.

Há evidências documentadas de que a Ucrânia está envolvida na preparação de ataques com armas químicas e biológicas. Essa empresa militar dos EUA não é a única que está operando secretamente no teatro de guerra contra a Rússia. Com base em uma documentação precisa, a Military Watch escreve:

“Surgiram vários fatos sobre o papel do pessoal militar dos países membros da OTAN (incluindo os fuzileiros navais do Roryal e os comandos SAS britânicos) no apoio às operações de guerra da Ucrânia contra a Rússia. Conselheiros militares, tanto logísticos quanto combatentes, e outros funcionários têm operado desde 2022 no teatro de guerra com uma gama de armamentos complexos recém-entregues.”

Isso confirma que as forças armadas ucranianas não são apenas armadas e treinadas pelos EUA e pela OTAN, mas que as empresas militares e as forças especiais dos EUA-OTAN operam diretamente no teatro de guerra em funções de comando e gerenciamento de armamentos sofisticados, como mísseis de longo alcance e drones, para o uso dos quais são necessárias redes de satélites militares, que a Ucrânia não possui.

Contemporaneamente gli Stati Uniti stanno schierando in Europa, sempre più a ridosso della Russia, armi nucleari (bombe e missili) a raggio intermedio. Anche i sistemi di difesa missilistica, che essi dispiegano in Europa con la motivazione ufficiale di proteggere le popolazioni europee dalla “minaccia nucleare russa”, sono in realtà predisposti per l’attacco nucleare. I due siti statunitensi Aegis Ashore in Polonia e Romania e i cacciatorpedinieri della Marina statunitense che operano nel Baltico e nel Mar Nero sono dotati di sistemi di lancio verticali MK-41 della Lockheed Martin che, come documenta la stessa società costruttrice, possono essere usati per ogni missione di guerra, compreso l’attacco nucleare a obiettivi terrestri.

Alla preparazione della guerra nucleare contribuisce attivamente l’Italia. Violando il Trattato di non-proliferazione essa ospita armi nucleari statunitensi (le nuove bombe B61-12), che l’Aeronautica italiana è addestrata a usare, e tramite la Leonardo fabbrica armi nucleari. Ora l’Italia si è impegnata a costruire – insieme a Francia, Germania e Polonia – missili da crociera lanciati da terra con una gittata superiore ai 500 km, ossia una versione più avanzata dei missili nucleari USA a raggio intermedio schierati a Comiso negli anni ’80, eliminati dal Trattato INF del 1987, trattato che gli Stati Uniti hanno stracciato nel 2019.

Manlio Dinucci

 

Artigo em italiano :

A Faccia Nascosta della Guerra

Tradução : Mondialisation.ca com DeepL

VIDEO (em italiano) :

*

Manlio Dinucci é geógrafo e jornalista, e ex-diretor executivo italiano da International Physicians for the Prevention of Nuclear War, que recebeu o Prêmio Nobel da Paz em 1985. Porta-voz do Comitato no Guerra no Nato (Itália) e pesquisador associado do Centre de recherche sur la Mondialisation (Canadá). Prêmio de Jornalismo Internacional de Análise Geoestratégica 2019 do Club de Periodistas de México.

How Did the Kiev Regime Really Lose Its US-made F-16?

September 8th, 2024 by Drago Bosnic

Mere hours after I wrote an analysis on the possibility that the first NATO-sourced F-16 in Ukraine was destroyed, a definite confirmation came. For much (if not most) of the last week, there was a lot of speculation on this development and it was hardly surprising when the news broke. Expectedly, the Kiev regime and its US/NATO overlords did all they could to ensure that confusion persists, as this unpleasant “surprise” (we all knew it was inevitable) came just a few weeks after the first F-16 was declared operational by the Kiev regime forces. The idea was to deny any credit to the Russian military, all in order to avoid ruining the US-made jet’s reputation. The actual fate of the F-16 is yet to be confirmed, but there are several possible scenarios of what happened.

Firstly, we know that Lieutenant Colonel Oleksii Mes (call sign Moonfish), one of the first pilots to complete training for the US-made jet, was killed on August 26. Mes originally served in the 204th Tactical Aviation Brigade, stationed at the Lutsk Air Base in northwestern Ukraine. The 204th uses the Soviet-era MiG-29s (specifically the MU1 variant) and was slated to switch to F-16s once the training was done. Mes was reportedly one of the few Ukrainian pilots with a good command of English, so he was immediately chosen for training. It’s unclear where exactly Mes was killed, as it can only be expected that the Neo-Nazi junta had to ensure constant rotation of pilots (and possibly jets) in order to avoid getting caught by Russian ISR (intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance) assets.

As previously mentioned, the exact circumstances of his death are yet to be disclosed. Currently, there’s speculation that he was killed in a missile strike, downed in a friendly fire incident involving a “Patriot” SAM (surface-to-air missile) system or possibly in air-to-air combat. For the time being, nobody’s mentioning Russian long-range air defenses, but this possibility certainly shouldn’t be rejected. If the first scenario is true, there’s a good chance that an F-16 was destroyed on the ground, as on August 26, oblasts (regions) with major tactical aviation bases, including Khmelnytsky, Volyn and Ivano-Frankivsk, were targeted by Russian long-range precision strikes. According to military sources, the Kremlin also targeted the Starokonstantinov Air Base.

It should be noted that this airbase is home of the 7th Tactical Aviation Brigade, known for operating the modernized Soviet-era Su-24M/MR tactical strike jets (converted to carry various NATO-sourced weapons, including the Franco-British “Storm Shadow”/SCALP-EG stealthy, air-launched, long-range cruise missiles). Immediately after Russian missiles and drones were detected entering the Kiev regime’s airspace, fighter jets (including F-16s) took off and loitered above various areas at low altitudes, reportedly for two to three hours. It’s very possible that Moscow’s forces then waited for these fighter jets to return to their airbases and then immediately launched new strikes, the result of which was the possible destruction of at least one F-16.

The friendly fire scenario involving a “Patriot” battery was first brought up by Mariana Bezuglaya, a Member of the Verkhovna Rada (Parliament). She claims that Lieutenant Colonel Mes was shot down by Ukrainian forces “due to a lack of coordination between the [military] units”. Bezuglaya also slammed the high command for falsely describing the destruction of the F-16 as “a crash”, adding that “the culture of lies in the Air Force Command of the Armed Forces of Ukraine, as well as in other higher military headquarters, leads to the fact that the system of managing military decisions does not improve on the basis of truthful, consistently collected analytics, but deteriorates and even collapses, as is happening in the other directions”.

She lamented that no high-ranking officer suffered the consequences over the incident. It seems this spooked the Kiev regime frontman Volodymyr Zelensky, so he promptly fired his air force chief, Lieutenant General Mykola Oleshchuk. However, Bezuglaya’s surprisingly honest description of the actual state of the Neo-Nazi junta forces doesn’t mean that the friendly fire scenario is necessarily true, at least according to the Pentagon’s deputy press secretary Sabrina Singh, who said she couldn’t confirm the reports. It seems the only consensus that the political West and its Kiev regime puppets can achieve is that the Russian military “didn’t destroy” the ill-fated F-16. However, military sources from Russia, Turkey and Ukraine itself suggest that this is anything but true.

There are multiple scenarios of how the Kremlin could’ve shot down the overhyped US-made jet. The most obvious one is that Russian long-range SAM systems destroyed the F-16 from afar.

The S-400 is particularly effective in this regard, as it uses extremely long-range missiles such as the 40N6E (maximum range 400 km) or the hypersonic 48N6 (depending on the variant, maximum range up to 250 km). Another possibility is that it was an air-to-air kill by either the unrivaled Su-35S air superiority fighter jet or the superfast, high-flying MiG-31BM interceptor, both of which can carry the now legendary R-37M hypersonic air-to-air missiles (maximum speed Mach 6-7). However, what’s even more intriguing is the possibility that the new Su-57 is the most likely “culprit”.

Namely, according to John Helmer, who has been based in Russia since 1989, making him the longest-serving foreign correspondent in the country, the Russian military is keeping operational silence, “but there are hints from the Ukraine, as well as from Russian military bloggers“, that Lieutenant Colonel Mes was likely killed in his F-16 by an air-to-air missile fired by the Su-57. Mr Helmer also mentions that another possibility is a Russian long-range missile strike on the Kolomyia Air Base, 350 km south of Lutsk. Although officially derelict since 2004, this was one of the several major airbases in the USSR, housing advanced aircraft such as the MiG-25 interceptors, the fastest armed military aircraft in history. Thus, Kolomyia certainly could’ve accommodated F-16s.

Located in the Ivano-Frankivsk oblast, the airbase is over 600 km west/northwest of the closest Russian-held territory, meaning that it could give the F-16 a modicum of safety while still being close enough to allow missions over Odessa. This is where the potential long-range air-to-air engagement comes into play. Namely, the entire southern part of former Ukraine is heavily contested and packed with SAM systems on both sides. This makes it much more difficult for the current generation of fighter jets to engage enemy targets without being detected and possibly shot down. Thus, using the Su-57 would be the best way to circumvent air defenses and engage hostile aircraft within range. The latest reports about it also reinforce this notion.

While most media keep reporting that the Su-57 uses the same weapons as the Su-35S, Su-30, MiG-31BM, etc., military experts I’ve had the honor of speaking to provided ample evidence that Russia developed a number of new weapons for the “Felon”. For instance, Major Irbis says that instead of the regular R-77 variants, the Su-57 now uses the Izdeliye 180 (or R-87 in some military sources), a highly advanced scramjet-powered hypersonic air-to-air missile (top speed over Mach 5). In addition, he posits that the regular R-37M (Izdeliye 610M) cannot fit in the Su-57’s internal weapons bay, prompting the development of a more advanced missile known as the R-97 in Russian military sources (or code name Izdeliye 810). Both weapons are hypersonic.

With a top speed of Mach 6-7 and a massive 400 km range, this missile effectively turns the Su-57 into a “flying S-400”. The similarly capable R-37M broke several world records in Ukraine, shooting down enemy fighter jets from distances in excess of 217 km, a fact that even the pathologically Russophobic United Kingdom doesn’t deny. The Su-57’s R-97 might even have superior characteristics, giving it absolutely unrivaled air-to-air capabilities among stealthy, next-generation fighter jets anywhere in the world. The Russian military would certainly capitalize on such a massive advantage against any opponent, but particularly the political West and its Neo-Nazi puppets, meaning the F-16 could’ve indeed been shot down by the Su-57 at extreme range.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

The Israeli occupation forces (IOF) targeted and sniped a human rights activist and US-Turkish citizen in the head while she was peacefully protesting the expansion of illegal settlements in the occupied West Bank.

Aysenur Ezgi Eygi, 26, an American-Turkish human rights activist, arrived in the West Bank on Tuesday to volunteer with the International Solidarity Movement (ISM) as part of a campaign to protect Palestinian farmers from settler and IOF violence. 

It is worth noting that Eygi would be the third ISM volunteer the IOF murdered, after Rachel Corrie in 2004 and Tom Hurndall in 2005. 

“An American solidarity activist arrived at the hospital with a gunshot in the head, and we announced her martyrdom around 14:30,” the director of Rafidia Hospital in Nablus, Fouad Nafaa said on Friday. 

The Hamas Resistance movement issued a statement strongly condemning the Israeli crime that led to Eygi’s martyrdom, stressing that it is an extension of the Israeli murders deliberately targeting international volunteers in occupied Palestine. 

In July, foreign volunteers helping Palestinian farmers in the occupied West Bank were attacked and assaulted by Israeli settlers, with some having to be transported to the hospital to receive medical treatment for reported injuries, activists stated on Sunday. 

Eight volunteers, most of whom are American, were attacked by a group of 11 Israeli settlers from the Esh Kodesh illegal settlement while working in an olive grove near the Palestinian village of Qusra, David Hummel, an American-German volunteer, said. 

“We were standing there peacefully, not a threat to anyone when they started coming towards us and pushing us down the path,” he told AFP, adding “They started attacking and beating us all with sticks and metal pipes and they were throwing rocks as well at us.”

Hummel described the attack as “very violent” and showed AFP his bruises sustained after the settlers beat his legs, arms, and jaw. 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Featured image: Aysenur Ezgi Eygi, 26, a Turkish-American human rights activist who was killed by the IOF in Nablus, occupied Palestine, September 6, 2024 (Social Media)

Netanyahu Refuses a Gaza Ceasefire on Any Terms

September 8th, 2024 by Steven Sahiounie

The elusive ceasefire deal in Gaza is not held up on a condition. The sticking point to end an 11-month-long war, which has killed over 40,000 in Gaza, is held up by Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu alone.

Aaron David Miller is an American Middle East analyst, author, and negotiator. Miller worked for the US Department of State for 24 years and as an advisor on Arab-Israeli negotiations.

Miller said on CNN on September 4, that the ceasefire deal between Netanyahu and Hamas will not happen, because the sticking point is not the Philadelphia Corridor, it is about Netanyahu’s seat in office.

Netanyahu is under an enormous amount of pressure both domestically and globally to stop the Israeli genocide in Gaza.

Yet, he seems impervious to the intense pressure, even from the US, which is his source of weapons and cash to continue the war on Gaza. Millions of protesters calling for the freedom of Palestine are in the streets around the world, and world leaders call for a ceasefire.

Hundreds of thousands of Israelis are in the streets demanding that Netanyahu sign a ceasefire deal to release their hostages. Israeli opposition leaders and Israeli peace activists are demanding a ceasefire and a change in the government.

The International Court of Justice ruled that the occupation of Palestine was against international law.

Hamas, the Palestinian resistance, is holding to their condition for the Israeli military to pull out completely of Gaza to accept the ceasefire between the two sides. But, Netanyahu is sticking to his demand of keeping troops inside Gaza on the Egyptian border, referred to as the Philadelphia Corridor.

Hamas has kept Netanyahu from achieving his military goals in Gaza.  No senior Hamas leaders have been killed in Gaza, and the military wing of Hamas is still strong and fighting.

Hamas started a fight on October 7 which galvanized the international community on the side of the Palestinians. The two-state solution is cited by the US, and the UN as the only solution to the conflict.

The only country against the two-state solution is Israel.

Netanyahu asked AIPAC to put pressure on US President Joe Biden to drop out of the race.  Biden was demanding Netanyahu make a ceasefire deal, to release Israeli hostages as well as stop the bloodshed in Gaza.

Biden’s decision to drop out of the race for re-election came just days after Netanyahu reneged on a ceasefire promise to Biden.

Netanyahu refused to comply with Biden because Netanyahu’s freedom depends on staying in office. If he goes against his right-wing religious extremist allies, Itamar Ben-Gvir and Bezalel Smotrich, they will drop his government like a hot potato.

If Netanyahu is out of office and has no immunity, he will serve jail time for the corruption charges he was found guilty of.

AIPAC was used as an effective tool in the hands of Netanyahu, as the ultra-powerful lobby that controls all Israeli issues in the US government.  AIPAC circulated information to the media which portrayed Biden as too old to run for a second term, and would lose the race to Trump.

Netanyahu is betting on VP Kamala Harris winning over Trump.  Despite that former President Donald Trump did more for Israel than any previous president, Trump has never forgotten that Netanyahu endorsed Biden in the 2020 election. Israel has thousands of citizens who hold US citizenship as well and vote in US elections.

Trump is well known for shutting down foreign wars which are a financial drain on the American taxpayer.  If Trump is elected, Netanyahu might get a phone call telling him the billions of dollars in weapons and cash to Israel are being cut off, and demanding Netanyahu sign a ceasefire deal.

“Anything but a ceasefire!” has come to be Netanyahu’s mantra.

In 2022, Netanyahu took office in his current term as Prime Minister and said he had two goals: firstly, to increase Israeli settlements in the Occupied West Bank, and secondly, to sign a normalization treaty with the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The Saudi deal is off the table because of the Gaza war, but the expansion of illegal settlements is raging on, and at a much faster pace since the world is distracted by events in Gaza, and the West Bank is in the shadows.

In June 2024, both CNN and the New York Times reported on a leaked conversation by Israel’s finance minister Bezalel Smotrich in which he explained his plan to annex the Occupied West Bank into Israel, which would forever end the two-state solution, and prevent the freedom of the Palestinian people.

Smotrich has controlled the Civil Administration since 2022, following Netanyahu’s formation of the most right-wing government in Israel’s history. He holds the power within his office to complete the annexation plan, and the resulting deportations, which is ethnic cleansing paid for by the US taxpayers.

On August 26, Israeli Security Minister, Itamar Ben-Gvir, called for Jews to pray at the Al-Aqsa mosque in Jerusalem, one of the holiest sites in Islam. Ben-Gvir and Smotrich are heads of Jewish extremist parties that keep Netanyahu in power. No matter how hate-filled or inflammatory their statements are, Netanyahu is bound to them both, hand and foot.

Ben-Gvir went so far in a radio interview as to call for a synagogue to be built on the site, which would likely cause a religious war with implications across the Middle East, including Indonesia, the world’s largest Muslim population.

Netanyahu is an obstacle to peace in Gaza and Israel.  The Israeli hostage families feel betrayed by their government, and their loved ones are forgotten and dying in Gaza.

The people of Gaza will never be safe as long as Netanyahu is in power, and the people in Israel will likewise be in constant fear of violence associated with the resistance to the occupation of Palestine. The Geneva Convention explains the right of every person to hold arms in their struggle to regain their rights and stop the occupation.

The core values every American holds dearest, which were paid for in American blood in 1776, are freedom and the end of occupation.  To be an American is to stand with the Palestinian cause of freedom and the end of the Israeli occupation.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Bill Gates and the WHO Target 640,000 Palestinian Children

September 8th, 2024 by Dr. Mark Trozzi

The Netanyahu regime and  Hamas, are currently taking daily  pauses from bombs, fires, and toxic fumes in Gaza; to administer an experimental genetically modified oral polio virus vaccine to six hundred and forty thousand children there. This experimental GMO polio virus is a project involving Bill Gates and the WHO.

Israeli military attacks on water wells, sanitation and sewage treatment, and the obstruction of essential hygiene supplies into the Gaza have created major waste-water and hygiene problems.

Israeli authorities claim to have detected “vaccine derived polio virus 2” in sewage samples in Gaza.

The “vaccine derived polio virus 2” is as the name suggests, an infectious polio virus that originated from oral polio vaccines. Vaccine-derived polio occurs when an attenuated poliovirus used to make oral vaccines, regains its virulence, and begins circulating,

Recently four Palestinian children presented with acute flaccid paralysis. One of them tested positive for “vaccine derived polio virus 2”. The author does not have access to details regarding what laboratory tests were performed on either the children or the sewage.

There are various possible causes of flaccid paralysis including toxic fumes from the bombs and fires, polio, and  others.  

To put this in context, please consider that at least thirteen thousand children have been killed in the war on Gaza in the past two years.

Does it concern my dear reader that after claiming a diagnosis of vaccine derived polio in four children,  Bill Gates and the WHO are now targeting six hundred and forty thousand Palestinian children with a genetically modified experimental polio virus, that has previously caused polio.

Please consider that so far, the experimental covid-19 genetic “vaccines”  from Bill Gates, the WHO and their partners, have killed tens of millions and injured hundreds of millions of people. I believe that we have more than ample reason not to trust Bill Gates, the WHO, or their partners.

More than a century of vaccine history reveals that it is not vaccines, but improved standards of living including water, septic, hygiene, food supply and security that are responsible for dramatic reductions in most infectious diseases.

Save the children!

They need restored living conditions, clean water, functioning septic, healthy food supply and security; not Bill Gates and the WHO.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”!  

Featured image is from the author

There are many reasons Gaza has been mostly off the radar of the western establishment media for months now, even as the enclave turns into an ever-bigger killing zone.

One is that, nearly a year into what the World Court has termed a “plausible genocide”, where Israel has kept out western journalists and killed off most Palestinian journalists, as well as driving out international aid organisations and the United Nations, there is almost no one left to tell us what is happening.

We have only snapshots of individual suffering, but not the big picture. How many Palestinians are dead? We know there are at least 40,000 killed by Israel – the deaths recorded by Palestinian officials before the health system collapsed. But how many more? Double that figure? Quadruple it? Times it by 10? The truth is, no one knows.

What about the famine in Gaza that has been raging for many, many months as Israel has systematically blocked aid into the enclave, in line with its promise last October to deny the Palestinians there food, water and power?

The International Criminal Court’s chief prosecutor, Karim Khan, has requested arrest warrants for Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and his defence minister, Yoav Gallant, because the pair’s starvation of Gaza is a crime against humanity.

But the prolonged famine is presented as a near-victimless crime. Where are the dead from this famine? They are certainly not on our TV screens or on our front pages.

The true death toll will probably never be reported, just as it wasn’t after the West’s Middle East bloodbaths in Afghanistan, Iraq and Libya. Western politicians have no interest in knowing the truth, and the western establishment media has no interest in discovering it.

Democracy Gutted

The news from Gaza is being actively buried for another reason. Israel’s genocide continues to be tangible, shocking proof that western capitals are not the bastions of democracy and bulwarks against barbarianism they claim to be.

Western politicians have been utterly complicit in the genocide – a fact impossible to hide from their publics. The killing could have been stopped at any point, had the Biden administration so willed it.

Ordinary people have made clear they want the slaughter to end, which is why Biden has to pretend to be “working tirelessly” to negotiate a ceasefire – a ceasefire he could impose whenever he chooses to.

Israel is entirely dependent on US military, diplomatic and financial largesse, as is only too clear from the 50,000 tonnes of weapons the Biden administration has so far shipped to Israel since last October.

But the truth is that western politics is now entirely unresponsive to popular demand. The last vestiges of democratic accountability were gutted many years ago as the West’s political systems were completely captured by powerful globe-spanning corporations.

Tens of millions of people turned out on the streets of Europe to try to halt the US and Britain’s illegal invasion of Iraq in 2003, and it made not a jot of difference.

The situation with Gaza is even worse. It is not just that, as before, no one in power is listening. Those opposing Israel’s genocide, and western complicity in it, are being utterly maligned. The millions marching against the slaughter are reported as “tens of thousands”, while being actively smeared as “antisemites”.

Western states – and their self-professed “defensive alliance”, Nato – are not there to represent the public interest. They have become chiefly vehicles for the promotion of the narrow interests of a corporate elite, whose purpose, in turn, is to siphon into private hands the profits from publicly funded, permanent wars.

Profits from Slaughter

It isn’t just arms manufacturers and the hi-tech industries, with their booming surveillance businesses, whose shares are soaring on the back of the slaughter in Gaza and Ukraine.

Bloomberg reported last month that Israeli air strikes on Gaza had turned the homes of 2.3 million Palestinians into 42m tonnes of rubble. That’s enough to fill a line of dump trucks from New York to Singapore.

It won’t be Gaza companies raking in the profits from the mammoth clean-up operation. After a 17-year blockade of the enclave by Israel, Gaza’s industrial and commercial sector barely existed even before Israel’s current wrecking spree. The beneficiaries, once again, will be western corporations.

If the “day after” ever arrives, it will be western corporations bidding to rebuild Gaza – and most likely not for the current Palestinian inhabitants. Israel wants them either dead or ethnically cleansed from the territory.

A razed, emptied Gaza will be a tabula rasa. Expensive new beachfront properties can be marketed to wealthy Israeli Jews. New industrial zones and ports will be able to export easily to Europe and North Africa.

And that’s before we consider who gets to exploit the bountiful natural gas just off Gaza’s coast, which western corporations have been greedily eyeing for the past two decades.

Excuses for Repression

Western corporations have been growing ever fatter at the same time as western publics have been required to submit to endless belt-tightening.

The UK’s new prime minister, Keir Starmer, who understands that his own political survival depends on continuing this corporate raiding of the public wealth, is busily managing Britons’ expectations.

Armed with a massive parliamentary majority, he had no message of hope or change. He told the British public last week that “things are worse than we ever imagined”. There was no reference to why they might be so bad, beyond predictable political point-scoring against the previous government.

Starmer warned of the need to “do things differently”. But the difference he offered was actually a commitment to more austerity – the signature policy of his predecessors.

And, just as Starmer’s agenda is one of no change on the domestic front, it is also one of no change on foreign policy. The endless wars will continue.

The new British government, like the old one, keeps peddling excuses to continue to sell arms to an Israeli military using them to massacre civilians.

Foreign Secretary David Lammy grovelled before Israel on 2 September as he announced he was suspending eight percent of such sales after he had been warned of their possible use in Israeli war crimes. It is apparently fine to send the other 92 percent of military contracts, including components used in Israel’s squadron of F-35 warplanes, to a regime actively engaged in genocide.

Meanwhile, the new government, like the old one, pursues with what it calls “laser focus” wider business opportunities with Israel.

In the US, Kamala Harris, shoe-horned in as the Democrats’ presidential candidate to replace Joe Biden, without a single vote cast, is sold by a compliant media as the candidate of “joy” – vapid political messaging as void of content as former President Barack Obama’s much-celebrated slogan of “hope”.

“Joy” is serving as an excuse to repress. Demonstrators outside the Democratic National Convention as it crowned Harris protested against her and Biden’s near-year-long complicity in the Gaza genocide. But they were not going to be allowed to sour the “joyful” mood inside. They were forcefully swept out of view by police.

In her first interview since being nominated, Harris promised US support for the genocide in Gaza would continue – even if, as seems quite possible, it robs her of a handful of swing states in November and ensures Donald Trump is elected president.

The ‘Antisemitism’ Formula

Both Starmer and Harris are faithful creatures of a permanent bureaucracy that was long ago captured by the West’s profit-hungry corporate war machine.

Its most favoured son is Israel, a highly militarised state – a colonial outgrowth of the West – implanted into an oil-rich Middle East like a bone stuck in the back of the throat. Israel is there to advance an openly belligerent Jewish supremacism, mirroring a western supremacism that nowadays prefers to veil its imperial ambitions.

From early on, Israel’s backers were given a perfect cover story for the crimes they sponsored against the native inhabitants of the land, the Palestinians – and one that could be adapted to justify Israel’s permanently warlike posture in the region.

In a self-serving narrative promoted by the West, the continuing threat of antisemitism required Jews to have their own militarised fortress state – a modern Pale of Settlement – as a bulwark against a future Holocaust.

Western capitals accepted one marker only of whether westerners were rehabilitated from their earlier Jew-hatred: they must agree to indulge Israel’s every military wish.

Those in the West who armed Israel and helped it expel the native Palestinians in 1948 and 1967, those who turned a blind eye as it built the region’s only nuclear arsenal, those who encouraged its wars against its neighbours, and those who lobbied for the undermining of international law in the pursuit of those wars, proved themselves to be free of the virus of Jew-hatred.

Those who opposed western imperialism and the excesses of its favourite Middle East client state, those who stood up for human rights and international law, could be dismissed and denounced as antisemites.

That well-worn formula, extraordinary as it seems, has persisted even as Israel has pursued Jewish supremacism to its logical end-point in Gaza: exterminating the population there.

Those in favour of arming a genocide are the good guys. Those opposed are the antisemites and supporters of terrorism.

Independent journalists and Palestinian solidarity activists are now being rounded up and intimidatedunder draconian anti-terrorism laws in Britain.

Social media platforms are limiting the reach of posts critical of Israel, herding opposition to the genocide into small online ghettoes.

Universities are starting to draft new rules to make being a Zionist – subscribing to Israel’s extremist political ideology – a protected characteristic, no different from being born Hispanic or Black.

The aim is to silence all Palestinian solidarity activism on campus as equivalent to racism, extinguishing any chance of a repetition of the large protests that swept US universities during the spring and summer.

Inversion of Reality

For good reason, western establishments are making it impossible to explain the roots of Israel’s genocide. They are excising the very terminology needed to begin that conversation.

Zionism is an ideology that originated centuries ago, embedded in an antisemitic Christian fundamentalism that required forcing the Jews of Europe to “return” to the Holy Land. That way, a supposed biblical prophecy would be fulfilled, bringing about an end times in which Christians alone would find redemption.

Little more than a century ago, Zionism started to make inroads into the thinking of a small European Jewish elite, who saw Christian antisemitism as a path towards the creation of a Jewish state they could rule on licence from the West.

The antisemitic Christian Zionists wanted the Jews out of Europe and ghettoised in the Holy Land – and so did the new breed of Jewish Zionists.

Theodor Herzl, the father of Jewish Zionism, precisely understood this confluence of interests when he wrote in his Diaries: “The anti-Semites will become our most dependable friends, the anti-Semitic countries our allies.”

To understand how and why Israel is committing genocide in Gaza, and why it is being allowed by the West, it is vital to analyse the historic role played by Zionism, and how antisemitism has been weaponised over decades to serve as the perfect cover for the dispossession, and now extermination, of the Palestinian people.

Which is precisely why, on his path to power, Starmer, Britain’s new prime minister, made sure to conflate anti-Zionism – opposition to Zionism – with antisemitism.

The corporate war machine requires of anyone it allows near the centres of power to prove that they will maintain this inversion of reality: that those who support war are the good guys, and those who oppose genocide are the antisemites.

In trying to turn reality back onto its feet, Starmer’s predecessor, Jeremy Corbyn, doomed himself to endless smears.

Now those who try to maintain – in the face of a genocide – their grasp on reality, as well as their humanity, find themselves similarly vilified.

Genocide by Proxy?

This is the hidden context for interpreting the ever-more dangerous developments unfolding around the Gaza genocide.

Israeli political and military leaders are split on where to head next.

There are those ready – having laid waste to Gaza – to do a deal on the remaining Israeli hostages, pull back somewhat and let the rest of the genocide gradually play out.

Aluf Benn, editor of Israel’s venerable Haaretz newspaper, recently set out the emerging plan for “the day after”.

Israel will split Gaza into northern and southern territories along the Netzarim corridor, and starve anyone in the north to death if they refuse to leave.

North Gaza will be settled by Jews, attracted by its “convenient topography, a sea view, and proximity to central Israel”.

South Gaza, packed with destitute, homeless and often maimed refugees deprived of housing, schools and hospitals, will be left to rot under an Israeli siege, an intensification of Israel’s policy before 7 October. The media, it is expected, will lose what little interest it already exhibits in the plight of Palestinians there.

Benn avoids mentioning what happens next. The enclave’s population will face a long, cold, wet winter with no power or sanitation. Starvation will deepen, epidemics will spread.

A genocide by proxy.

Unless, that is, neighbouring states, most especially Egypt, can be blackmailed into agreeing to become complicit in Gaza’s ethnic cleansing.

This is the view of much of the military command, expressed in defence minister Gallant’s reported “shouting match” with Netanyahu at a cabinet meeting on 30 August over the prime minister’s continuing moves to obstruct a hostage deal with Hamas.

It is also the impulse behind the huge protests in Israeli cities this week, and the calling of a general strike by the main labour union, after six hostages were brought back from Gaza dead.

Two Birds, One Stone

The question is whether Netanyahu’s government can be persuaded to stick to this “minimalist” genocide.

Impatient to complete the slaughter in Gaza, and aware that Israel is already a pariah state in the eyes of non-western states and now, increasingly, with western publics, the far right in Netanyahu’s government see only opportunity. They wish to block a ceasefire indefinitely, and use that time to expand the genocide into the larger, more prized Palestinian territory of the West Bank.

This is Israel’s version of killing two birds with one stone. It is also the only way for Netanyahu to keep his far-right coalition together and exploit his role as “wartime leader” to put off his date with the courts in his long-running corruption trial.

Last week’s large-scale attacks on major West Bank cities, with Israeli officials warning the population to be ready to flee invaded areas at short notice, are a foretaste of what is intended.

Having received no meaningful pushback from western capitals over the Gaza genocide, the Israeli right has grown more confident that the same template can be rolled out for the West Bank.

Foreign Minister Israel Katz noted that invasions of the West Bank would be handled “exactly as we deal with terror infrastructure in Gaza, including the temporary evacuation of Palestinian civilians”.

In response, a US official indicated that Washington was ready to sign up to an expansion into the West Bank of Israel’s war against the Palestinian people: “We recognise that localised evacuation orders may be necessary in certain instances to protect civilian lives during sensitive counter-terrorism operations.”

The sense of urgency has only been underscored to Israeli leaders by the World Court’s recent ruling that Israel’s occupation of the Palestinian territories is illegal and constitutes apartheid rule.

Rampaging through the West Bank can be justified indefinitely on the pretext of foiling an “Iranian-backed terror threat”.

And US support will only deepen if Trump wins in November. Should he manage to foreclose on Nato’s proxy war in Ukraine, the military resources expended there can be redirected towards Israel.

Israeli Pyromania

Netanyahu and his allies understand that his solution for the “Palestinian problem” risks a regional conflagration, which is why they need to drag the US deeper into the mire.

And they have multiple potential provocations up their sleeve that can further entangle Washington in neutralising a regional “axis of resistance” that stands as an obstacle to Israel’s military hegemony in the region.

Itamar Ben Gvir, the fascist minister in charge of the police, is seeking to light a match under al-Aqsa in occupied East Jerusalem. His police militias have been running protection for Jewish extremists breaking into the mosque complex to pray there. 

On 26 August, Ben Gvir stepped up his incitement by calling publicly for the first time to build a synagogue inside al-Aqsa.

But the real target is Iran and groups allied to it. Netanyahu’s pyromania has extended to a series of executions designed both to humiliate Tehran, the main sponsor of resistance, and its Hezbollah allies in Lebanon, while making negotiations to end the bloodletting in Gaza impossible.

Back in April, Israel struck Iran’s consulate in Damascus, killing 16 people. And on 31 July, it assassinated Hamas’ political leader and chief negotiator, Ismail Haniyeh, while he was being hosted in Tehran.

A day earlier, Israel killed Fuad Shukr, a Hezbollah military commander, in an attack on the Lebanese capital, Beirut.

Simmering Border

Netanyahu knew the inevitable consequences.

Yahya Sinwar, Hamas’ much less compromising military leader, has filled the void left in the group by Haniyeh’s execution. 

And both Hezbollah and Iran have even stronger grounds for launching retaliation operations against Israel that could quickly spiral into an all-out war. 

That came close to happening late last month with an exchange of heavy fire across the Lebanese border, with Israeli warplanes bombing more than 40 sites in Lebanon while Hezbollah launched more than 300 rockets and drones at military sites in Israel.

Israel’s northern border has been simmering for months.

Senior Israeli politicians have been noisily demanding that the Israeli military destroy south Lebanon and reoccupy it. In June, Israel was reported to have approved a plan for a war in Lebanon. The US envoy to Lebanon was said to have told Hezbollah that Washington “won’t be able to hold Israel back”.

The New York Times has reported soaring recruitment of Palestinians in Lebanon by armed Hamas brigades there, adding another unpredictable element to the mix.

And in a useful feedback loop for Israel, the more it can provoke Iran, the greater excuse it creates to repeat the Gaza genocide formula in the West Bank, bombing its cities and driving out its population. 

Foreign Minister Katz has been setting out precisely this thesis in English-language posts for western audiences, suggesting that Iran is smuggling weapons through Jordan into the West Bank.

He claims Tehran is “working to establish an eastern terror front against Israel through special units of the IRGC [Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps], involved in smuggling weapons, funding, and directing terror organisations”.

Western politicians and media are never going to admit that Israel is carrying out a genocide in Gaza. The moment they do, the veil of illusions fostered for decades about Israel – designed to conceal the West’s complicity in Israeli crimes – would be torn away. 

In committing a genocide, a state crosses a threshold. It cannot be armed into moderation. Nor can it be reasoned into peacemaking. It must be aggressively isolated and sanctioned. 

There is no sign western establishments are willing to do that for one very simple reason: they cannot afford to do it. 

So they will continue feeding the war machine until either we stop them or its lethal games blow up in all our faces.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Featured image: Israeli tank operating in Gaza (Photo: IDF)

First published by GR on April 18, 2020

**

For over twenty years Bill Gates and his Foundation, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) have been vaccinating foremost children by the millions in remote areas of poor countries, mostly Africa and Asia. Most of their vaccination program had disastrous results, causing the very illness (polio, for example in India) and sterilizing young women (Kenya, with modified tetanus vaccines). Many of the children died. Many of the programs were carried out with the backing of the WHO and – yes – the UN Agency responsible for the Protection of Children, UNICEF. 

Most of these vaccination campaigns were implemented without the informed-consent of the children, parents, guardians or teachers, nor with the informed-consent, or with forged consent, of the respective government authorities. In the aftermath, The Gates Foundation was sued by governments around the world, Kenya, India, the Philippines – and more.

Bill Gates has a strange image of himself. He sees himself as The Messiah who saves the world through vaccination – and through population reduction.

Around the time, when the 2010 Rockefeller Report was issued, with its even more infamous “Lock Step” Scenario, precisely the scenario of which we are living the beginning right now, Bill Gates talked on a TED show in California, “Innovating to Zero” about the use of energy.

He used this TED presentation to promote his vaccination programs, literally saying, “If we are doing a real good job vaccinating childen, we can reduce the world population by 10% to 15%”. Watch this video from TED Talk at 04:21 or watch directly below.

 

Screenshot from the transcript on TED Talk

This sounds very much like eugenics.

The video, the first 6’45”, “The Truth about Bill Gates and his Disastrous Vaccination Program”, will tell you all about it.

Read also Gates’ Globalist Vaccine Agenda: a Win-Win for Pharma and Mandatory Vaccination by Robert F Kennedy Jr

Robert F Kennedy Jr, an avid Defender of Children’s Rights and anti-vaccination activist, has launched a petition sent to the White House, calling for “Investigations into the ‘Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation’ for Medical Malpractice & Crimes Against Humanity

Screenshot 

“At the forefront of this is Bill Gates, who has publicly stated his interest in “reducing population growth” by 10-15%, by means of vaccination. Gates, UNICEF & WHO have already been credibly accused of intentionally sterilizing Kenyan children through the use of a hidden HCG antigen in tetanus vaccines”. (Excerpt from text of Petition)

Link to the Petition.

If you wish to Sign the Petition click Here  

(At the time of writing, the petition had over 265,000. It requires 100,000 for an answer from the White House)

Video: Robert F. Kennedy Junior

See also brief video featuring Author Bill Still ( 6 min) entitled The Truth about Bill Gates and his disastrous Vaccination Programs around the World

Robert. F. Kennedy Exposes Bill Gates’ Vaccination Agenda

Now Mr. Gates and his allies, including Big-Pharma, WHO, UNICEF, Dr. Anthony Fauci, Director of NIAID / NIH, a close ally of Mr. Gates  – and of course, Agenda ID2020, are proposing to (force) vaccinate 7 billion people around the globe, with their concoction of a (so far) untested coronavirus vaccine. This is a multi-billion dollar bonanza for  Big Pharma and for all those who support the vaccine. Nobody will really know what the vaccine cocktail will contain. They intend to start with the Global South (Developing Countries) and then gradually move North (Developed Countries).

Mind you, there is no need for a vaccine to cure the corona virus. There are many cures:

French Professor Didier Raoult, who is one of the world’s top 5 scientists on communicable diseases, suggested the use of hydroxychloroquine (Chloroquine or Plaquenil), a well-known, simple, and inexpensive drug, also used to fight Malaria, and that has shown efficacy with previous coronaviruses such as SARS.  By mid-February 2020, clinical trials at his institute and in China already confirmed that the drug could reduce the viral load and bring spectacular improvement. Chinese scientists published their first trials on more than 100 patients and announced that the Chinese National Health Commission would recommend Chloroquine in their new guidelines to treat Covid-19. (Peter Koenig, April 1, 2020)

Be aware, awake, alert and warned.

Peter Koenig is an economist and geopolitical analyst. He is also a water resources and environmental specialist. He worked for over 30 years with the World Bank and the World Health Organization around the world in the fields of environment and water. He lectures at universities in the US, Europe and South America. He writes regularly for Global Research; ICH; RT; Sputnik; PressTV; The 21st Century; Greanville Post; Defend Democracy Press, TeleSUR; The Saker Blog, the New Eastern Outlook (NEO); and other internet sites. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed – fiction based on facts and on 30 years of World Bank experience around the globe. He is also a co-author of The World Order and Revolution! – Essays from the Resistance.
Peter Koenig is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Vaccinating Children: Bill Gates and the Depopulation Agenda. Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Calls for an Investigation

The Green Party of Canada (GPC) expresses outrage over a glaring loophole that allows lethal weapons to continue to flow from Canada to Israel despite the March 2024 parliamentary vote to halt such transfers. This ambiguity permits the transfer of Canadian-made weapons through intermediary countries, most notably the United States. The GPC calls for the immediate cancellation of the General Dynamics contract and an unequivocal embargo on all arms sales to Israel.

In March, Parliament, including the governing Liberal Party, voted to stop the direct transfer of weapons to Israel. However, a critical oversight has emerged, allowing arms shipments to bypass this decision by routing them through countries like the U.S. Canada has not revoked existing arms export permits, nor does the prohibition extend to Canadian-made weapons and components that are first sent to the U.S. before being shipped to Israel.

One of the most egregious examples of this loophole involves General Dynamics, a major Canadian defense contractor. The company is set to supply tens of thousands of M933A1 120mm High Explosive Mortar Cartridges and related equipment, which will be funneled through the U.S. before arriving in Israel.

“This is a disgrace,” said Leader Elizabeth May. “Canada cannot claim to halt the transfer of weapons to Israel while simultaneously allowing arms to flow through backdoor routes like the U.S. We must not be complicit in war crimes.”

GPC has stood in opposition to military sales to Israel since 2012. The Party’s call is clear: an immediate cancellation of the General Dynamics contract and a firm embargo on all arms sales to Israel, no matter the route.

The Green Party also challenges Minister of Foreign Affairs Mélanie Joly on her commitment to halting arms transfers to Israel. In light of this new information, we urge her to act decisively to ensure Canada upholds its international obligations and ceases all military support to Israel.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Featured image source

The first thing which was denied to Palestinians was water and food. It was the onslaught of the genocide against the People of Palestine. 

Netanyahu ordered a complete blockade of the Gaza Strip starting on October 9, 2023, preventing and obstructing the importation of  clean water, food, fuel, and essential commodities to 2.2 Million Palestinians.

Dr. Gerard Delepine in an article entitled Gaza’s Children Don’t Need Polio Vaccine, They Need Peace and Clean Water!, According to Delepine:

“The single case of polio in Gaza triggered a global outcry and an appeal by the UN, which obtained the agreement of the United States and Israel to send 1.2 million doses of vaccine. 

But who are we kidding?  Why vaccinate children against a disease that can be completely eradicated by drinking water? Clean Water Is Enough to Eradicate Polio”

The first step would be for the self-proclaimed international community to demand the restoration of the import of water and food.

Guess Who are the Architects of Gaza’s Polio Vaccination Program

WHO Director General Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreysus. confirms that his mentor Bill Gates generously offered to come to the rescue of Palestinian children.

Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreysus ,  The Guardian (Opinion) (26 July, 2024) confirms that:

“While no cases of polio have been recorded yet [in Gaza], without immediate action, it is just a matter of time before it reaches the thousands of children who have been left unprotected. Children under five are at risk, and especially infants under two because many have not been vaccinated over the nine months of conflict.

The World Health Organization (WHO) is sending more than 1 million polio vaccines to Gaza, which will be administered in the coming weeks to prevent children being struck down by the disease.”

Dr. Tedros  also confirmed that the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation –which has played a key role in supporting numerous vaccine projects (including the Covid-19 mRNA vaccine) will be financing the  Gaza polio vaccine (under the helm of the WHO).

“Support for the Guardian’s global development journalism [also] comes from the Bill and Melinda Foundation” [How Convenient. Not a single mention of Netanyahu]

 

 

When was the polio vaccination for Gaza first contemplated by the WHO-Gates Foundation.? What is the unspoken objective of the polio vaccine?

Did the WHO, UNICEF and The Gates Foundation take a stance regarding  the blockade of food and water which started immediately in October 2023, and which is categorized in international law as a criminal undertaking.

According to the Gates Foundation:

“In 2020, the entire World Health Organization (WHO) African Region was certified free of wild poliovirus, four years after Nigeria—the last polio-endemic country in Africa—recorded its final case of wild polio. Today, wild polio is found only in Afghanistan and Pakistan.”

The 21st Century Wire refutes the above statement of the Gates Foundation:

“The United Nations was warned that a major international vaccine initiative is actually causing a deadly outbreak of the very disease it was supposed to wipe-out.

While international organisations like the World Health Organization (WHO) will regularly boast about ‘eradicating polio’ with vaccines—the opposite seems to be the case, with vaccines causing the deaths of scores of young people living in Africa.

Health officials have now admitted that their plan to stop ‘wild’ polio is backfiring, as scores children are being paralyzed by a deadly strain of the pathogen derived from a live vaccine – causing a virulent wave of polio to spread.

This latest pharma-induced pandemic started out in the African countries of Chad and Sudan, with the culprit identified as vaccine-derived polio virus type 2.

…international health bodies have ‘accidentally’ reintroduced the disease in Pakistan, Afghanistan, and also Iran, as the central Asia region was hit by a virulent strain of polio spawned by the a pharmaceutical vaccine. Also, in 2019, the government of Ethiopia ordered the destruction of 57,000 vials of type 2 oral polio vaccine (mOPV2) following a similar outbreak of vaccine-induced polio.

The same incident has happened in India as well.

The oral polio vaccine is being pushed by the Global Polio Eradication Initiative (GPEI), a consortium which is supported and funded by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation.(21st Century Wire, September 2020, emphasis added)

The Gates Foundation’s commitment  is to “eradicate polio Worldwide”.

In 2022, the Gates Foundation embarked on a 1.2 Billion dollars polio vaccination program, which in many regards has spelled disaster.

 

Can the People of Palestine Trust Bill Gates? 

A 500,000 Petition in May 2020 Called for an Investigation

  

By Muslim Mirror Web Desk

“An online petition is calling on the White House to investigate Bill Gates and Melinda Gates for “crimes against humanity” and “medical malpractice”. The petition received more than 500,000 signatures as on 11th May 2020.

The petition accuses the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation of “medical malpractice” for citing an accusation of “intentionally sterilizing Kenyan children through the use of a hidden HCG antigen in tetanus vaccines.” The petition also quoted Bill Gates’ when talking about his interest in “reducing population growth” by means of vaccinations.

Gates, UNICEF & WHO have already been credibly accused of intentionally sterilizing Kenyan children through the use of a hidden HCG antigen in tetanus vaccines.

In Y 2014, the Catholic Bishops Conference of Kenya conducted a study on the 5-injection, 2 yr vaccination project performed on female Kenyans aged 14-49, in a South African laboratory and concluded that “all 6 samples tested positive for the HCG antigen.”

“This proved right our worst fears; that this WHO campaign is not about eradicating neonatal tetanus, but a well-coordinated forceful population control mass sterilization exercise using a proven fertility regulating vaccine,”

Dr. Ngare, spokesman for the Kenya Catholic Doctors Association, said.

“This evidence was presented to the Ministry of Health before the third round of immunization, but was ignored.”

The vaccine, which was administered to 2.3-M girls and women by the World Health Organization (WHO) and UNICEF for free, was said to be funded by Global Alliance for Vaccines and Immunization (GAVI), an organization started and funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. “(Muslim Mirror, emphasis added)

Toxicology vs Virology: The Rockefeller Institute and the Criminal Polio Fraud

By F. William Engdahl, September 05, 2024

 

 
    By Mike Whitney, September 05, 2024

 

We are in Solidarity with the People of Palestine.

Our thoughts are with you. Read the text above on Kenya.

Do not trust Bill Gates and Dr. Tedros. They are fully supportive of the Netanyahu government’s criminal undertakings.

An independent laboratory examination of the polio vaccine which is intended for Gaza must be conducted.

Refuse the polio vaccine.

Follow Dr. Gerard Delepine:

Why vaccinate children against a disease that can be completely eradicated by drinking water?

Demand the Importation of Clean Water and Food. 

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, September 6, 2024

[email protected]


About the Author

Michel Chossudovsky is an award-winning author, Professor of Economics (emeritus) at the University of Ottawa, Founder and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), Montreal, Editor of Global Research.

He has undertaken field research in Latin America, Asia, the Middle East, sub-Saharan Africa and the Pacific and has written extensively on the economies of developing countries with a focus on poverty and social inequality. He has also undertaken research in Health Economics (UN Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC),  UNFPA, CIDA, WHO, Government of Venezuela, John Hopkins International Journal of Health Services (1979, 1983)

He is the author of 13 books including The Globalization of Poverty and The New World Order (2003), America’s “War on Terrorism” (2005),  The Globalization of War, America’s Long War against Humanity (2015).

He is a contributor to the Encyclopaedia Britannica.  His writings have been published in more than twenty languages. In 2014, he was awarded the Gold Medal for Merit of the Republic of Serbia for his writings on NATO’s war of aggression against Yugoslavia. He can be reached at [email protected]

See Michel Chossudovsky, Biographical Note

Michel Chossudovsky’s Articles on Global Research

 

Psychics or psychopaths at the helm? Felicity Arbuthnot,

.

 

.

.

Highlight

A  “Vaccine” for the Non-existent Hypothetical “Disease X” is slated to be developed  at a Research Centre located at The “Defence Science and Technology Laboratory” [Dstl] at Porton Down, Wiltshire, which is one of the U.K.’s Ministry of Defense most secretive and controversial military research facilities specializing in the testing of biological and chemical weapons. 

 

 

 

Hypothetical “Disease X”

The WHO Pandemic Treaty is A Fraud

by

Michel Chossudovsky

January 27, 2024

Introduction

WHO Director General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, continues to mislead public opinion Worldwide. 

There is no such thing as  “Disease X”. It’s a hypothetical construct by a WHO expert committee (2017-2018) of virologists and disease analysts. It was then envisaged in the Clade X Simulation (May 2018) and Event 201 Simulation of a Pandemic (October 2019). Both events were held under the auspices of the John Hopkins Center for Heath Security with the support of the Gates Foundation.

It was then announced by Bill Gates at the Munich Security Conference in February 2022:

“The risks of severe disease from Covid-19 have “dramatically reduced” but another pandemic is all but certain”. says Bill Gates.

“A potential new pandemic would likely stem from a different pathogen to that of the coronavirus family” (CNBC).

“We’ll have another pandemic. It will be a different pathogen next time,” Gates said.

How could he know this in advance?

“Predicting” and “Preparing” for “Disease X”, An Unknown Threat

In his presentation at the Davos24 WEF, the WHO Director General Dr.Tedros recanted Bill Gates’ premonition, pointing to the alleged severity of the Covid-19 crisis initiated in early 2020, in blatant contradiction with official WHO data.

Bill Gates is Tedros’ Mentor. They have a close personal relationship, which occasionally borders on “conflict of interest”.

Bill Gates, Tedros et al (supported by the WHO “committee of experts”) are now predicting “Disease X” which stems  from a hypothetical pathogen which is allegedly 20 times more deadly than SARS-CoV-2. What absolute nonsense. 

“Aside from the fact that it will wreak havoc on humanity, the research team has no idea about the nature of the pathogen”

According to Forbes:

Disease X, a hypothetical unknown threat, is the name used among scientists to encourage the development of countermeasures, including vaccines and tests, to deploy in the case of a future outbreak—the WHO convened a group of over 300 scientists in November 2022 to study the “unknown pathogen that could cause a serious international epidemic,” positing a mortality rate 20 times that of Covid-19″

300 scientists to study something which is unknown and hypothetical? The media propaganda buzz, quoting “scientific opinion” is “Disease X 20 times more dangerous than Covid”

A renewed fear campaign 24/7 has been launched, consisting of reports of an alleged new wave of Covid deaths, while totally ignoring the tide of excess mortality and morbidity resulting from the Covid-19 “vaccine”.

Video: A Vaccine for a Hypothetical “Disease X” Pandemic.

Produced by Lux Media. Michel Chossudovsky and Caroline Mailloux

To access Rumble and/or leave a Comment click here or the lower right hand corner of the video screen

To Donate to Lux Media Click Here

Scroll down to read the Section on the Disease X “Vaccine”

“Disease X” Alleged Pathogen “Identified” by WHO Expert Committee Two Years  Prior to the Covid-19 Crisis

In early February 2018  a WHO expert committee convened behind closed doors in Geneva to consider the unthinkable”.

click image to access text

“The goal was to identify pathogens with the potential to spread and kill millions but for which there are currently no, or insufficient, countermeasures available.” 

The Expert Committee had met on two previous occasions, most probably in 2017:  

“It was the third time the committee, consisting of leading virologists, bacteriologists and infectious disease experts, had met to consider diseases with epidemic or pandemic potential.

But when the 2018 list was released two weeks ago [mid February 2018] it included an entry not seen in previous years.

In addition to eight frightening but familiar diseases including Ebola, Zika, and Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS), the list included a ninth global threat: Disease X.” (Daily Telegraph, emphasis added)

It all sounds very scientific based on experts contracted and rewarded by the WHO, under the advice of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation:

“Disease X represents the knowledge [what knowledge?] that a serious international epidemic could be caused by a pathogen currently unknown to cause human disease”.

Experts on the WHO panel say Disease X could emerge from a variety of sources and strike at any time.

History tells us that it is likely the next big outbreak will be something we have not seen before”, said John-Arne Rottingen, chief executive of the Research Council of Norway and a scientific adviser to the WHO committee. 

“It may seem strange to be adding an ‘X’ but the point is to make sure we prepare and plan flexibly in terms of vaccines and diagnostic tests.

“We want to see ‘plug and play’ platforms developed which will work for any, or a wide number of diseases; systems that will allow us to create countermeasures at speed.” (Telegraph)

The work of the “expert committee” was followed by two table top simulations respectively in May 2018 and October 2019. 

The Clade X Simulation: “Parainfluenza Clade X”

A few months following the WHO experts’ meeting in Geneva in early 2018, at which a hypothetical Disease X was categorized as a “global threat’, the Clade X table top simulation was conducted Washington D.C. (May 2018) under the auspices of The Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security.

“The scenario begins with an outbreak of novel parainfluenza virus that is moderately contagious and moderately lethal and for which there are no effective medical countermeasures”.

The virus is called: “Parainfluenza Clade X”

“Disease X” and the 201 Global Pandemic Simulation 

The Hypothetical Disease X Concept developed in 2017-2018 by a WHO Expert Committee of leading virologists and disease experts was simulated in the Event 201 Table Top Simulation of a deadly corona virus pandemic. The Global Pandemic Exercise was held in New York under the auspices of the John Hopkins Bloomberg School of Health, Centre for Heath Security (which hosted the May 2018 Clade X Simulation). The event was sponsored by the Gates Foundation and the World Economic Forum. (Event 201)

An October 21, 2019 report  “Disease X dummy run: World health experts prepare for a deadly pandemic and its fallout confirms that Disease X was part of the 201 Global Pandemic Simulation

On Friday a panel of 15 high-powered international figures gathered in the ballroom of a New York hotel to “game” a scenario in which a pandemic is raging across the world, killing millions.

Health experts fully expect the world to be confronted by a fast-moving global pandemic. The updates were coming into the situation room thick and fast – and the news was not good. The virus was spreading… The former deputy director of the CIA took off her glasses, rubbed her eyes, and addressed the panel.  “We also have to consider that terrorists could take advantage of this situation,” she said. “We’re looking at the possibility of famine. There is the potential for outbreaks of secondary diseases.”

“I fully expect that we will be confronted by a fast-moving global pandemic,” said Dr Mike Ryan, executive director of the World Health Organisation (WHO) health emergencies programme.

Addressing participants – and the 150 observers – before the scenario began, he said that the WHO deals with 200 epidemics every year. It’s only a matter of time before one of those becomes a pandemic – defined as a disease prevalent over a whole country or the world.” (Telegraph, emphasis added)

 

Video: Tedros Stated that  Covid was “The First Disease X”

 

Evidence: No Pandemic in Early 2020. Misleading Statements by Dr. Tedros, Fraudulent Decisions

In a Factual Nutshell: 

  • WHO Director General Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, launched a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC) on January 30th 2020. There was 83 “confirmed Cases” outside China for a population of 6.4 billion people. 
  • There was no “scientific basis” to justify the launching of a Worldwide Public Health Emergency.
  • On February 20th, 2020At a briefing in Geneva, the WHO Director General Dr Tedros, said that he was “concerned that the chance to contain the coronavirus outbreak was “closing” …“I believe the window of opportunity is still there, but that the window is narrowing.” Those statements were based on 1076 “confirmed cases” outside China. 
  • The WHO officially declared a Worldwide pandemic on March 11, 2020 at a time when the number of PCR cases outside China (6.4 billion population) was of the order of  44,279 cumulative confirmed cases 
  • All so-called confirmed cases are the result of the PCR test, which does not detect the virus
  • In the US on March 9, 2020, there were 3,457 “confirmed cases” out of a population of  329.5 million people. 
  • In Canada on March 9, 2020, there were 125 “confirmed cases” out of a population of 38.5 million people. 
  • In Germany on March 9, 2020, there were 2948 “confirmed cases” out of a population of 83.2 million people.

The above is a summary. Scroll down for references and analysis

The “Disease X” Fear Campaign and the Pandemic Treaty

There is vast literature on the Pandemic Treaty and its likely consequences. 

The Pandemic Treaty consists in creating  a global health entity under WHO auspices. It’s the avenue towards “Global Governance” whereby the entire World population of 8 billion would be digitized, integrated into a global digital data bank.

All your personal information would be contained in this data bank, leading to the derogation of fundamental human rights as well as the subordination of national governments to dominant financial establishment. 

The Pandemic Treaty would be tied into the creation of a Worldwide digital ID system. 

According to David Scripac 

 “A worldwide digital ID system is in the making. [The aim] of the WEF—and of all the central banks [is] to implement a global system in which everyone’s personal data will be incorporated into the Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) network.” 

Peter Koenig describes the underlying process as : 

“an all-electronic ID – linking everything to everything of each individual (records of health, banking, personal and private, etc.).”

Bombshell: A Vaccine for a Hypothetical “Disease X” Pandemic “With an Unknown Pathogen” 

Announced by Dr. Tedros at Davos24, not to mention Bill Gates’ numerous authoritative statements, governments must prepare for the outbreak of   “Disease X”. 

A  State of the Art “Vaccine” allegedly to “Build our Immunity” against “Disease X” (which is a hypothetical construct based on an unknown pathogen) is slated to be developed at Britain’s “Vaccine Development and Evaluation Centre” (UK Health and Security Agency’s (UKHSA) Porton Down campus in Wiltshire, inaugurated in August 2023.

“Ministers have opened a new vaccine research centre in the UK where scientists will work on preparing for “disease X”, the next potential pandemic pathogen.

Prof Dame Jenny Harries said: “What we’re trying to do now is capture that really excellent work from Covid and make sure we’re using that as we go forward for any new pandemic threats.”

She added: “What we try to do here is keep an eye on the ones that we do know. For example, with Covid, we are still here testing all the new variants with the vaccines that have been provided to check they are still effective.

“But we are also looking at how quickly we can develop a new test that would be used if a brand new virus popped up somewhere.” …

“This state-of-the-art complex will also help us deliver on our commitment to produce new vaccines within 100 days of a new threat being identified.”

(The Guardian, emphasis added) 

Will the “Disease X” “Vaccine” be Developed in the Labs of the U.K. Ministry of Defense Science and Technology Porter Down Campus?

The Vaccine Development and Evaluation Centre” (VDEC) –which has a mandate to develop “The Disease X” Vaccine– is a civilian research entity under Britain’s National Health Service (NHS) managed by the UK Health and Security Agency (UKHSA) headed by Dame Jennifer Harries (DBE).

Of significance VDEC which was inaugurated in August 2023 is located in: 

The “Defence Science and Technology Laboratory” [Dstl] at Porton Down, Wiltshire, which is one of the U.K.’s Ministry of Defense’s most secretive and controversial military research facilities specializing in the testing of biological and chemical weapons.

The UK Health and Security Agency (UKHSA) has initiated a project in global and country-level “Integrated Disease Surveillance” funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. A representative of the Gates Foundation is a member of UKHSA’s Advisory Board.

..

***

Click above screenshot to the access Daily Star article 

What is required is a Mass Movement to Oppose the Adoption of the Pandemic Treaty at the World Health Assembly. (May 27, 2024).

We also Call for the Immediate Cancellation of the Covid-19 “Killer Vaccine”

Ironically to say the least,  the WHO Director General Tedros, admits that

“the momentum had been slowed down by entrenched positions and “a torrent of fake news, lies, and conspiracy theories”.

 

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, January 22, 2024, Latest Revision August 28, 2024

 

***

 

World Health Organisation Head:

Global Compliance Needed For Next Pandemic

by

Steve Watson 

Original source Modernity

 

In an appearance at the globalist World Economic Forum in Davos, the Director General of the World Health Organisation urged that global cooperation will be needed during the next pandemic, and that national interests” hinder compliance.

In a session titled “Disease X,” Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus stated that in order to be “better prepared” and “to understand disease X,” the WHO’s ‘Pandemic Agreement’ needs to be adopted globally.

“This is about a common enemy,” Tedros continued, adding “without a shared response, we will face the same problem as COVID.”

He explained that the decline for the legislation is May of this year and member states are negotiating between countries to implement it.

“This is a common global interest, and very narrow national interests should not come in the way,” he continued, adding “of course national interests are natural, but they could be difficult and affect the negotiations.”

Tedros also declared that COVID was “the first disease X, and it could happen again.”

Here is the full exchange:

Before the cosy chat, Rebel news reporter Avi Yemini confronted Tedros and asked for his opinion on global lockdowns and vaccination mandates.

He had nothing to say.

 

First published by Modernity

References 

There Never Was a “New Corona Virus”, There Never Was a Pandemic

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, January 21, 2024

Biggest Lie in World History: There Never Was A Pandemic. The Data Base is Flawed. The Covid Mandates including the Vaccine are Invalid

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, May 14, 2023

The Covid “Killer Vaccine”. People Are Dying All Over the World. It’s A Criminal Undertaking

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, May 24, 2023

*

 


 

The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

Free of Charge for ALL our Readers. Click here to Download 


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

 

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

 

Creating a Revolution in the Spiritual Desert Known as America

September 7th, 2024 by Emanuel Pastreich

At this critical moment in American history, and in world history, a moment at which the Fukuyama fuzzy fantasy of an end of history and of a magic kingdom on Earth animated by endless growth and consumption has come crashing down after hitting a stone wall of economic disparity, ethical chaos, and social contradictions. More and more Americans must face the ghoulish trinity of accumulated capital, manufactured ideology, and brutal class warfare—it no longer matters how kind or how ethnically diverse the face of that new economic system make up of investment banks and corporate media may be.

The efforts of intellectual saboteurs, paid in blood money by the extremely rich, to launch campaigns blaming the current destruction of our economy and society on socialists, attributing the transgender psychological operation carried out by Homeland Security subcontractors to a mythical “radical left,” pinning the COVID 19 scam on the Chinese Communist Party, and attributing the corporate fascism in the Democratic Party to communism, has reached a peak.

If we thought that fascism would follow a different path this time, we have discovered that the planners at corporate consulting companies and private intelligence firms lack the imagination, or the skills, to do much more than mimic what was done in Germany and Italy one hundred years ago.

Regarding our response, numbers are the least important issue at the start. The numbers of supporters for parties and candidates reflected in opinion polls are made up in response to demands from corporations. We have the truth and science on our side—and truth and science are never democratic in nature. 

America, however, is still reeling from a series of betrayals that have left most educated citizens wandering in a fog, and most working Americans completely confused.

Working people are better able to identify the problems and confront them because they do not have 401K retirement accounts that demand that they accept the current fraud in order to keep living in their oversized houses.

The professors, researchers, lawyers, doctors, government officials, and employees at non-profits who took the money to promote fantasies which benefit multinationals, and who refused to stand with the workers, let alone the poor, against the blatant efforts to promote bogus ideologies in a predatory, parasitic economy, have a grave responsibility. 

The harsh truth is that intellectuals have knowingly stamped the frauds of quantitative easing counterfeiting, COVID 19 military intelligence psychological warfare, 9/11, secret governance and global war, nano and bio military operations at home, the administration of prisons by American and Israeli private contractors, and the “mass shooting” false flag operations of Homeland Security with the seal of their intellectual authority.

Here Comes Revolutionary Politics

We are heading for revolutionary politics, whether we like it or not.

If we do nothing, we are heading towards a revolution in which a tiny handful of the super-rich will take over all resources, and will reduce us to fragmented groups who fight each other in bogus color revolutions over issues that are made up for us by those with a higher security clearance. In that pre-programmed revolution, dumbed down revolutionaries fed revolutionary slogans over Facebook and Instagram will be expected to follow political campaigns coordinated by supercomputers at Amazon and Google which slowly corral the entire population into the slaughter house, one algorithm at a time.

Free trade allowed the rich to destroy the economic means of working people to respond to their predations by moving manufacturing overseas, to automate and digitalize the means of production so as to eliminate the potential for workers to oppose them, and promote a wave of immigration meant to undermine unions by providing cheap labor. Ultimately “free trade” (not free for anyone by multinational corporations) made the people dependent on a money economy because they could no longer produce their own food, or make their clothes, furniture, and other tools locally.

Moreover, free trade meant that the only well-paid manufacturing jobs left were all tied to military suppliers because most manufacturing that was not tied to the military was moved overseas. That last shift in manufacturing meant that progressives in congress have to back the military, whether they like it or not, in order to preserve jobs in their districts.

The result? Most everyone these days accepts the fiction that consumption and growth, and the industrial average of the stock market, are the appropriate metrics for assessing the state of the nation. That means that the United States, with its military-tilted economy, has no choice but to find ways to wage war.

As Leon Trosky wrote, “You may not be interested in war, but war is interested in you.”

And the financial players are drawn to war like a moth to a candle because nothing beats war for consumption of extremely expensive machinery. 

Moreover, the budgets for defense and intelligence are classified and therefore off the record; this allows for the money laundering of hundreds of billions of dollars, much of which is used to pay off public intellectuals, bureaucrats, and CEOs who support the regime. 

Central to the current strategy of the billionaires for creating confusion, for creating a “politics” so divorced from reality and policy as leave citizens disgusted with the “political” without ever understanding what it means, is the binary opposition of left and right, conservative and progressive, found in all political discourse.

The terms “conservative” and “progressive” as they are used today are more about identity and feelings, not concrete policies, and there is no accurate discussion on either side of who owns what or who controls what under what pretenses. We are subject to a heated debate on abortion, gun control, church and state, trans and gay ideology, and immigration that is deliberately framed by both sides so as to avoid any real understanding, or any solution. 

At the core of this binary is an intentional flattening out of politics. We are facing three-way political and ideological structures and the flattening out of a three-way structure into a binary allows the rich to control how we perceive politics, and to manipulate the “left” and “right” in the media.

First, there are three kinds of politics: conservative, progressive, and revolutionary, not two. The United States started out with a revolution and the Declaration of Independence makes it clear that revolution is a critical political method in the nation as we saw in the Civil War, and elsewhere. The Declaration of Independence also makes it clear that citizens are entitled to overthrow a government when it becomes a tyranny. This central aspect of American political philosophy has been intentionally erased, and the Constitution placed in a gold coffin.  

Instead, Americans are subject to homegrown domestic color revolutions, revolutions that are funded by corporations through Homeland Security, that offer us cardboard messiahs.

We must revive revolutionary political philosophy if we want to find a way forward.

We must recognize one more triad: the three branches of government.

I am not talking about the executive, legislative, and judicial branches of government that are described in the Constitution. That division of power has been rendered irrelevant by the mass privatization of government over the last thirty years.

No, I am talking about the actual three branches of governance: the politicians, the bankers, and the generals.

The politicians, not limited to elected officials, are those engaged in the political and the ideological project of giving meaning to policies that are implemented and bringing together disparate factions to reach necessary compromises to make budgets and spend money.

The bankers are those empowered to control economic relations and to create money and set its value. They have the power to determine the direction that the nation follows and to amass great wealth in the process.

The generals control the military, the branch of government that has access to officially sanctioned deadly force and that has a range of powerful weapons that can be used to intimidate and to compel at home and abroad.

In a stable political economic environment, the politicians rise to the top because they are able to negotiate between the bankers and the generals, and to offer compromises that address the needs of both. The United States has been run by politicians for a long time, granted that the other branches sometimes took direct action to defend their interests.

But when a system spins out of control, and the political economy is open for pillage, and when the citizens are ignorant (in part because of dumbed-down educational systems and smart phone algorithms) of what is being done, then the bankers rise to the top. The bankers rise to the top because they are able to pay off the politicians and generals, and the public intellectuals, through means that are often hidden from use, and the culture thus produced is one in which everything has a price.

But when the nation reaches a state of radical institutional corruption, one in which all government agencies become but extensions of corporations, or are for sale to the highest bidder, then paralysis sets in and with it comes confusion. Government cannot be effectively run if everything is transactional because no one will be able to make difficult decisions, or give direction to the process.

At that point, as is happening right now in America, the generals start to take control of the system, and to push the bankers and politicians out (although not eliminating them). The generals can do so, and establish an effective, if invisible, military government, because in a crisis force trumps money in a broken system, and it trumps even the control of institutions of ideological authority, at least for the short term. As foolish as the generals may be, they can give orders that will be followed and thus can get things going.

What Is Politics in 2024?

Let us talk about what politics really means in America in 2024.

Source

Real politics in America is worked out through contracts for surveillance between governments and multinational private contractors.

Real politics is the negotiation of, and enforcement of, monopolies on production, shipping, logistics, distribution and retail sales held by the multinational corporations that control the effective economy in ways that can never be subject to a vote.

Real politics is the battle between private banks and private equity to control of the determination of the value of currency, and its creation by the Federal Reserve.

Real politics is the promotion of, and implementation of, war and domestic conflict by arms manufacturers, private intelligence firms, private security firms, political consulting firms, and the strategy teams of billionaires so as to create the uncertainty and instability in society that discourages resistance.

Real politics is about the control of food, water, and energy by a group of multinational firms that are owned by a smaller handful of trusts.

Real politics can be found in the orders for administration given out to departments of the federal, state, and local government in the format of classified directives, secret law, and national security letters that dictate what must be done and that demand that the true power relationships cannot be made public.

Real politics can be found in the domination of medical schools, hospitals, medical journals, and pharmaceutical corporations by a cluster of funds that are run by investment banks.

That is real politics in America and that real politics in America is never covered by the journalists.

Sadly, the analysis offered to citizens in this broken system focuses exclusively on the mythical “bad apples” with little concern for who owns what, and even less interest in the ideological structures that make this dystopia possible, or the control of information, food, and energy, and the means of production, by multinational institutions that effectively serve as the government.

The dark forces of the stone age, BlackRock and Black Stone, have thrown down the gauntlet; they have declared war on the citizens of the nation, and of the world.

They have plans to round us up in concentration camps using armed robots and drones that will replace the more reticent policemen. The only reason they have not done so far is that the banks of supercomputers calculated those scenarios and told them that the risk is still too high, that not enough citizens have been reduced to two-dimensional thinking by social media and pornography.

What Must be Done

Standing still is not an option for us because the move towards consolidated technofascism has already been charted out using supercomputers for the months and years ahead. We will be checkmated in any case if we play by the rules that are being set down for us.

We can only overwhelm these elites by transforming our culture and society, changing the very definition of who we are and how we relate to each other.

That revolution within civilization itself is something their algorithms cannot stop. But that can only happen when we stop thinking about how to play better according to the rules of the game that we are given and we start instead to make up the rules of the game ourselves. That is the true revolution, and I suggest that it is where we must start.

We must promise to help each other for a lifetime, to share our assets, our resources, and our skills among our members, and to create a community that works in a transparent, accountable, and ethical manner among us first, and in society as a whole next.

Diminished Democracy: From Membership to Management in American Civic Life | Theda Skocpol

That is the strategy that Theda Skocpol argues for in her book “Diminished Democracy: From Membership to Management in American Civic Life.” Skocpol explains that the real reason that Congress and the White House have become totalitarian is that we do not have any participatory or democratic institutions left in our daily lives, in our neighborhoods.

If we establish democratic institutions in our neighborhood that bring citizens together to make policy amongst themselves, that set up organizations at the local level that are participatory, then such institutions, such a movement, will put pressure on the entire political system and slowly force the government to serve its role as a government.

Those interested in revolutionary change should not be so worried about what they will achieve in the next six months. They should think more about the suffering of others, about those who are starving and dying, and less about their own retirement accounts.

We should not die foolishly and we should be as wise as possible in our strategic decisions. At the same time, clinging to things, or clinging to life itself, can keep us from achieving our full potential which is so clearly demanded by the current situation. Yamamoto Tsunetomo 山本 常朝 suggests in his diary Hagakure 葉隱 that if one wishes to achieve a difficult task, facing death in the case he described, that an effective method is to imagine that one is already dead.

The reason being that at the moment one accepts death and having no possessions, or even the ability to possess, suddenly one is swept over by a wave of immense freedom. Giving up on that clinging to life means that one can focus on the essential and not be caught up in the details.

Such words are critical to us now as the powers we associated with the truth movement, and the progressives in the American political system are being rapidly reduced to the hand puppets of techno-fascism and militarism.

What do we do? Do we make some sort of a deal with these people who have lost their moral vision, and their consciences as well?

If we do our absolute best, and do so with little concern for ourselves, that action in itself will impress people whom we do not even know, whom we have never met, and they will do great things that we are not able to do. Whether we succeed is not that critical–although it would be nice.  What is critical is that the goal of a peaceful and sane society can be achieved by someone.

As Confucius wrote so many years ago,

“Debugu biyoulin”

德不孤,必有鄰

“Integrity is never isolated and alone. There will always be those who are sympathetic out there” 

What he meant was that if you take an action that is selfless and ethically motivated, even though it appears as if you are entirely alone, spurned by all, there will always be those, somewhere out there, maybe even among those who appear to be your oppressors, who will be sympathetic to your position.

Although this strategy is not effective for raising big money from lobbyists, or getting on corporate TV, I would argue that it is the only effective approach we have today. In fact, it is more effective than going through the degrading and demoralizing process of trying to run for office. 

When John Brown and his followers in 1859 formed a provisional government that followed the Constitution and the Declaration of Independence, they declared, without any concern for what passed for public opinion, that, according to the Constitution, slavery is not a peculiar institution but is rather a war of the landlord class against the citizens of our nation, one that must be resisted. In other words, they used the founding documents of the nation to challenge the entire corrupt system. They were captured easily at Harper’s Ferry and John Brown was later executed. But that simple action, that naïve declaration written down on paper, changed the discourse on slavery in America completely. No longer could the bogus progressive concept of slowly getting rid of slavery, state by state, convince Americans. And many, black and white, in the North and South, started to feel the system could no longer be tolerated. 

When Jean Jaurès, head of the French Section of the Workers’ International (SFIO), was assassinated at a café in Paris on July 31, 1914, he was working around the clock with Hugo Haase of the Social Democratic Party (SPD) in Germany to organize, along with others in France, Germany, and elsewhere, strikes and other mass movements to stop the drive for war.

That specific effort was unsuccessful, and Haase was assassinated as well in 1918, and yet those who continued the fight for peace in Europe in the years afterwards, all the way through 1945, were directly inspired by those efforts.

When a tiny handful of men and women launched an uprising in the Warsaw Ghetto in April of 1943, it was totally hopeless. They were killed in a few days. But the very fact that people were able to stand up and denounce, resist, fascistic governance in Eastern Europe, and the genocide policies that had become accepted practice, transformed the mood. Suddenly resistance movements started springing up again and the spirit of that uprising shook many who had been traumatized out of their sleep so that they no longer accept wall-to-wall fascism as a given. 

It was not necessary for those leading the uprising to meet with those who would carry on the resistance in Poland, Hungary, Ukraine, and elsewhere.

The current narcissistic culture that permeates our society makes such actions almost impossible and therefore we are rendered paralyzed. That cult of the self that makes self-sacrifice impossible, the consumption-focused materialism in which only the visible output counts, assures that those who have no money, who are not mentioned by Facebook, Twitter, or the New York Times, are discounted from the start.

But this assumption is not natural to humans, but was rather induced by corporations to make us think of everything around us, including other humans, as products to be consumed, and to make the organization of resistance nearly impossible because people are conditioned to think as consumers, not citizens, about success that can be measured.

The truth, however, is that the most fundamental powers of justice, honesty, compassion, and charity cannot be seen by the naked eye, and they contradict the basic imperatives of growth, consumption, and production that are assumed to define the economy.

We can win this brutal struggle against the billionaires who manipulate the people using supercomputer algorithms and a bankrupt consumption culture that cruelly reduces so many to virtual robots following their most base desires.

But we can only do so at the level of civilization, of self-awareness, and of moral commitment.

 If we try to play by their rules, by the assumption that the possession of things, or of narcissistic attention blasts, is our goal, then we are lost. But if we work at the metaphysical and epistemological level, defining what is and is not just, what is and is not government, then we can make the rules up for the people and short circuit this brutal takeover of humanity. 

A transformation in your neighborhood, by simply having citizens make a contract to protect and aid each other, could set off a chain reaction that will transform other organizations throughout the United States, and around the world, showing that kindness, cooperation, and the truth, are by their nature bulletproof.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Emanuel Pastreich served as the president of the Asia Institute, a think tank with offices in Washington DC, Seoul, Tokyo and Hanoi. Pastreich also serves as director general of the Institute for Future Urban Environments. Pastreich declared his candidacy for president of the United States as an independent in February, 2020.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Incisive article, with foresight, first published on December 31, 2022

***

Excess mortality is reported from Norway – and all over the western world or Global North. Excesses never heard before. In the ranges of between 15% and 25%. In some countries even higher. Worrisome. No clear causes can be detected.

See this.

Already more than a year ago Dr. Michael Yeadon, former VP Pfizer and Chief of Science at Pfizer, warned that excess deaths will appear in the next 3-5 and even up to ten years, because of the false and criminal, untested mRNA vaxxes.

He elaborates. After all the boosters – 3 to 4 shots – the immune system has lost up to 80% of its defenses. Thus, people are more vulnerable to catching any kind of disease. Plus, myocarditis and sudden deaths are on the rise – even in young people, especially those who practice sport or are sports professionals.

In addition, graphene oxide injection and other concoctions being injected, cause all sorts of cancers, mostly in reproductive systems of men and women, as well as several types of cancers of the blood, of the eyes causing blindness… liver and kidney diseases… and much more.

In addition, these injections, called vaccines, also cause massive infertility. In some countries life-childbirth was down by up to 40% in 2022.

Dr. Yeadon warned that the diseases will be very difficult to trace back to the vaxxes, but that’s where the origin is.

A clear eugenics agenda, mass depopulation, unprecedented.

Genocide is a word that doesn’t meet the extent of the atrocity that’s behind what we are living through — what the cabal is carrying out.

The UN Agenda 2030, alias Klaus Schwab’s (WEF) Great Reset and the nefarious, all-digitizing 4th Industrial Revolution, also includes an asset-stripping plan never seen and experienced before in human history. Assets of covid mandates-caused bankruptcies are sucked upwards into the vaults of the financial oligarchs and the Dark Invisible Financial Cabal – which is funding and orchestrating the WEF and which is in control of over 90% of the world’s mainstream media. See this.

The Agenda 2030 (originally called Agenda 21) was prepared by a very long hand, dating back 60 to a hundred years. Be aware, the Dark Invisible Financial Cabal acts as a cult. In order to be successful, it has to tell the people what it is up to.

Indeed, over the past several decades we have received many warnings of what to expect – namely a Health Tyranny, enhanced by a fake Global Warming and Biodiversity Green agenda.

The New Green is a fascist neoliberal, make-believe environmental protection farse. In reality – far from environmental protection. To the contrary. Yet, people throughout the world fall for it. Propaganda is deadly. We have to stop it.

*

The Plan’s execution started in January 2020. First with a fake disease called Covid-19 – the mortality of which is about the same or less than that of the common flu, some 0.03% to 0.07%. And unbelievably – the Covid-19 pandemic, or rather the Plandemic – hit all 193 UN member countries at once, on the same day. The vast majority of the people believed it.

However, an intense media-driven fear-campaign, with strictly totalitarian-enforced mandates of lockdowns and face masking, distancing people from each other, lowering their moral even further, i.e. their self-esteem, their defenses, insecurity, dictatorial measures, led to world tyranny.

It sounds like a project collaborated by the Tavistock Institute on Social Engineering of the Masses. (See also Daniel Estulin’s book of the same title (Copyright 2015)). Tavistock in close collaboration with DARPA, the secretive Pentagon thinktank, specializing in mind-control, MK-Ultra and societal manipulation through the mass-media and often deadly false flag events.

The Global West has quietly suspended in most countries their Constitutions, either by silent decree, or by Parliamentary votes, where Parliamentarians were co-opted to be part of the crime. But the vast majority of populations have no idea. They still refer to democracy — when “democracy” we never had in the last 2000 years and beyond.

And just to be sure that we all understand what the Greek term of “democracy” really meant – supposedly born in Delphi, Greece, some 800 years BC and first practiced in ancient Athens 507 years BC by Athenian leader Cleisthenes. It meant one person one vote – but only for educated male, who were qualified for sociopolitical decisions.

Just a word on our sloganized and vastly over-used term democracy. This is what google has to say:

Athenian democracy was a system of government where all [free] male citizens [age 20 and above] [slaves excluded] could attend and participate in the assembly which governed the city-state. This was a democratic form of government where the people or ‘demos’ had real political power. Athens, therefore, had a direct democracy.

You may want to make a note of it before using the misleading term “democracy” freely again. Let’s first see what we mean by “democracy” and how we have learned to manipulate it for the service of the powerful.

This brief observation on democracy may be important, if ever we get back to “democracy” in a new society. Let’s make sure that the term is defined clearly in every Constitution of every sovereign country.

Back to excess deaths.

What can we do?

For most of the vaxxed population it’s too late. They can just hope that their shot was not deadly, or that it may have been a placebo. In every trial – which this entire vaxx crime was and is – there are placebos.

We should inform as many people as we can of these horrendous circumstances – of the excess deaths and of the whys – so that people wake up and do not get drawn into vaxxing anymore, and so that they help others waking up.

We should initiate criminal procedures against all governments who knowingly participated in this crime, especially the Health Ministers and the management of WHO, the UN system, the WEF — and the eugenist oligarch suspects we all know. And indeed, get to the bottom of the Cabal.

A Grand Jury trial has already determined the guilty – with evidence statements by witnesses from the key organizations behind this magnum crime. See all the sub-links in the “Stop World Control” video below.

We must immediately stop and resist any activity linked to the infamous UN Agenda 2030 and the WEF’s Great Reset; derail with all means we have at our disposal the 4th Industrial Revolution’s digitization process, starting with undoing any advances that have been made with digital money, body-implanted chips – whose purpose it is to enslave humanity – and on a wider score to transhumanize humanity.

We must stop this monstrous crime of biblical proportions NOW.

In short, we should prepare for a massive Nuremberg 2.0.

Without delay.

See this Must-See 31-min video on THE PLAN with several links to related videos, including the one of the Grand Jury and its results – plus large-print easily understandable, down-to-earth text, explaining what we are living and how we can get out of it. See this.

Here, some key quotes from the Stop World Control text:

“The Tyranny is 100% dependent on the ignorance of the public. The solution is, therefore, to inform the people around us.”

“Once People know what is really happening, they will stop complying and will start resisting.”

“We offer you a powerful tool to open the eyes of your friends, family and community.”

“High level experts from the WHO, United Nations, US & UK Military, British Secret Services, CDC, Pfizer and the UK Government reveal the evidence that the pandemic is used to install a world dictatorship.”

“They presented their evidence to the world during Grand Jury proceedings with 11 international lawyers and a judge.”

“The experts identify the powerful entities that are able to install this powerful dictatorship. They explain how they orchestrate and implement it, and what their ultimate agenda is for humanity.”

“The supreme level of brainwashing is when an entire population calls human history a conspiracy theory.”

“All this information is revealed in the Grand Jury Evidence.  You can download it here: StopWorldControl.com/jury

“This powerful document can wake up the world. Please share it far and wide.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He lectures at universities in the US, Europe and South America. He writes regularly for online journals and is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also is a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 Get yours for FREE! Click here to download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Big powers have often tried to use smaller countries to fight their wars against other countries, particularly against other big powers. The widespread prevalence of such proxy wars is well-recognized. The USA has been involved in several proxy wars. The Ukraine war has been widely discussed as a proxy war of the USA which uses Ukraine to harm Russia as much as possible. Such wars are increasingly preferred by a great power like the USA as any loss of its own soldiers is avoided and so the chances of the public opinion at home turning against the war are significantly reduced.

However a reverse trend has also been noticed and may play a big escalatory role in the near future under certain conditions. In such situations a smaller country or a client country may make efforts to involve a bigger country or even a great power supporting it in a wider war with the aim of serving its own narrow interests. 

At times it has been noticed that Ukraine’s present regime has tried to take certain provocative measures which are likely to escalate the war in such ways that the higher involvement of the USA or NATO member countries becomes more likely. This can be beneficial for the present regime of Ukraine at a time when it is suffering military reverses. If big powers can be involved in this war as their own war, and not just a proxy war, then things become much bigger and it is possible for the regime to avoid the blame for military reverses. Of course if the war becomes much wider and also more destructive then the actual harm suffered by the people of Ukraine is likely to be higher, but the stigma attached to a military defeat of Ukraine may be avoided by the regime and the support for the regime from the USA and NATO would be higher, thereby strengthening its position and international role.

This can be seen even more clearly in the context of Israel. Even though at one level Israel may be a client state of the USA under its present regime, but still this regime has a high faith in its ability to influence US policy. It feels that by provoking Iran, Hezbollah, etc. in a big way a wider regional war can be started. Such provocative actions on the part of the Netanyahu regime have been seen several times, in their most extreme form in early April and late July this year. The involvement of the USA and close allies in such a wider war can be seen as a way out of several problems faced by the present regime and its leaders who are entangled in a big mess of their own making. Despite all the destruction that a wider war is likely to bring, the regime sees the issue from a very narrow standpoint of finding a way out of the present mess and ending the war on a note of victory and glory as per its own badly distorted vision.

While planning for proxy wars to serve their narrowly conceived agenda, the big powers tend to use their proxies and clients in highly opportunistic ways to serve their self-interests, one of their frequent aims being to achieve strategic aims including bleeding an adversary without getting involved directly. However the possibility exists that proxies and clients in turn try to be opportunistic and try to get their big power backers involved in the war in a bigger way to serve their own narrow interests. Ukraine and Israel are two recent examples.  If things work out their way, the big powers, despite trying to protect themselves, may get involved in very big and destructive wars which they did not plan for while engaging in their smaller mischief.

The lesson emerging from these various possibilities is to stop trying to be too clever and to stop indulging in too many misadventures. In a dangerous world armed with too many destructive weapons and too many dangerous possibilities, all countries and particularly the big powers should at the very least avoid brinkmanship and dragging others into swamps that may ultimately endanger both of them.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Get Your Free Copy of “Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War”! 

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include Planet in Peril, Protecting Earth for Children, Earth without Borders and A Day in 2071. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: US Secretary of State Antony Blinken with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and the Israeli war cabinet in Tel Aviv, Israel, 22 March 2024 (From the Public Domain)

There is a problem in Gaza. It is called Western-supported GENOCIDE. Western-supported Zionists are deliberately causing starvation, and disease and mass death by all methods. Zionists destroy hospitals and health care. Zionists destroy water treatment facilities. Zionists bomb and displace and mass-slaughter civilians. All of these policies are intentionally genocidal. There is nothing humanitarian about this genocide.

Now the IDF is proposing to vaccinate the remaining population against polio, under the pretext of “health”. The vaccination program is no doubt a biowarfare operation, a track and trace operation, and Lord knows what else. It recalls the “medical facade” that nazis used during WW2 to paint Auschwitz and other death camps as healing centers. (1) Will Zionists use the polio vaccination operation to create an illusion of legitimacy for genocide?

In the video below, Gazan journalist Bisan Owda identifies some of the risks inherent in trusting a genocidal occupier to provide “health services” to a prey population.

Western-Supported Zionists seek to portray genocide as “humanitarian”, and the jabs are part of the illusion, they are part of a “full spectrum” genocide toolkit.

None of this should be a surprise since governments globally have been maiming and killing their own people (2) for some time now using experimental mRNA biowarfare beneath the false pretext of a public health emergency. Experimental jab-induced excess mortalities and morbidities are skyrocking right now and it is not an accident. The dangers are known and documented (3) and yet the jab roll-outs continue unabated.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary  

Mark Taliano is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG) and the author of Voices from Syria, Global Research Publishers, 2017. He writes on his website where this article was originally published.

Notes

(1) Mark Taliano, ” The mRNA Vaccine Jab: Genocidal Projects and Degrees of Complicity. ‘Disease X’ is Looming.” Global Research, 01 May, 2024. (The mRNA Vaccine Jab: Genocidal Projects and Degrees of Complicity. “Disease X” is Looming – Global ResearchGlobal Research – Centre for Research on Globalization) Accessed 01 September, 2024.

(2) Mark Taliano, ” Is It Time to Fire Your Doctor? CDC VAERS Records More Deaths from COVID Vaccines Than Total of All Previous Vaccines Combined.” Global Research, 07 September, 2023. (Is It Time to Fire Your Doctor? CDC VAERS Records More Deaths from COVID Vaccines Than Total of All Previous Vaccines Combined – Global ResearchGlobal Research – Centre for Research on Globalization) Accessed 01 September, 2024.

(3) Lee Harding and Prof. Michel Chossudovsky, ” It’s a ‘Killer’ Vaccine Worldwide: Japanese researchers say side effects of COVID vaccines linked to 201 types of diseases.” Global Research, 31 August, 2024. (It’s a “Killer” Vaccine Worldwide: Japanese researchers say side effects of COVID vaccines linked to 201 types of diseases – Global ResearchGlobal Research – Centre for Research on Globalization) Accessed 01 September, 2024.

Featured image is from the author


Order Mark Taliano’s Book “Voices from Syria” directly from Global Research.

**Voices from Syria**

Author: Mark Taliano

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-9-1

Year: 2017

Product Type: PDF File

List Price: $6.50

Special Offer: $5.00 

Click to order.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

***

According to a source in the Israeli forces’ Southern Command, the region was designed to become a “killing zone,” while another commanded that “not a single vehicle can return to Gaza.”

Israeli newspaper Haaretz has reported that during Operation al-Aqsa Flood on October 7, the Israeli occupation forces (IOF) routinely used a command that allowed soldiers to murder their own soldiers, namely the infamous Hannibal Directive.

The Israeli Air Force targeted at least three military facilities and outposts during the operation and the IOF opened fire on the walled separation barrier dividing Gaza and “Israel,” when Israelis were being taken captive.

According to a source in the Israeli Southern Command, the region was designed to become a “killing zone,” while another commanded that “not a single vehicle can return to Gaza.”

These instructions are known as the “Hannibal Directive,” requiring the IOF to take all measures to avoid the capture of Israeli soldiers, including murdering them.

Haaretz‘s investigation was based on records and testimony from troops, mid-level, and senior army commanders and data indicated that many taken captive were subjected to Israeli gunfire and “were in danger.”

According to Haaretz, Israeli commanders took decisions early on October 7 based on unverified intelligence with one source citing “crazy hysteria,” adding that “No one had a clue about the number of people kidnapped or where army forces were.”

An Israeli source told Haaretz that any person making a decision “knew that our combatants in the area could be hit as well.”

Another order directed all units to fire mortars against the Gaza Strip, despite the occupation’s feeble knowledge of the locations of soldiers and citizens. The order was expanded later to prohibit any vehicle from entering Gaza.

A source in the Southern Command told Haaretz that “Everyone knew by then that such vehicles could be carrying kidnapped civilians or soldiers,” adding that “everyone knew what it meant to not let any vehicles return to Gaza.”

Israeli Witness Affirms IOF Tanks Killed Settlers on October 7

Recalling events on October 7 in “Israel”, an Israeli witness in December disclosed that Israeli tanks targeted both their citizens and members of the Palestinian Resistance. This resulted in the killing of at least 14 settlers, including children.

Israeli media had previously reported the killing of a 12-year-old girl, Liel Hetzroni, in Kibbutz “Be’eri” in southern occupied Palestine.

After Liel’s killing, her grandfather, twin brother, and aunt were reportedly taken to another location, where they, along with more than 10 other Israeli captives, were killed. Subsequently, there were allegations that Hamas set fire to the building. The incident was prominently covered in the Israeli media under the title of “Hamas brutality”.

After Israeli settler Yasmin Porat asserted that Israeli forces “undoubtedly” killed settlers held captive, Hadas Dagan, the appropriator of the house, also spoke out.

In an interview for Channel 12, Dagan confirmed that the Israeli army indeed attacked the house where settlers were held captive, using tank fire and heavy weapons.

Describing the “horror of the incident,” which claimed the lives of 14 settlers, including her husband, Dagan recounted the moment the Israeli army arrived, expressing her realization that their role was to serve as “a human shield between the arriving Israeli forces and fighters.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Photo released by the Israeli military from the events of October 7, 2023. (photo: Israeli Defense Forces) 

First published by Global Research on October 23, 2023, with foresight 2 weeks after the October 7, 2023 Operation

***

False flag operations:

“The powers-that-be understand that to create the appropriate atmosphere for war, it is necessary to create within the general populace a hatred, fear or mistrust of others regardless of whether those others belong to a certain group of people or to a religion or a nation.” James Morcan (1978- ), New Zealander-born actor, writer, producer and a resident of Australia, 2014.

“I know what America is. America is a thing you can move very easily, move it in the right direction. They won’t get in our way.” Benjamin Netanyahu (1949- ), Israeli Prime Minister (1996-1999), (2009-2021) and (2022- ), addressing Israeli settlers in the West Bank, (as quoted in ‘Netanyahu: ‘America is a thing you can move very easily'”, The Washington Post, July 16, 2010.)

“We must remember that in time of war what is said on the enemy’s side of the front is always propaganda, and what is said on our side of the front is truth and righteousness, the cause of humanity and a crusade for peace.” Walter Lippmann (1889-1974), American journalist, (in ‘Public Opinion’, 1922).

Those who want thwart the creation of a Palestinian state should support the strengthening of Hamas and the transfert of funds to Hamas.“ Benjamin Netanyahu (1949- ), Israeli Prime Minister, (during a meeting of the Likud party, in 2019).

Introduction

Nowadays, almost all wars, involving governments with access to enormous propaganda resources, are either deliberately provoked or simply the result of false flag operations, camouflaged under a veil of lies and fake news. In time of war, all parties lie. With the help of passive or complacent medias, not one distracted person in a hundred can see clearly what is really going on.

Rocket and missile clashes between Islamist Hamas and Israel, and atrocities and war crimes committed against civilians, are not new in that part of the world. The most recent outbreak of violence is, in reality, the continuation of a deep conflict, which is ongoing and which is entering into a new cycle of escalating violence.

Indeed, two years ago, in May 2021, serious riots took place inside the compound of al-Aqsa mosque in Jerusalem’s Old City, which left hundreds of Palestinians and many police officers injured. What followed was an escalation of attacks between Israel and Hamas. The latter launched more than 1,000 rockets from the Gaza Strip towards Israel, while the Israeli army, in return, dropped a deluge of fire on the blockaded Gaza Strip, causing more than 150 Palestinian deaths and 10 deaths on the Israeli side.

Only six months ago, on April 5th and 6th, 2023, there were new violent clashes in Jerusalem when Israeli police raided again the al-Aqsa mosque, in the pursuit of  “agitators” who had barricaded themselves inside.

It is therefore somewhat puzzling why so many observers were taken by surprise when Hamas launched its rain of rockets on Israel, on Saturday, October 7, 2023, in an operation specifically called al-Aqsa Deluge.

Likewise, we can only remain perplexed when the Israeli government itself says it was taken by surprise, since its relations with the Palestinian populations have been extremely tense, particularly since 2021.

Nevertheless, the British Guardian and other medias published the official version according to which there was a “catastrophic failure of intelligence by Israel”, regarding the offensive launched from Gaza against Israeli towns. Such an attack, it said, must have been in preparation for many months and “it is a mystery why Israeli intelligence appears to have had no idea it was coming.”

Significantly, other media also reported that Israeli Defense Minister Yoav Gallant (1958- ) stated that, “We will change the reality on the ground in Gaza.” “What existed before will no longer be.”

The same minister also declared on Monday, October 9, that he was imposing “a complete siege” on the Gaza Strip: “There will be no electricity, no food, no fuel supplies, everything is closed.” Adding, “We are fighting human animals and we act accordingly”—forgetting that the Nazis described German Jews as ‘subhumans’ (Untermenschen), to justify genocide.

The Israeli prime minister, Benjamin Netanyahu (1949- ), an ultra-Orthodox politician who favors “Eretz Israel”, the “Greater Israel” of the Bible, proclaimed that Israel was at war and that the Palestinians would pay a heavy price. 

How to make sense of all this?

How to explain that the Netanyahu Israeli government had no clue that the Hamas was planning an attack?

The central question is why and how the Israeli army and navy, which have imposed a tight land and sea blockade on everything entering the Gaza Strip since 2007, as well as the Mossad secret services, could not have been aware of what was coming?

Is this likely? Did someone deliberately close his eyes? It would seem crucial for the future to elucidate such a mystery.

The alternative explanation would be that we are possibly in the presence of a more or less voluntary laissez-faire attitude on the part of certain authorities, starting with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu himself, by not taking the necessary precautions to prevent an outbreak of military attacks by Hamas.

Why were warnings about an imminent attack ignored?

More fundamentally, perhaps, is how to interpret the report that Egypt’s intelligence minister, General Abbas Kamel, called Netanyahu days before the Hamas attacks, advising him that islamist militants in Gaza were planning “something unusual, a terrible operation”?

The Egyptians were reportedly aghast at Netanyahu’s passivity upon hearing the warning. “We repeatedly warned the Israelis that the situation had reached the point of explosion and would be very serious. But they took it lightly”, said an Egyptian services official, as reported by the Times of Israel.

Such warnings were ignored and dismissed by Netanyahu’s office as fake news! Even so, why did they not investigate them and prepare to deal with them, as a simple precaution?

What is more, the report that the Netanyahu government had been warned days before the Hamas attacks has been confirmed by the U.S. House Foreign Affairs Committee Chairman, Representative Michael McCaul (R-Tex), who is privy to classified information.

The question thus arises: Has the Netanyahu government really been facing an unforeseen attack from Hamas, or are we rather in the presence of a war that has been somewhat facilitated, by omission or otherwise? In the latter case, it could be politically explosive for the Netanyahu government. It would, in fact, be much more than simple negligence.

Indeed, this would seem to be the case. According to a poll taken on Thursday, October 12, an overwhelming majority of 86% of Israelis believe their government and Netanyahu are to blame for the attacks and for the massacre that followed inside Israel. Besides, more than half of Israelis believe Netanyahu should resign.

This also seems to be the opinion of famous American investigative journalist, Seymour Hersh, who believes that Mr. Netanyahu will have to answer for his governance before the Israeli population and that his days in power could be numbered. The Israeli government has a plan to eradicate Hamas, raze Gaza and expel its population.

As in any other conflict, it is important to ask the question Cui bono? or, who ultimately benefits?

This ‘new’ deadly Israeli-Palestinian war, presented as a ‘surprise’, could well come at the right time for two politicians, Benjamin Netanyahu and Joe Biden (1946- ).

  • On the one hand, the new hard-line coalition government of Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, elected at the end of 2022, is the most right-wing administration in Israeli history. Indeed, Netanyahu has allied himself with far-right and anti-Palestinian Zionist groups, which propose the annexation of part of the West Bank, occupied by Israel since 1967.

And, to make its intentions clear, the new coalition government’s first guiding principle, published on Wednesday, December 28, 2022, declared that “the Jewish people have an exclusive and unquestionable right to all areas of the land of Israel”.

On the other hand, Netanyahu provoked huge anti-government demonstrations in his country when he pushed through a judicial overhaul to favor the religious extremists who are members of his coalition government.

  • For his part, President Joe Biden has often said, here and here, that he considers himself to be a ‘Zionist’. He has declared that Netanyahu has been a “friend for decades”, and he has pledged that U.S. support for Israel was “set in stone and unwavering”.

However, Biden is currently low in the polls, both because of his poor record and for his advanced age.

Indeed, one year before the American presidential elections, the presumptive Democratic candidate has little chance of being re-elected, despite the legal troubles of his presumed Republican opponent, Donald Trump, or anyone else that the Republicans may choose as their candidate.

Only a large-scale war involving the United States could possibly change the situation and bail out Biden politically, allowing him to run as Commander-in-Chief.

Indeed, Joe Biden did not waste any time, at the start of the new Israeli-Palestinian conflict, to promise an additional military aid of $14.3 billion to Israel, beyond the $3.8 billion annually paid to the country.

Moreover, during his trip to Israel, on Wednesday, October 18, he is reported to have privately given Netanyahu the green light for an Israeli armed invasion of the Gaza Strip.

However, such a neocon-inspired and extremely biased one-sided foreign policy is not without creating increased frictions within the U.S. State Department.

The Added Complications of Natural Gas Under the Sea Next to the Gaza Strip

To show how complex the situation is in that part of the world, there exists a large natural gas deposit off the coast of the Gaza Strip, which could greatly profit the Palestinians. The exploitation of this gas field, called Gaza marine, has been the subject of negotiations between the Israeli government, the Palestinian Authority and Egypt. All this necessarily also involves the Hamas group, a competitor to the Palestinian Authority, the latter being under the control of the Fatah party.

Future events should make things clearer concerning the behind the scenes objectives of both sides, in this umpteenth Israeli-Palestinian war, which seems to resurface each time the situation reaches an explosive level.

Conclusions

A first important geopolitical and moral lesson emerges here, and it is the enormous human disaster resulting from those repeated wars between Israelis and Palestinians. When misguided, visionless, incompetent or dishonest leaders allow a political problem to fester, many innocent people pay for their carelessness and irresponsibility.

A second major observation is that some leaders, in a position to do so, are currently doing next to nothing to strengthen international peace institutions, but seem rather to enjoy stirring up conflicts around the world.

Third, it must be said that it is not only where there are journalists and photographers that atrocities and war crimes are committed. Agressions, whether consisting in launching missiles or dropping bombs on populations, kill and massacre people (men, women and children), indifferently, on one side as much as the other. They are both immoral.

Fourth, barbarous and indiscriminate atrocities, which are carried out with modern weapons against civilian populations, are not only illegal under international law, they are unacceptable under basic humanitarian principles.

Fifth, the worst and everlasting human conflicts seem to be those that are fought within the context of a religious war.

Finally, states and terrorist organizations that do not respect international law create problems for themselves and represent an existential threat to civilization and to world peace.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on the author’s blog site, Dr. Rodrigue Tremblay.

International economist Dr. Rodrigue Tremblay is the author of the book about morals “The code for Global Ethics, Ten Humanist Principles” of the book about geopolitics “The New American Empire“, and the recent book, in French, “La régression tranquille du Québec, 1980-2018“. He was Minister of Trade and Industry (1976-79) in the Lévesque government. He holds a Ph.D. in international finance from Stanford University. Please visit Dr Tremblay’s site or email to a friend here.

Prof. Rodrigue Tremblay is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).


The Code for Global Ethics: Ten Humanist Principles

by Rodrigue Tremblay, Preface by Paul Kurtz

Publisher: ‎ Prometheus (April 27, 2010)

Hardcover: ‎ 300 pages

ISBN-10: ‎ 1616141727

ISBN-13: ‎ 978-1616141721

Humanists have long contended that morality is a strictly human concern and should be independent of religious creeds and dogma. This principle was clearly articulated in the two Humanist Manifestos issued in the mid-twentieth century and in Humanist Manifesto 2000, which appeared at the beginning of the twenty-first century. Now this code for global ethics further elaborates ten humanist principles designed for a world community that is growing ever closer together. In the face of the obvious challenges to international stability-from nuclear proliferation, environmental degradation, economic turmoil, and reactionary and sometimes violent religious movements-a code based on the “natural dignity and inherent worth of all human beings” is needed more than ever. In separate chapters the author delves into the issues surrounding these ten humanist principles: preserving individual dignity and equality, respecting life and property, tolerance, sharing, preventing domination of others, eliminating superstition, conserving the natural environment, resolving differences cooperatively without resort to violence or war, political and economic democracy, and providing for universal education. This forward-looking, optimistic, and eminently reasonable discussion of humanist ideals makes an important contribution to laying the foundations for a just and peaceable global community.

Click here to purchase.

“The problem of the twentieth century is the problem of the color-line, – the relation of the darker to the lighter races of men in Asia and Africa, in America and the islands of the sea” — (W. E. Burghard Du Bois)[1]

Links to Parts I to IX are provided at the bottom of this article.

Zionism’s Suicidal Quest for a Substitute Jewish Identity

One of the most qualified specialists in the study of Zionism – its antecedents, motivation, power-base, claim to the land of Palestine, and the far-reaching repercussions of the creation of the state of Israel on both Jews and Arabs – is undoubtedly late Egyptian scholar Dr Abdelwahab Elmessiri. His scholarly interest in, and extensive research on, Zionism as a political movement led to the publication in 1975 of “The Encyclopedia of Zionist Concepts and Terminology”, acknowledged to be, to this day, the only work of its kind in the Arabic language. 

Among many other works he published is a book[2], which, upon its release in 1977, appealed not only to scholarly readers but also to large elements of the public, for it discusses aspects that, at that time, were not apparent to the public and policymakers alike in the Western countries, the United States in particular, who had then – and still do today – failed to recognize the true nature of political Zionism and had accepted the ambiguities and mythicism that blur the differences between Zionism and Judaism. Such an accommodation continues to facilitate the rationalization of, and support for, a Zionist-dominated Israel, while also helping to conceal the mistreatment of the native Palestinian population and the denial of their legitimate and inalienable rights.

In this outstanding book, Elmessiri also expressed his conviction that the situation was not without hope, and suggested which aspects of Zionist policy and practice could be changed or eliminated so that peace and justice could be realized in the “Promised Land”. The suggestions he put forward were all the more worthy of interest as none of them would do violence either to the basic tenets of Judaism or to the individual human rights of both the Palestinians and the Jews.

With regard to the subject of Zionism and religious belief, Elmessiri observes that it is difficult to think of a political phenomenon that generates more controversy and elicits more violent reaction than Zionism. Many political movements and institutions, he says, have been described over the years as progressive or counterrevolutionary, nationalist, or settler-colonialist. But unlike Zionism, “very few movements in the twentieth century have been described as being ‘much more than a political entity’[3] [and] it is doubtful whether any political outlook has ever been classified as a ‘sacred word and concept’[4] and as a ‘legitimate religious belief’,[5] not to mention the fact that some Zionists and their sympathizers even view the establishment of a state in the land of Palestine as being the fulfillment of biblical prophecy and an event of apocalyptic significance.

It is precisely this aspect of the controversy surrounding Zionism that made it necessary for the Egyptian scholar to begin his study of this ideology by asserting what he believed is self-evident, namely that Zionism is a political movement, and is not a religious doctrine. He added that the hue and cry in the West, following the adoption of the 1975 United Nations resolution equating Zionism with racism, was a timely reminder of the need to emphasize once more the difference between the religious belief and the political program.

Far from being sacred, Elmessiri affirms, Zionism is a political ideology of complex European origins, rooted primarily in the socioeconomic realities of the Eastern European Jewish ghettoes and in European society of the late nineteenth century; the common denominator among their wide variety of schools of thought being the conviction that the Jews, without waiting for divine intervention, should achieve “autoemancipation” by taking matters into their own hands and terminating their state of perpetual alienation and deep longing, and create a Jewish state of their own or, to use the more precise phrase of Theodor Herzl, “the Jews’ state” (der Judenstaat)[6]. It also was being understood that the Jewishness of this state lay neither in its religious orientation nor in its commitment to Judaism and its values, but instead in its presumed national (ethnic) Jewish character.

That is why like scores of other authors do, Elmessiri highlights the well-established historical fact that many of the founders of Zionism had little concern with Judaism, and even evinced a marked hostility toward its precepts and practices. Indeed, Herzl himself, during a visit to Jerusalem, consciously violated a great number of Jewish religious practices in order to emphasize his new non-religious outlook as distinct from a traditional religious stance[7]. Likewise, his close friend, the Hungarian-born and Germanophile writer and Zionist leader, Max Nordau[8] was a self-avowed atheist who believed that the Torah was “inferior as literature” compared “to Homer and the European classics”, and that it was “childish as philosophy and revolting as morality”[9]. He even suggested that the day would come when Herzl’s Der Judenstaat would be given equal status with the Bible, even by its  author’s religious opponents[10]. In an autobiographical sketch, he wrote: “When I reached the age of fifteen, I left the Jewish way of life and the study of the Torah (…) Judaism remained a mere memory and since then, I have always felt as a German and as a German only”[11]. Similarly, Chaim Weizmann took pleasure at times in “baiting the Rabbis about kosher food”[12], and a typical group of Zionist halutzim (pioneers), deliberately irreligious, and militantly atheistic, marched in defiance of Jewish dietary laws in the early 1920s to “the Wailing Wall on the Day of Atonement munching ham sandwiches”.[13]

Elmessiri also informs that the Zionist settlers in Palestine, the first to implement this new philosophy of political Zionism, were unusually careful to stress the non-religious and untraditional nature of their endeavor so that there would be no misunderstanding of their philosophy. That’s most probably the reason why they dropped the name “Jews”, calling themselves “Hebrews” instead. They used this more modern term in their campaigns in the 1930s and early 1940s, calling for a “Hebrew” rather than “Jewish” state. The current term, “Jewish state”, Elmessiri said, originally coined as a non-religious concept, was revived in the 1940s, again with no intended religious connotation.

So, most of the early Zionists have seen themselves in non-religious terms, and their ideology, patterned after nineteenth-century European nationalism, was intended to replace traditional religious beliefs. Such an amoral outlook, replacing deep religious commitment while making full use of it, has always proved to be a more or less sure way for recruiting the masses, and the “fusion of nationalistic outlook with religious fervor was achieved by turning authentic religious doctrine into a national myth”.[14]

In light of the foregoing, it comes as no surprise that the Jewish orthodox sect Neturei Karta (Guardians of the City), for example, characterizes the Zionist rabbis as “the clericals of the false Israel” who “teach a false doctrine”[15]. Rabbi Chaim Soloveitchik (1853-1918), who was Rabbi of Brisk, Poland, and the founder of the “Yeshiva approach to Talmudic study”, had this to say about Zionism: “The Jewish people have suffered many (spiritual) plagues – the Sadducees, Karaites, Hellenisers, Shabbatai Zvi, Enlightenment, Reform and many others. But the strongest of them all is Zionism”.[16]

In effect, in a 1381-page landmark book[17] considered by many as a definitive treatise on the differences between Judaism and Zionism, Rabbi Yaakov Shapiro explains how and why Zionism represents a hijacking of Jewish identity, or as he puts it, a theft of that identity that is not in line with his religion. Zionism, he says, was conceived to erase classic Jewish identity as a people with a divinely ordained mission and replace it with an identity based on national polity. This attempt to reengineer Jewish identity resulted in the creation of a “self-deprecating, logically inconsistent, traumatic ideology called Zionism”. 

It also engendered a belief that no other country in the world adheres to, that is, Israel is the homeland (heimat) and nationality of the Jewish people scattered all over the Earth, including people who never visited Israel, never were citizens of this country, nor were their family members, nor do they ever plan to be. No Muslim country makes such an absurd claim vis-à-vis the world’s Muslims, nor has the Vatican ever professed that it is the country of all Catholics.

Rabbi Shapiro, who begs to differ, is of the opinion that if someone wants to extricate themselves from Zionism’s influence, they must maneuver through a mess of false ideology, false Judaism, false history, false politics, and a false worldview.

In his comprehensive account and critical examination of the various Zionist schools of thought and their ideologies, the orthodox Jewish scholar points out that the original Zionists were Jews who were influenced by, impressed with, and envied the lifestyle of the Gentiles over that of the Jews. More than anything else, they wanted to be secular, or in the words of Vladimir Ze’ev Jabotinsky, the “diametrical opposite of a Jew”; because they attributed anti-Semitism to the priestly lifestyle of the religious Jews, looking at them as “ugly, immoral, and debased”. They, therefore, were convinced that if the Jews could become normal, that is to say to change their lifestyle, and indistinguishable from non-Jews, anti-Semitism would end.

As a matter of fact, pioneer Zionists did secularize themselves, but anti-Semitism didn’t end. They were rudely awakened to their Jewishness by anti-Semitic violence, especially the string of pogroms that began in Russia in 1881, and thus were stuck between a rock and a hard place: they refused to be Jews, and the Gentiles refused to let them be Gentiles. This is how they resolved that Zionism must be their “Plan B”. They basically figured if they can’t join the Gentile nations, they’ll make a nation of their own by turning all the Jews into a nationality.

In doing so, they created an entirely new society, pretending they were scions of the “ancient people of the Book” – partly to garner support from the Evangelicals and to recruit Jews to populate their future state.

Also, because Zionism has nothing to do with Judaism but is rather a political movement, many early Zionists were atheists or agnostics, but still claimed God gave the Jews the “Holy Land”.      

Making “Good Jews” White and European

On that same subject of the perversion of the Jewish identity, Professor Steven Friedman, one of South Africa’s foremost political theorists of mainstream understandings of Jewishness, wrote a thoroughly-researched book.[18] In it, he offers a searing analysis of the weaponization of anti-Semitism in service of political objectives that support the Israeli state and global white supremacy.  Friedman argues that the changes wrought to Jewish identity form an important element in the ideology which underpins the Israeli state and that they deserve more attention than they have received.

He appropriately reminds us that until the French revolution and the Enlightenment, all Jews were effectively forced to adhere to their religion by the reigning authorities. And when Jews were allowed to choose whether to practice their religion, those who chose not to were still regarded as ethnically Jewish. This made Jewish identity more complicated than that of most other religious or ethnic groups.

The concept of religious tolerance promoted by thinkers of the Enlightenment era led to an unprecedented transformation in the legal and economic status of the Jews. Having enjoyed civil rights and been allowed a freedom of movement denied to them for centuries, Western European Jews in the nineteenth century rose to high levels in the professions, the arts, business and even government.

Yet, as explained by Stanford University Professor Maxine Schur in a presentation at Oregon-based Reed College,[19] “beneath the new external acceptance of the Jews, there existed in European society a virulent undercurrent of anti-Semitism which was different than the one that had plagued the Jews in the Middle-Ages or during the Inquisition for it was based not on theological, but secular grounds. It was racial, rooted in bogus biology. Paradoxically, the racial anti-Semitism was given authority and first popularized by a self-confessed proponent of religious tolerance, the celebrated philosopher of the Enlightenment, Voltaire”.

Indeed, François-Marie Arouet (1694-1778), known by his nom de plume Voltaire, was famous for his wit and his criticism of Christianity, especially of the Roman Catholic Church, and a staunch advocate of freedom of speech, freedom of religion, and separation of church and state. Furthermore, what matters for our purpose is that he was outspoken in his hostility towards the Jews, and recent scholars such as Arthur Hertzberg[20] have seen him as one of the founders of modern secular anti-Semitism.

In effect, in his 1756 “Essai sur les mœurs et l’esprit des nations” (translated to English as “Essay on the customs and spirit of nations and key facts of history from Charlemagne to Louis XIII”), Voltaire writes:

‘“The Jews are an ignorant and barbarous people, who have long united the most sordid avarice with the most detestable superstition and the most invincible hatred for every people by whom they are tolerated and enriched (…) In all the annals of the Hebrew people, one does not see any generous action. They know neither hospitality, nor liberality, nor clemency. Their sovereign happiness is to practice usury with foreigners (…) Their glory is to set fire to and bloody the small villages that they can seize. They slaughter the old and the children (…) They never know how to forgive when they are victorious; they are the enemies of the human race. No politeness, no science, no art perfected at any time among this atrocious nation”.

In a section devoted to Voltaire, the Jewish Virtual Library considers that historically speaking, Voltaire’s outlook was a powerful contribution to the creation of the mental climate which made possible the emancipation of the Jews, but at the same time it prepared the ground for the future racial antisemitism. Just after Voltaire’s death, Zalkind Hourwitz, librarian to the king of France, wrote: “The Jews forgive him all the evil he did to them because of all the good he brought them, perhaps unwittingly; for they have enjoyed a little respite for a few years now and this they owe to the progress of the Enlightenment, to which Voltaire surely contributed more than any other writer through his numerous works against fanaticism”.

For Nabila Ramdani, an Algerian French journalist and columnist, however,

“the celebrated philosopher was an unapologetic racist and anti-Semite who inspired Hitler, and the removal of his statue in Paris was long overdue (…) The  problem is not simply that Voltaire failed to incorporate persecuted groups such as Black people and Jews into his so-called progressive thinking; it is that his advocacy of biological racism and white supremacy still offer justification to all kinds of extremists. These include Nazi sympathizers traditionally linked to France’s far-right National Rally (formerly the National Front) as well as terrorists who target synagogues and mosques”.[21]

When restrictions on Jews in Europe began to ease, religious hostility to them as a group became less tenable. In theory at least, Jews could choose not to be Jewish by converting to Christianity, as more than a few did. But bigotry is not that easily ended. Those who were prejudiced against Jews, presumably alarmed that they could now integrate into society, focused not on the religion of the targets of their bigotry but on accidents of birth; they began to insist that Jews constituted a separate and dangerous race. The ideologues of this new racism called it “anti-Semitism”. 

The term appeared in Germany in the 19th century and is commonly associated with the German activist Wilhelm Marr, who, in 1879, founded the “Antisemiten Liga” (League of Anti-Semites) following the publication of a pamphlet whose German title translates as “The Victory of Jewishness over Germanness”.[22] It has remained in usage even though it is inaccurate since Arabs are Semites too.[23] While anti-Jewish racists often despise Arabs as well, the term was used to describe a prejudice against Jews only.

After 1948, and more conspicuously in the years following the June 1967 Israeli-Arab War, the Israeli state and its Western supporters have endeavored to convert “anti-Semitism” from a description of anti-Jewish racism to a weapon against their critics, many of whom happen to be Jews who believe that the state’s attitudes and practices are racist. As it was, an allegation of racism has been turned into a weapon against anti-racists. This is accompanied by another turnaround: the Israeli state and its supporters seek to turn the campaign against anti-Semitism from a rebellion against white supremacy into an endorsement of white Europeanness.

In effect, the use and misuse of anti-Semitism to browbeat Israeli state opponents is part of a larger reality in which those who do this seek to change the nature of Jewish identity by distinguishing between “real” Jews and the rest. They also seek to “flatten out” Jewish identity. Jews are no longer, like every other group, a complicated mix of differing opinions and perspectives. Instead, there are only “good” Jews who attach their identity to the Israeli state and “bad” ones who do not. The historian Avi Shlaim, responding to claims that all “real” Jews support the Israeli state, observes: “Ironically, to treat Jews as a homogeneous group is in fact an antisemitic trope. It is antisemites who fail to differentiate between different kinds of Jews, and want to see them all clustered in one place. It is on this basis that Theodor Herzl, the visionary of a Jewish state, predicted that the antisemites will become our most dependable friends”.[24]

To be sure, as we have noted earlier, an important source of anti-Jewish hostility is the Christian right, which has held Jews in contempt for centuries.[25] But its religious beliefs also ensure uncritical support for the Israeli state.[26] The fact that these allies of the Israeli state see it as an essential means to achieve the death of the Jewish religion, and that hostility to Jews is deeply embedded in their view of the world, does not deter the state and its supporters. Thus, during a state visit to Brazil in 2019, then Prime minister of Israel, Benjamin Netanyahu, declared: “We have no better friends in the world than the Evangelical community”.[27]

To make sense of this confusing thinking, Friedman explains, it is crucial to understand that for those in positions of Jewish authority who peddle this attempt to manufacture a reality that seems entirely unreal, anti-Semitism no longer means prejudice against Jewish people. In the English-speaking world, this development can be dated to the 1970s when Arnold Foster and Benjamin Epstein, who held leadership roles in the American Anti-Defamation League, published a book[28] which started something of a cottage industry. It is noteworthy that the Anti-Defamation League was founded to combat anti-Semitism in the United States, but it has become chiefly a propaganda vehicle for the Israeli state.

For the South African Professor, the term “anti-Semitism” has become detached from its moorings. It no longer means racism directed at Jews; it means holding left-wing or egalitarian opinions, which often seems to include being opposed to the white supremacy of which anti-Semitism was once a part. The new Jew – or victim of anti-Semitism – is no longer a member of a particular ethnic group; it is a right-wing person, Jewish or non-Jewish, who supports the economic status quo and the racial hierarchies that have reigned in the West for centuries. The new anti-Semite is not a person who hates Jews; it is a person, Jewish or non-Jewish, who embraces egalitarian values. Jewish people are no longer victims of prejudice as a group; they are now divided into two groups – one “good”, the other ‘bad’ – and ‘bad Jews’ are one of the groups most likely to be accused of anti-Semitism. This is so because of, and not despite, the fact that the “bad Jews” who are stigmatized as “anti-Semites” tend to be anti-racists.

The American “new anti-Semitism” was a product of the Israeli state and has now become not only a core position among the state’s defenders but “one that characterizes the mainstream of most of Western politics.”[29]

The claim that hostility to the Israeli state was born of anti-Jewish hatred has emerged in that state years before the Americans claimed to have found a new and dangerous anti-Semitism: “A significant intellectual milestone was in the late 1960s when Israeli researchers began to develop the concept of ‘new antisemitism’. Their view was that the old anti-Jewish sentiment that had taken shape and changed form over the centuries was now directed first and foremost against the Jewish political enterprise of Zionism and Israel”.[30] A recently published study shows that it was the Israeli state itself which had started the ball running; the term had been used at a series of seminars organized by the office of the Israeli president in the late 1980s.[31] This view soon became deeply embedded in the Israeli state’s ideological battle with its critics.

Opposition to the Israeli state and its actions did not target the Jews; it was aimed at the Israeli state. But central to Zionism’s understanding of itself was the claim that it was the vehicle of all Jews, not merely those Jews who supported the idea of a Jewish state. As a result, to reject the Israeli state – or even to criticize what it did – was to show hostility to the Jews, even if you happened to be Jewish. Friedman views this logic as false, “just as to oppose apartheid in South Africa was not an expression of prejudice against white people. But it served the purpose of Zionism and its allies”.

And so, for the ideologues of Zionism, the “Jewish state” quickly turned from a cure for anti-Semitism to its cause when it was faced by the reality of Palestinian resistance. The Palestinians who wanted their land back were labelled the “new Nazis”, hence Netanyahu’s false claim that it was the Mufti al-Husseini, not Hitler, who devised the mass murder of European Jews. In truth, Netanyahu was following the lead of Malcolm Hoenlein, an American Jewish leadership figure and vocal supporter of the Israeli state, who told a meeting in Toronto, Canada, that Hitler had reluctantly “followed the wishes of the Mufti when he had decided to kill all Jews”.[32]

This invention served an important purpose: it conveniently portrayed Palestinians not as victims of the power of the Israeli state but as powerful Jew-haters whose enmity was even greater than that of the Nazis. It follows, of course, that if Palestinians are Nazis, those who support their cause are too, the primary effect of which being to “delegitimize the Palestinian cause and to practically remove once and for all the Palestine issue from the international agenda”.[33]

Furthermore, Friedman rightly calls attention to the fact that “comparing anti-Jewish racism to any other form of racial bigotry is now branded anti-Semitic because it is said to reduce the significance of Jewish suffering – which is the justification for the state”.

Indeed, President Biden’s “special envoy to combat anti-Semitism”, Deborah Lipstadt, for instance, has insisted that hatred of Jews is both eternal and unlike any other historical fact, “beginning with her earliest work, which argues that the Holocaust was a unique, incomparable event, Lipstadt has tended to exceptionalize antisemitism as the most ancient, enduring form of prejudice –  a constant transhistorical force, resurfacing across eras and continents”.[34] Responding to this peculiar claim, American Jewish Studies scholar Barry Trachtenberg remarks: “If one accepts antisemitism to be eternal, and not a consequence of social or historical factors, then it is a fact of life that will forever push Jewish people into defensive postures. It will make us more nationalist, more reactionary, more militaristic, and more closed off the rest of the world”.[35]

Worst still, the claim that opposition to the Israeli state and to its actions is equated with “antisemitism” has become the official position of Western governments, and in some US states, such opposition has even been criminalized.

This outstanding development in the West was spearheaded by the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance (IHRA), an intergovernmental organization comprising 35 members and 9 observer countries founded in 1998 by former Swedish Prime minister Göran Persson, with the declared mission of combating “growing Holocaust denial and antisemitism”.[36] Its most potent and damaging instrument is, by far, its definition of anti-Semitism which has become an article of Zionist faith and is relentlessly portrayed by Zionists as “what the Jewish community wants”. Steven Friedman believes that “the IHRA and its participating governments do not consider this attempt to force all Jews to associate with the state’s actions as anti-Semitic. Nor do they acknowledge that, by labelling opposition to the state as hostility to Jews, their definition violates this clause. Thus, the IHRA definition itself becomes anti-Semitic and, consequently, the Western states that endorse and apply it are keeping alive a shameful history of anti-Jewish racism”.[37]

By defining hostility to Jews in a way which substitutes a state for an ethnic group, the British Jewish author Robert Cohen points out, the IHRA definition also defines what it is to be Jewish: “By that reckoning, to be Jewish is to deny the possibility that Zionism has played out in racist ways, despite the overwhelming evidence to the contrary. And to be Jewish is to believe that the state of Israel is a democratic nation like any other, despite Israel’s own constitutional laws defining it as the nation state of the Jewish people rather than the state of all its citizens (…) To be Jewish, according to the IHRA, is to deny the truth, ignore reality, and defend the indefensible”.[38]

Thereafter, the IHRA definition has been used relentlessly to stigmatize political expression and shut down free speech in the Western world, whether it be by governments or many universities. It has been “wielded against academics who campaigned for Palestine to deprive them of jobs and to suppress campaigns against the Israeli state, in particular the BDS movement”.[39]

Nowadays, the Israeli state is seen not only as ally of the West but also as its representative in the Middle East. Like South Africa before 1994, Friedman observes: “the Israeli state is in, by not of, the region it finds itself”. This further explains why the “Collective West” regards Israel as “the only democracy in the Middle East”, democracy being often used by Western governments, elites and academics as a code for “Western”, and why former Israeli Prime minister Ehud Barak dared to utter the racist claim that Israel is a “villa in the jungle”! Instead of this misnomer, the more correct definition that should be applied to the Israeli state is, in the words of Steven Friedman: “the only Western state in the Middle East”.

All of this perfectly sums up the tenacious prejudice that this Western-created state is an island of “first world” Western civilization in a barbaric neighborhood.[40]

Such a prejudice is hardly a novel phenomenon, nor does the Western racist and supremacist mindset seem to become a fading memory during our times. Indeed, back in 1914, Winston Churchill was not ashamed to declare: “We are not a young people with an innocent record and a scanty inheritance… We have engrossed to ourselves an altogether disproportionate share of the wealth and traffic of the world. We have got all we want in territory, and our claim to be left in the unmolested enjoyment of vast and splendid possessions, mainly acquired by violence, largely maintained by force, often seems less reasonable to others than to us”. Churchill was telling the plain truth to his pairs in the closed meeting of the British Cabinet. As a new academic study[41] has asserted, the impact of British colonialism on India was devastating, uncovering staggering death tolls and immense wealth extraction that was carried out by the empire during the late 19th and early 20th centuries. The report estimates that India suffered 165 million excess deaths due to British colonialism between 1880 and 1920, “a figure that is larger than the combined number of deaths from both World Wars and the Nazi holocaust”! It also estimates that during nearly 200 years of colonialism, the British Empire stole at least $45 trillion in wealth from India. Interestingly enough, this new research further highlights how British colonialism in India was not only devastating for the Indian people, but also had “a profound impact on the global capitalist system” and “inspired fascist leaders like Adolf Hitler and Benito Mussolini”, who then carried out similar genocidal crimes within and outside their own borders.

A further example of this deeply rooted feeling was given, much more recently, by none other than the High Representative of the European Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy, Josep Borrell Fontelles, who, addressing young European diplomats at Bruges, Belgium, said: “Here, Bruges is a good example of the European garden. Yes, Europe is a garden. We have built a garden. Everything works. It is the best combination of political freedom, economic prosperity and social cohesion that the humankind has been able to build the three things together (…) The rest of the world – and you know this very well, Federica – is not exactly a garden. Most of the rest of the world is a jungle, and the jungle could invade the garden (…) Europeans have to be much more engaged with the rest of the world. Otherwise, the rest of the world will invade us, by different ways and means (…) Keep the garden, be good gardeners. But your duty will not be to take care of the garden itself but [of] the jungle outside”.[42]

A Naked Colonialism Fast Approaching Its Demise

According to the Cornell Law School Legal Information Institute, settler colonialism has “an additional criterion that is the complete destruction and replacement of indigenous people and their cultures by the Settler’s own in order to establish themselves as the rightful inhabitants”. 

Image: File photo of illegal Israeli settlements

Many scholars apply the term to Israel’s founding too. Late Australian historian Patrick Wolfe, for one, clearly referred to the Zionist settler project in Palestine as an example of settler colonialism in a seminal essay[43] published in 2006. As practiced by Europeans, he wrote, “both genocide and settler colonialism have typically employed the organizing grammar of race. European xenophobic traditions such as anti-Semitism, Islamophobia, or Negrophobia are considerably older than race, which, as many have shown, became discursively consolidated fairly late in the eighteenth century (…) Settler colonialism destroys to replace. As Theodor Herzl, founding father of Zionism, observed in his allegorical manifesto/novel, ‘If I wish to substitute a new building for an old one, I must demolish before I construct’.[44] Settler colonialism is an inclusive, land-centered project that coordinates a comprehensive range of agencies, from the metropolitan center to the frontier encampment, with a view to eliminating the indigenous societies… The colonizers come to stay: invasion is a structure not an event”. 

In Palestine, however, the native society has not been eliminated. Palestine is not “as Jewish as England is British”, as Chaim Weizmann once candidly expressed Zionist goals. Instead, as Rashid Khalidi said, “The population of the entire country from the river to the sea, unified by decades of occupation and colonization since 1967, is today at least half Palestinian, and that proportion is growing. The natives are still there, and they are restless. Those Palestinians who have managed to remain in historic Palestine – in spite of the ceaseless efforts to dispossess them – continue to resist erasure. Outside of Palestine, an equal number remain profoundly attached to their homeland and to the right of return. The Palestinians have not forgotten, they have not gone away, and the memory of Palestine and its dismemberment has not been effaced. Indeed, wider international audiences are increasingly aware of these realities”.[45]

When one looks at white settler colonies, Joseph Masaad insightfully observes[46], the only ones that have survived are the ones who have been successful in absolutely eliminating and annihilating the native population, either completely or basically retaining a small minority of them. We see this especially in the United States, Canada, Australia and New Zealand.

The situation is quite different in other settler-colonial places – like South Africa, Algeria, Rhodesia, Kenya, Mozambique, Angola and Namibia – where the attempts to establish settler-colonies have failed, and as a result, those countries ended up gaining their independence in the early 1960s and through the mid-1990s. And the reason why those attempts did not succeed is because the native populations have always outnumbered the white settler intruders.

The Western-Zionist settler-colonialism in Palestine clearly belongs to the latter project. As mentioned before, Theodor Herzl had foreseen the absolute need to expel the native Palestinian population and replace it with Jewish immigrants coming mostly from Eastern and Western European countries; a sine qua non condition for the successful establishment of a “Jewish state” in the “Holy Land”.    

Later on, in the 1920s and 1930s, Zionist ideologues and activists came up with concrete schemes and plans on how to bring this about, and started to implement their designs even before the 30th of November 1947, the day the United Nations General Assembly passed the Partition Plan Resolution. Indeed, by the time Israel was finished with the expulsions by December 1948, the Zionists had successfully evicted more than 90% of the Palestinian population in the territories they illegally occupied by brutal force.

According to Prof. Masaad, the major mistake the Zionists made was to conquer the remaining part of Palestine in 1967, adding to Israel a large number of Palestinians, not only the indigenous populations of the West Bank, the Gaza Strip, and East Jerusalem, but also more than half the refugees that they had expelled in 1948 among those who had taken refuge and had been living in the areas Israel conquered. As a result of that, the demographic situation changed dramatically in Israel to affect the survivability of the settler colony, at least on a demographic basis.

As referred to earlier, several Israeli officials, including Benjamin Netanyahu and Ehud Barak, have made predictions over the last few years, saying they were not sure Israel will survive to its 80th or 100th birthday. That kind of worry is based essentially on the internal fissures, the demographic contraction of Israel, and the fact that there’s no new major pool from which to draw additional Jewish immigrants. The six million or so American Jews, for instance, have never shown a willingness, or at least never has been a large percentage of American Jewry that showed an interest in moving to Israel. Even though many individual Jews may be strongly supportive of Israel, that does not mean that they are all Zionists, or they’re going to move en masse to Israel. 

Accordingly, Joseph Masaad goes on to say, the mass murder and genocidal policies of the Israeli government are not necessarily irrational. The issue is not only to eliminate the Palestinians physically and demographically, but also to forestall the possibility of resistance in the future. This kind of behavior is quite rational, followed by many of the settler-colonial countries – like the appalling atrocities and mass killings committed by the British in Kenya in the 1950s and 1960s; the American support for the Portuguese in the South African war on the guerrillas in Angola and Mozambique between 1962 and 2000; the Western support to the French in Algeria where any uprising by the Algerian natives against their cruel and sadistic French settlers would be met with massive murders of tens of thousands of Algerians as in 1945, so much so that hundreds of thousands of Algerians were killed by the French during the war of independence between 1954 and 1962; and the US troops going to support France after its defeat in Dien Bien Phu in Vietnam in 1954, continuing the war at the behest of the French and then independently until 1975.

In light of the above, there’s nothing special about the ongoing Western support for Israel. Israel’s President Isaac Herzog has been banging on about how Israel is defending Western civilization, and that were it to fall, Europe would be next. The exact same discourse has recently been repeated by Netanyahu in his latest address to the US Congress, saying: “We meet today at a crossroads of history. Our world is in upheaval. In the Middle East, Iran’s axis of terror confronts America, Israel and our Arab friends. This is not a clash of civilizations. It’s a clash between barbarism and civilization. It’s a clash between those who glorify death and those who sanctify life. For the forces of civilization to triumph, America and Israel must stand together. Because when we stand together, something very simple happens. We win. They lose (…) The ICC is trying to shackle Israel’s hands and prevent us from defending ourselves. And if Israel’s hands are tied, America is next. I’ll tell you what else is next. The ability of all democracies to fight terrorism will be imperiled. That’s what’s on the line”.[47] Netanyahu’s lies were met with dozens of standing ovations on the part of the overwhelming majority of the audience. The rare but resounding dissenting voices came from inside the Capitol with Rashida Tlaib holding a “War Criminal” sign, and from the outside with thousands of protesters chanting “free Palestine” and also calling Netanyahu a war criminal.

We have also heard from the German Head of the European Union, Ursula von der Leyen that the Jewish values of Israel are European values. Such “shared values” must then include the values of colonialism and genocide. It is worth recalling here that the tone of the EU’s support for Israel had already been set when she tweeted a photo of the European Commission building in Brussels lit up in an Israeli flag. She pointedly said: “Israel has the right to defend itself – today and in the days to come. The European Union stands with Israel”.[48]

Shrewdly explaining the justification for the European Union’s solidarity with Israel, including and notably Germany’s purported love for European Jews and its regret over the Holocaust, Prof. Masaad says that after World War II, the Europeans “made the discovery that the Jews were actually white European people”. Their regret was therefore “not that you should not kill people that are different from you, but instead that you should not kill people that are just like you, meaning white European, since Jews, subsequent to the Holocaust, began to be integrated in Europe at the level of cultural value”. As for the belief that non-white people should continue to be killed, it has never been questioned, and we’ve seen many examples of this in European colonial policies since 1945 – from the Algerian and Vietnamese genocides in the case of France, to what the United States has done in Korea, Vietnam, Central and Southern Africa, Central and South America, Afghanistan, Iraq etc.

In his book referred to above, Mahmood Mamdani provides a similar explanation, saying that by the beginning of the twentieth century, it was a European habit to distinguish between “civilized wars” and “colonial wars”. The former were governed by the “laws of war” and the latter by the “laws of nature”, meaning that wars between “people like us” were fought within rules that were meant to limit their barbarity, but wars against people who were not full members of “Western civilization” were not bound by any rules at all. Mamdani traces the beginnings of the massacres of colonized people to the first years of the 19th century, when first Australians were slaughtered by colonists in Tasmania. They were imitated by wholesale slaughters in French Algeria, German Namibia, and Belgian Congo, among others.

Also worthy of mention, in this respect, is the observation according to which Nazi extermination camps were all situated in occupied Poland, not in Germany. There were, of course, concentration camps in Germany, but used as forced labor camps, not death camps. So, by “siting the camps to the east of Germany, the Nazis were, in effect, removing them from Western Europe where such barbarism was not considered acceptable. The east of Europe became, in a sense, a colony inhabited by people who were not considered Aryan and therefore not fully European. They were thus subject only to the laws of nature”. And in the words of Frantz Fanon, “Nazism transformed the whole Europe into a veritable colony.”[49]

This Western support is then “part and parcel of their support for white supremacy in their own countries and elsewhere”, and the unstinting support that Israel is obtaining form powerful Western powers – apparently unshaken by any of its crimes and excesses – is “part of a kind of vengeance that inferior races have arrogated to themselves the right or the ability to kill or resist white supremacy”.

This is also why today, we see most of the support for the Palestinians coming precisely from people who have suffered under countries who had set up central colonies previously, like Algeria, South Africa and Namibia.

Seventy-six years ago, says Ghada Karmi,[50] “an anomalous state was imposed on the Arab Middle East. The new creation was alien in every sense to the region’s culture and anti-colonial struggle (…) The new state went on to violate international law repeatedly, attack its neighbors, persecute the native Palestinian population, and impose a system of apartheid rule over them (…) If instead, Israel had been left to fend for itself, the Palestinian struggle for freedom would have been short, and the settler community in Palestine would gradually and peaceably have been absorbed into the region”.

Ten months into its genocidal war on Gaza, Israel and its Western backers are getting more desperate than ever in defending their mass murder of tens of thousands of Palestinian civilians. And with Zionism exposed to much of the world for an unprecedented savagery in the 21st century, it’s becoming clear that this project is not only unsustainable, but may even be approaching its demise. 

The current predicament of the state of Israel and its uncertain future were discussed by John Mearsheimer, one of the most distinguished Professors of political science in the world, at the Center for Independent Studies. In it, he explained “why Israel is in deep trouble”.[51] Three months later, Mearsheimer’s co-author of the celebrated book “The Israel Lobby and U.S. Foreign Policy”, Stephen Walt, wrote an opinion,[52] in which, he too, says that Israel – whose Zionist project has been getting worse at defending itself for decades – is “in serious trouble”. He concluded his analysis by saying that Israel’s vengeful and shortsighted behavior has inflicted enormous harm on innocent Palestinians for decades and continues to do so today, warning that its decline in strategic judgement must be reassessed for the sake of its own survival.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary 

Amir Nour is an Algerian researcher in international relations, author of the books “L’Orient et l’Occident à l’heure d’un nouveau Sykes-Picot” (The Orient and the Occident in Time of a New Sykes-Picot) Editions Alem El Afkar, Algiers, 2014 and “L’Islam et l’ordre du monde” (Islam and the Order of the World),  Editions Alem El Afkar, Algiers, 2021. 

Notes

[1] W. E. Burghard Du Bois, “The Souls of Black Folk: Essays and Sketches”, A. C. McClurg & Co., Chicago, 1903.

[2] Abdelwahab Elmessiri, “The Land of Promise: A Critique of Political Zionism”, North American, New Brunswick, New Jersey, 1977.

[3] Bishop W. Ralph Ward, President of the United Methodist Church’s Council of Bishops, The New Yor Times, 9 November 1975.

[4] The first phrase is from a letter sent by the second annual Christian-Jewish Workshop, sponsored by the United States Conference of Catholic Bishops cited in op. cit. The second phrase is used in the same report with no citation of source.

[5] Notes on Zionism by Max Nordau”, selected by Chaim Bloch, Herzl year Book, Vol. VII, p. 34.

[6] To be read alongside his complete diaries:  https://archive.org/details/TheCompleteDiariesOfTheodorHerzl_201606/TheCompleteDiariesOfTheodorHerzlEngVolume1_OCR/

[7] Statement by the Lubbavitcher Rebbe, Rabbi Shulem ben Schneersohn, on Zionism” (1903), in Michael Selzer (Ed) “Zionism Reconsidered”.

[8] Max Simon Nordau co-founded the Zionist Organization and coined the term “Muskeljudentum” (muscular Judaism) at the second Zionist Congress held in Basel, Switzerland, on 28 August 1898.

[9] Desmond Stewart, “Theodor Herzl: Artist and Politician”, Garden City, New York, Doubleday, 1974.

[10] Richard Crossman, “A Nation Reborn: The Israel of Weizmann, Bevin, and Ben-Gurion”, Hamish Hamilton, 1960.

[11] New World Encyclopedia, “Max Nordau”, 9 November 2022.

[12] Amos Elon, “The Israelis: Founders and Sons”, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York, 1971.

[13] Melford E. Spiro, “Kibbutz: Venture in Utopia”, Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1956.

[14] Arthur Hertzberg (Ed.), “The Zionist Idea: A Historical Analysis and Reader”, Harper & Row, New York, 1956.

[15] Cited in Meir Ben-Horin, “Max Nordau: Philosopher of Human Solidarity”, Conference on Jewish Social Studies, 1956.

[16] See “Neturei Karta international” website on https://www.nkusa.org/

[17] Rabbi Yaakov Shapiro, “The Empty Wagon: Zionism’s Journey from Identity Crisis to Identity Theft”, ‎Primedia eLaunch LLC,2018.

[18] Steven Friedman, “Good Jew, Bad Jew: Racism, Anti-Semitism and the Assault on Meaning”, Wits University Press, Johannesburg, 2023.

[19] Maxine Schur, “Voltaire and the Jews”, Reed College, 20 June 2015.

[20] Arthur Hertzberg, “The French Enlightenment and the Jews”, Columbia University Press, New York and London, 1968.

[21] Nabila Ramdani, “Voltaire Spread Darkness, Not Enlightenment. France Should Stop Worshipping Him”, Foreign Policy Magazine, 31 August 2020.

[22] Robert Bernasconi, “Racism” in “Key Concepts in the Study of Anti-Semitism”, edited by Sol Goldberg, Scott Ury and Kalman Weiser, Pelgrave Macmillan, 2021.

[23] Avi Shlaim, “On British Colonialism, Antisemitism, and Palestinian Rights”, Middle East Eye, 1 March 2021.

[24] Avi Shlaim, idem.

[25] James Carroll, “Constantine’s Sword: The Church and the Jews”, Houghton Mifflin, Boston and New York, 2002; and Malcolm Hay, “The Roots of Christian Anti-Semitism”, Freedom Library Press, New York, 1981.

[26] Robert Leonhard, “Visions of Apocalypse: What Jews, Christians and Muslims Believe About the End Times, and How Those Beliefs Affect Our World”, The John Hopkins University, 2010.

[27] Julian Sayarer, “The Antisemitic Face of Israel’s Evangelical Allies”, Jacobin, 20 February 2022.

[28] Arnold Foster and Benjamin R. Epstein, “The New Anti-Semitism”, McGraw Hill, New York, 1974.

[29] Amos Goldberg, “Anti-Zionism and Antisemitism: How Right and Left Conflate Issues to Deny Palestinian Rights”, Middle East Eye, 28 Avril 2022.

[30] Amos Goldberg, op. cit.

[31] Anthony Lerman, “Whatever Happened to Anti-Semitism? Redefinition and the Myth of the ‘Collective Jew’”, Pluto Press, London, 2022.

[32] Norman G. Finkelstein, “Beyond Chutzpah: On the Misuse of Anti-Semitism and the Abuse of History”, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, California, 2005.

[33]  Amos Goldberg, ibidem.

[34] Nathan and Ruth Ann Perlmutter, “The Real Anti-Semitism in America”, Arbor House, New York, 1982.

[35] Mari Cohen, “Deborah Lipstadt vs. ‘The Oldest Hatred’”, Jewish Currents, 8 February 2022.

[36] See IHRA website, “About Us”: http://www.holocaustremembrance.com/about-us 

[37] Steven Friedman, “Good Jew, Bad Jew”, op cit.

[38] Robert Cohen, “We Need to Decolonize Our Understanding of Antisemitism”, Patheos, 6 March 2021.

[39] Ramona Wadi, “Defeating the IHRA Witch Hunt: An Interview with Palestinian Activist and Scholar Shahd Abusalama”, Mondoweiss, 7 February 2022.

[40] Lazar Berman, “After Walling Itself in, Israel Learns to Hazard the Jungle Beyond”, The Times of Israel, 8 March 2021.

[41] The study, conducted by economic anthropologist Jason Hickel and his colleague Dylan Sullivan, is published in the respected journal World Development, under the title “Capitalism and Extreme Poverty: A Global Analysis of Real Wages, Human Height, and Mortality since the Long 16th century”. Read its summary here, including a link to the whole paper in pdf form: https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/world-development/vol/161/suppl/C

[42] To read the full statement, see “European Diplomatic Academy: Opening remarks by High Representative Josep Borrell at the inauguration of the pilot programme”, Official EU website, 13 October 2022.

[43] Patrick Wolfe, “Settler colonialism and the elimination of the native”, Journal of Genocide Research, Volume 8, 21 December 2006.

[44] Theodor Herzl, “Old-New Land [Altneuland, 1902]”, Lotta Levensohn, trans. (New York: M. Wiener 1941), p. 38.

[45] Rashid Khalidi, “Israel: ‘A Failed Settler-Colonial Project’”, Institute for Palestine Studies, 10 May 2018.

[46] Prof. Joseph Masaad, interviewed by Rania Khalek, BreakThrough News, 5 June 2024.

[47] The Times of Israel, “We’re protecting you: Full text of Netanyahu’s address to Congress”, 25 July 2024: https://www.timesofisrael.com/were-protecting-you-full-text-of-netanyahus-address-to-congress/

[48] Niamh Ni Bhriain and Mark Akkerman, “Partners in Crime: EU complicity in Israel’s genocide in Gaza”, Transnational Institute, 4 June 2024.

[49] Johanna Jacques, “A ‘Most Astonishing’ Circumstance: The Survival of Jewish POWs in German War Captivity During the Second World War”, Social and Legal Studies 30, no. 3, 2021.

[50] Ghada Karmi, “Why is Israel so vital to the West”, Middle East Eye, 18 May 2023.

[51] John Mearsheimer, “Why Israel Is in Big Trouble”, Centre for Independent Studies, 17 May 2024. To read the transcript of the discussion: https://scrapsfromtheloft.com./opinions/why-israel-is-in-deep-trouble-john-mearsheimer-with-tom-switzer-transcript/

[52] Stephen M. Waltz, “The Dangerous Decline in Israeli Strategy”, Foreign Policy Magazine, 16 August 2024


Links to Parts I to IX:

The War on Gaza: Might vs. Right, and the Insanity of Western Power

By Amir Nour, December 01, 2023

The War on Gaza: How the West Is Losing. Accelerating the Transition to a Multipolar Global Order?

By Amir Nour, December 04, 2023

The War on Gaza: Debunking the Pro-Zionist Propaganda Machine

By Amir Nour, December 11, 2023

The War on Gaza: Why Does the “Free World” Condone Israel’s Occupation, Apartheid, and Genocide?

By Amir Nour, December 22, 2023

The War on Gaza: How We Got to the “Monstrosity of Our Century”

By Amir Nour, January 25, 2024

The War on Gaza: Towards Palestine’s Independence Despite the Doom and Gloom

By Amir Nour, February 02, 2024

The War on Gaza: Whither the “Jewish State”?

By Amir Nour, April 17, 2024

The Twilight of the Western Settler Colonialist Project in Palestine

By Amir Nour, August 17, 2024

The War on Gaza: Perpetual Falsehoods and Betrayals in the Service of Endless Deception. Amir Nour

By Amir Nour, August 25, 2024

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

***

.

.

Introduction 

In September 2009, the U.S Justice Department attorneys and Health and Human Services Secretary Kathleen Sebelius held a news conference “dealing with a health care-related settlement”.

  Pfizer [was] ordered [2009] to pay $2.3 billion to settle charges of promoting its drugs for uses not approved by the Food and Drug Administration.”

Pfizer Inc which is currently involved in the Worldwide distribution of the mRNA vaccine, was accused in 2009 of “Fraudulent Marketing”.

American pharmaceutical giant Pfizer Inc…. has agreed to pay $2.3 billion, the largest health care fraud settlement in the history of the Department of Justice, to resolve criminal and civil liability arising from the illegal promotion of certain pharmaceutical products, the Justice Department announced today.

The company [Pfizer] will pay a criminal fine of $1.195 billion, the largest criminal fine ever imposed in the United States for any matter. Pharmacia & Upjohn will also forfeit $105 million, for a total criminal resolution of $1.3 billion. (US DOJ)

To consult the Department of Justice’s historic decision click screenshot below

 

How on earth can we trust a Big Pharma vaccine conglomerate which pleaded guilty to criminal charges by the US Department of Justice.

People were never informed. Both the media and the governments “turned a blind eye”. 

In 2009 Pfizer pleaded “Guilty to a Felony Violation of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act.” 

And that is the Big Pharma Company which is now marketing the “unapproved” mRNA vaccine, which has resulted in an upward trend of mortality and morbidity, starting immediately following the roll-out of the Covid-19 in mid-December 2020. (That was exactly three years ago)

Video. US Department of Justice. 2.3 Billion Medical Fraud Settlement

Pfizer’s CEOs Were not Arrested.  They were Put on “Probation” by the U.S. DOJ  

A probation officer under the auspices of the U.S. DOJ has the mandate to “investigate and supervise persons charged with or convicted of federal crimes”.

In the case of Pfizer’s probation, the DOJ had called upon the company to “cease its conduct of criminal activities” 

“As part of the settlement, Pfizer also has agreed to enter into an expansive corporate integrity agreement with the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services [DHHS].

That agreement provides for procedures and reviews to be put in place to avoid and promptly detect conduct similar to that which gave rise to this matter.” (US DOJ, emphasis added)

The DOJ’s 2009 decision regarding Pfizer’s Probation with DHHS was mistaken to say the least.

In 2009, the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases of the DHHS was headed by Dr. Anthony Fauci, who (to put it mildly) is known to be in “conflict of interest” in regards to his relationship with Big Pharma. 

Pfizer has casually violated the conditions of its 2009-2013 four year probation.

That “similar conduct” by Pfizer has been repeated in 2020-2023 in relation to a very dangerous substance (mRNA Vaccine), on a much larger scale (compared to Bextra, Celebrex in 2009).

What is unfolding is the Worldwide “fraudulent marketing” of a “killer vaccine”.

The level of criminality is beyond description.

Amply documented the mRNA “vaccine” which was intended to protect people has resulted in an upward trend in excess mortality.

The Pfizer Confidential Report released under Freedom of Information confirms based on their own data that the vaccine is a toxic substance.  To access the complete Pfizer report click here

Neither the media nor the governments of 190 countries (with some exceptions) have had the courage to inform the broader public.

From a legal standpoint, the Pfizer’s CEOs who violated the DOJ clauses pertaining to their 2009 probation should have been arrested.

Al Capone (1931) Versus Pfizer (2020-2023)

Most people in the America are aware that Al Capone was indicted in 1931 on charges of tax evasion.  

There are several Hollywood productions on Al Capone and numerous press reports focussing on organized crime in Chicago.

Public opinion is well informed. Everybody knows about Al Capone.

Nobody knows about Pfizer being put on probation by the US Department of Justice.

When is the media going to wake up and inform America??

When is Hollywood going to produce a film entitled: 

“The Greatest Crime against Humanity, The Roll-out of the Covid-19 Vaccine”? .

.

Had You known that Pfizer Had a Criminal Record Would you have Accepted to Receive the  Covid-19 Jab? 

The Roll-out happened Three years ago on December 15, 2020

The evidence of criminality pertaining to the mRNA “vaccine” is overwhelming. 

Our thoughts are with the victims of this diabolical project

At this juncture in our history, the priority is to “Disable the Fear Campaign” and “Cancel the Vaccine” (including the repeal of the so-called “Pandemic Treaty”).

Hopefully this will set the stage for the development of a Worldwide movement of solidarity, which questions the legitimacy of the powerful “Big Money” financial elites which are behind this infamous project. 

At the time of writing, in the course of the last 3 years, almost 14 billion doses of the Covid-19 killer vaccine have been administered Worldwide to a population of 8 billion people. (Data of the WHO)

In the last two months, Worldwide, humanity has taken a stance. A mass movement has unfolded in solidarity with the People of Palestine, who are the object of a criminal undertaking by the Netanyahu government which has resulted in countless deaths of civilians including women and children. 

While the vaccine rollout is by no means comparable, it is ultimately (in both cases) the value of human life which is at stake.  

The evidence regarding the loss of life pertaining to the Covid-19 “vaccine” is overwhelming: See Pfizer’s “Secret Report”See the carefully documented impacts of the “vaccine” by Dr. William Makis: health workers, school children, students, pregnant women and new born babies (and many more). 

And that is why we need a mass movement against the Covid-19 “Vaccine”.

The Vaccine should be discontinued. And the main actors behind the Covid-19 vaccine should be the object of a criminal investigation.

 

Video

Interview with Caroline Mailloux, Lux Media

The Covid Vaccine and the “Secret” Pfizer Report”

Michel Chossudovsky Puts Forth a Strategy and Legal Procedure to Confront Big Pharma with a view to Withdrawing the Covid-19 Vaccine Worldwide

 

[Click upper title and right corner to enter fullscreen]

Click here to leave comment

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, December 15, 2023 

 


 

Transcript 

***

Justice Department Announces Largest Health Care Fraud Settlement in Its History

Pfizer to Pay $2.3 Billion for Fraudulent Marketing

.

WASHINGTON – American pharmaceutical giant Pfizer Inc. and its subsidiary Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Inc. (hereinafter together “Pfizer”) have agreed to pay $2.3 billion, the largest health care fraud settlement in the history of the Department of Justice, to resolve criminal and civil liability arising from the illegal promotion of certain pharmaceutical products, the Justice Department announced today.

Pharmacia & Upjohn Company has agreed to plead guilty to a felony violation of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act for misbranding Bextra with the intent to defraud or mislead. Bextra is an anti-inflammatory drug that Pfizer pulled from the market in 2005. Under the provisions of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, a company must specify the intended uses of a product in its new drug application to FDA. Once approved, the drug may not be marketed or promoted for so-called “off-label” uses – i.e., any use not specified in an application and approved by FDA.

Pfizer promoted the sale of Bextra for several uses and dosages that the FDA specifically declined to approve due to safety concerns. The company will pay a criminal fine of $1.195 billion, the largest criminal fine ever imposed in the United States for any matter. Pharmacia & Upjohn will also forfeit $105 million, for a total criminal resolution of $1.3 billion.

….

As part of the settlement, Pfizer also has agreed to enter into an expansive corporate integrity agreement with the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services. That agreement provides for procedures and reviews to be put in place to avoid and promptly detect conduct similar to that which gave rise to this matter.

Access entire document

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons above or below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

  • Posted in English, Mobile, NO READ MORE LINK
  • Comments Off on Pfizer Has a Criminal Record. Did the Media or Your Government Inform You? Had You Known Would You Have Accepted to Receive the Covid-19 mRNA Vaccine?
  • Tags: ,